VARIABLE ACCOUNT I OF AIG LIFE INS CO
N-4/A, 1996-03-01
Previous: IMC GLOBAL INC, S-8 POS, 1996-03-01
Next: WILLIAM BLAIR MUTUAL FUNDS INC, 485APOS, 1996-03-01




AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MARCH 1, 1996 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                               File No. 33-39171
                                                                        811-5301
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM N-4

   
            REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                         Pre-Effective Amendment No.                      [   ]
                                     -------
                     Post - Effective Amendment No. 8                     [ X ]
                                     ------

        REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
                              Amendment No. 25                            [ X ]
                        (Check appropriate box or boxes.)
    

                               VARIABLE ACCOUNT I
                           (Exact Name of Registrant)

                           AIG Life Insurance Company
                               (Name of Depositor)

                   One Alico Plaza, Wilmington, Delaware 19899
         (Address of Depositor's Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

        Depositor's Telephone Number, including Area Code (302) 594-2000

                              Robert Liguori, Esq.
                           AIG Life Insurance Company
                                 One Alico Plaza
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19899
                     (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

        Copies to:
         Michael Berenson, Esq.                      Florence Davis, Esq.
         Jorden Burt Berenson & Johnson LLP          American International
         Suite 400 East                              Group, Inc.
         1025 Thomas Jefferson Street, N.W.          70 Pine Street
         Washington, D.C. 20007-0805                 New York, New York 10270
         ---------------------------                 ------------------------


Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:  As soon as practicable  after the
effective date of this filing.

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)
     / / immediately  upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485 
     / / on         pursuant to paragraph  (b) of Rule 485 
     / / 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of Rule 485 
     / / on         pursuant to paragraph  (a)(i) of Rule 485 
     / / 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii)
     /x/ on May 1, 1996 pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of rule 485.

If  appropriate,  check the  following  box: 
     ___this  post-effective  amendment  designates a new  effective  date for a
previously filed post-effective amendment.

Registrant  has declared that it  registered  an indefinite  number or amount of
securities in  accordance  with Rule 24f-2 under the  Investment  Company Act of
1940.  Registrant  filed a Rule 24f-2 notice for its most recent  fiscal year on
February ___, 1996.


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


   
                                                    CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                                                    (required by Rule 495)



Item No.                                                 Location
- --------                                                 --------

                                                          PART A

<S>               <C>                                                           <C>                       
Item 1.           Cover Page.....................................               Cover Page

Item 2.           Definitions....................................               Definitions

Item 3.           Synopsis.......................................               Highlights

Item 4.           Condensed Financial Information................               Condensed Financial Information

Item 5.           General Description of Registrant,
                  Depositor, and Portfolio Companies.............               The Variable Account; The
                                                                                Company; The Fund

Item 6.           Deductions and Expenses........................               Charges and Deductions

Item 7.           General Description of Variable Annuity
                  Contracts...........................                          The Contract; Parties to the Contract;
                                                                                How to Purchase a Contract

Item 8.           Annuity Period.................................               Annuity Benefits

Item 9.           Death Benefit..................................               Death Benefit

Item 10.          Purchases and Contract Value...................               How to Purchase a Contract; Premium
                                                                                and Allocation of Your Investment Options

Item 11.          Redemptions....................................               Distributions Under the Contract

Item 12.          Taxes..........................................               Taxes

Item 13.          Legal Proceedings..............................               Not Applicable

Item 14.          Table of Contents of the Statement of
                  Additional Information.........................               Table of Contents of the Statement
                                                                                of Additional Information
</TABLE>
    



<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


   
Item No.                                                 Location
- --------                                                 --------

                                                          PART B


<S>               <C>                                                           <C>                       
Item 15.          Cover Page....................................                Cover Page
                                                                               
Item 16.          Table of Contents.............................                Table of Contents
                                                                               
Item 17.          General Information and History...............                General Information
                                                                               
Item 18.          Services......................................                Services
                                                                               
Item 19.          Purchase of Securities Being Offered..........                Purchasing a Contract;
                                                                                Charges and  Deductions (Part A)
                                                                               
Item 20.          Underwriters..................................                General Information/Distributor
                                                                               
Item 21.          Calculation of Performance Data...............                Calculation of Performance Related
                                                                                Information
                                                                               
Item 22.          Annuity Payments..............................                Annuity Provisions
                                                                               
Item 23.          Financial Statements..........................                Financial Statements
                                                                      
</TABLE>

                                     PART C


         Information  required  to be  included in Part C is set forth under the
appropriate item, so numbered, in Part C to this Registration Statement.
    


<PAGE>










   
                                     PART A
    











<PAGE>
   



                                   PROSPECTUS
                                       for


                              INDIVIDUAL AND GROUP
                       SINGLE PREMIUM AND FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
                                    DEFERRED
                           VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS

                                    issued by

                               VARIABLE ACCOUNT I

                                       and

                           AIG LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                 One Alico Plaza
                                 600 King Street
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19801


         This Prospectus sets forth the information a prospective investor ought
to know before investing.

         The Individual  Deferred  Variable  Annuity  Contracts (the "Individual
Contracts") and Group Deferred Variable Annuity  Contracts  ("Group  Contracts")
(collectively,  the  "Contracts")  described  in  this  Prospectus  provide  for
accumulation  of Contract Values and payment of monthly  annuity  payments.  The
Contracts may be used in  retirement  plans which do not qualify for federal tax
advantages  ("Non-Qualified  Contracts") or in connection with retirement  plans
which may qualify as Individual  Retirement  Annuities ("IRA") under Section 408
of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") or Section 403(b)
of the Code ("403(b) Plans").  The Contracts will not be available in connection
with  retirement  plans designed by AIG Life Insurance  Company (the  "Company")
which qualify for the federal tax  advantages  available  under Sections 401 and
457 of the Code. Purchasers intending to use the Contracts in connection with an
IRA or 403(b) Plan should seek competent tax advice.

         Premiums  allocated  among the  Subaccounts of Variable  Account I (the
"Variable  Account")  will be invested in shares of Alliance  Variable  Products
Series Fund, Inc. (the "Fund").  The Fund has made available sixteen Portfolios:
Money Market Portfolio;  Short-Term  Multi-Market  Portfolio;  Growth Portfolio;
Growth and Income Portfolio; International Portfolio; U.S. Government/High Grade
Securities Portfolio; North American Government Income Portfolio;  Global Dollar
Government Portfolio;  Utility Income Portfolio; Global Bond Portfolio;  Premier
Growth Portfolio;  Total Return  Portfolio;  Conservative  Investors  Portfolio;
Growth Investors Portfolio;  Worldwide Privatization  Portfolio;  and Technology
Portfolio. (See "Alliance Variable Products Series Fund, Inc. on Page __.)

         Additional  information about the Contracts and the Variable Account is
contained in the "Statement of Additional  Information"  which is available upon
request  at no  charge  by  calling  or  writing  AIG  Life  Insurance  Company;
Attention:  Variable  Products,  One Alico Plaza,  Wilmington,  Delaware  19801,
1-800-340-2765  or call the service office at 1-800- 255-8402.  The Statement of
Additional Information dated _________, 1996, has been filed with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission and is hereby  incorporated by reference.  The Table of
Contents for the Statement of Additional Information can be found on page ___ of
this Prospectus.


THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY
OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
    


<PAGE>


   

     PLEASE  READ  THIS  PROSPECTUS  CAREFULLY  AND  RETAIN  IT FOR YOUR  FUTURE
REFERENCE.

     THE CONTRACTS OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS ARE NOT AVAILABLE IN ALL STATES.

                                          Date of Prospectus: ____________, 1996
    
                                        2

<PAGE>

   

                                 TABLE CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
Definitions.....................................................................
Highlights......................................................................
Summary of Expenses.............................................................
Condensed Financial Information.................................................
         Calculation of Performance Data........................................
The Company.....................................................................
The Variable Account............................................................
Alliance Variable Products Series Fund, Inc.....................................

The Contract
         Parties to the Contract................................................
         How to Purchase a Contract.............................................
         Discount Purchase Programs.............................................
         Distributor............................................................
         Administration of the Contracts........................................
         Premium and Allocation to Your Investment Options......................
         Right to Examine Contract Period.......................................
         Unit Value and Contract Value..........................................
         Transfers..............................................................
         Dollar Cost Averaging..................................................

Charges and Deductions..........................................................

Annuity Benefits................................................................

Death Benefit...................................................................

Distributions Under the Contract................................................

Taxes...........................................................................

Appendix - General Account Option...............................................
         Guaranteed Account.....................................................
         Guarantee Periods......................................................
         Market Value Adjustment................................................

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information....................

    
                                        3

<PAGE>



                                   DEFINITIONS
   

Accumulation Unit - An accounting unit of measure used to calculate the Contract
Value prior to the Annuity Date.

Administrative  Office - The Annuity Service Office of the Company: c/o Delaware
Valley  Financial  Services,  Inc., 300 Berwyn Park, P.O. Box 3031,  Berwyn,  PA
19312-0031.

Annuitant - The person  designated by the Owner upon whose  continuation of life
any annuity payment involving life contingencies depends.

Annuity Date - The date on which annuity payments are to commence.

Annuity Option - An arrangement under which annuity payments are made under this
Contract.

Annuity Unit - An accounting unit of measure used to calculate  annuity payments
after the Annuity Date.

Contract Anniversary - An anniversary of the Effective Date of the Contract.

Contract  Value - The  dollar  value  as of any  Valuation  Date of all  amounts
accumulated under this Contract.

Contract Year - Each period of twelve (12) months  commencing with the Effective
Date.

Effective Date - The date on which the first Contract Year begins.

Guaranteed  Account - A part of our General  Account,  which earns a  Guaranteed
Rate of interest.

Market  Value  Adjustment - An  adjustment  applied as a result of a transfer or
surrender of an amount  allocated to the  Guaranteed  Account  which occurs on a
date prior to the end of an applicable Guarantee Period.

Owner - The person named in the Contract Schedule,  unless changed,  and who has
all rights under the Contract.

Premium - Purchase payments for the Contract are referred to as Premium.

Premium  Year - Any  period of twelve  (12)  months  commencing  with the date a
Premium  payment is made and ending on the same date in each  succeeding  twelve
(12) month period thereafter.

Surrender  Charge  -  Contingent  deferred  sales  charges  are  referred  to as
Surrender Charges.

Valuation  Date - Each day that We and the New York Stock  Exchange are open for
trading.

Valuation  Period - The period  between the close of  business on any  Valuation
Date and the close of business for the next succeeding Valuation Date.

We, Our, Us - AIG Life Insurance Company.

You, Your - The Owner of this Contract.
    
                                        4

<PAGE>



                                   HIGHLIGHTS

   
This   Prospectus   describes  the  Individual   Contracts  or  Group  Contracts
(collectively,  the "Contracts") and a segregated investment account of AIG Life
Insurance  Company (the "Company")  which account has been  designated  Variable
Account I (the  "Variable  Account").  The  Contracts  are designed to assist in
financial   planning  by  providing  for  the   accumulation  of  capital  on  a
tax-deferred  basis for retirement and other long-term  purposes,  and providing
for the  payment  of monthly  annuity  income.  Contracts  may be  purchased  by
qualified  retirement  plans or with the intent to qualify for  special  Federal
income tax treatment  ("Qualified  Contracts"),  or as an Individual  Retirement
Annuity  ("IRA").  The  Contract  may also be purchased  for  retirement  plans,
deferred  compensation  plans and other  purposes  which do not qualify for such
special Federal income tax treatment ("Non-Qualified  Contracts").  (See "Taxes"
on page ___.)


A  Contract  is  purchased  with  a  minimum   initial  premium  of  $5,000  for
Non-qualified  Contracts  and $2,000 for a Qualified  Contract.  If you choose a
flexible premium Contract,  additional premium is permitted at any time, subject
to certain limitations. (See "Premium and Allocation to Your Investment Options"
on page ___.) You, as the Owner of the  Contract,  may allocate  your premium so
that it accumulates on a variable basis, a fixed basis or a combination of both.

Premium allocated among the Subaccounts of the Variable Account will be invested
in shares of one or more of the underlying  portfolios of the Alliance  Variable
Products  Series Fund,  Inc.  (the  "Fund"),  and will  accumulate on a variable
basis. There are currently 16 Subaccounts,  each of which invests exclusively in
one of the following Portfolios: Money Market; Short-Term Multi-Market;  Growth;
Growth and Income;  International;  U.S. Government/High Grade Securities; North
American  Government Income;  Global Dollar Government;  Utility Income;  Global
Bond; Premier Growth; Total Return;  Conservative  Investors;  Growth Investors;
Worldwide Privatization; and Technology. (See "Alliance Variable Products Series
Fund,  Inc. on Page ___.) Your value in any one of these  Subaccounts  will vary
according to the investment  performance of the underlying  portfolio  chosen by
you.  You bear the  entire  investment  risk for all  premium  allocated  to the
Separate Account.

The Company does not deduct Sales  Charges from any premium  received.  However,
the Contracts provide for a Surrender Charge (contingent  deferred sales charge)
that may be assessed in the event that an Owner  surrenders  all or a portion of
the Contract Value within six contract years  following  payment of any premium.
The maximum  Surrender Charge is 6% of premium to which the charge is applicable
for flexible  premium  contracts and 6% of the Contract Value for single premium
contracts.  (See "Summary of Expenses" on page ____, and "Charges and Deductions
- - Deduction for Surrender Charge" on page     .) Withdrawals and Surrenders from
the Guaranteed  Account may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment (See "Market
Value Adjustment," Appendix , page ___.)

A penalty free withdrawal is available.  Generally, there is no Surrender Charge
imposed on the greater of the Contract  Value less  premiums paid or the portion
of the withdrawal that does not exceed 10% of premium  otherwise  subject to the
Surrender Charge. (See "Withdrawals" on page ___.)

Surrenders  and  Withdrawals  may be taxable and subject to a penalty tax.  (See
"Taxes" beginning on page ___.)

The Company  deducts daily a Mortality and Expense Risk Charge which is equal on
an annual  basis to 1.25% of the average  daily net asset value of the  Variable
Account. There are no Mortality and Expense Risk Charges deducted for amounts in
the Guaranteed  Account.  (See "Charges and Deductions - Deduction for Mortality
and Expense Risk Charge" on page    .)

The Company deducts daily an  Administrative  Charge which is equal on an annual
basis to 0.15% of the average daily net asset value of the Variable Account. The
Administrative  Charge is not assessed to the Guaranteed  Account.  In addition,
the Company deducts, from the Contract Value, an annual Contract Maintenance Fee
which is $30 per year.  The Contract  Maintenance  Fee is waived if the Contract
Value is greater than $50,000 on the date of the charge. These
    
                                        5

<PAGE>



   
Charges are  designed to  reimburse  the  Company  for  administrative  expenses
relating to maintenance of the Contract and the Variable Account.  (See "Charges
and Deductions - Deduction for  Administrative  Charge and Contract  Maintenance
Fee" on page    .)


There are  deductions  and expenses paid out of the assets of the Fund which are
described in the accompanying Prospectus for the Fund.

The Owner may return the  Contract  within ten (10) days (the  "Right to Examine
Contract  Period")  after  it is  received  by  returning  it to  the  Company's
Administrative Office. The return of the Contract by mail will be effective when
the postmark is affixed to a properly  addressed and postage  prepaid  envelope.
The Company will refund the Contract Value.  In the case of Contracts  issued in
connection  with an IRA the Company  will refund the greater of the Premium less
any withdrawals,  or the Contract Value. However, if the laws of a state require
that the Company refund,  during the Right to Examine Contract Period, an amount
equal to the premium paid less any withdrawals,  the Company will refund such an
amount.


                                    FEE TABLE

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses                              All Subaccounts
                                                                 ---------------

  Sales Load Imposed on Purchases..........................................None
  Surrender Charge (as a percentage of amount surrendered):

   Single Premium Contracts           Flexible Premium Contracts
   ------------------------           --------------------------

     Contract Year 1                     Premium Year 1                      6%
     Contract Year 2                     Premium Year 2                      5%
     Contract Year 3                     Premium Year 3                      4%
     Contract Year 4                     Premium Year 4                      3%
     Contract Year 5                     Premium Year 5                      2%
     Contract Year 6                     Premium Year 6                      1%
     Contract Year 7 and thereafter      Premium Year 7 and thereafter     None

   Exchange Fee:
     First 12 Per Contract Year............................................None
     Thereafter............................................................$ 10

Annual Contract Fee........................................................$ 30


Separate Account Expenses
(as a percentage of average account value)
    Mortality and Expense Risk Fees........................................1.25%
    Account Fees and Expenses..............................................0.15%
Total Separate Account Annual Expenses.....................................1.40%
    

                                        6

<PAGE>
   




                               SUMMARY OF EXPENSES


                                                   SHORT
 ALLIANCE            PREMIER       GROWTH &         TERM       ALL
                     GROWTH        INCOME         MULTI-MK    OTHERS

Fund Annual Exp
  After Exp. Reimb
     Management Fees   0.55         0.62           0.50       0.00
     Other Expenses    0.40         0.28           0.44       0.95
                       ----         ----           ----       ----
Total                  0.95         0.90           0.94       0.95


Expenses on a hypothetical $1,000 policy, assuming 5% growth:

If  you Surrender:
   1 Year               80            79              80        80
   3 Year              114           113             114       114
   5 Year              150           147             149       150
   10 Years            276           271             275       276

If you Annuitize or you do not Surrender:

   1 Year              25             24              24        25
   3 Year              75             74              75        75
   5 Year             129            127             129       129
   10 Years           276            271             275       276


         The purpose of the table set forth above is to assist the  Purchaser in
understanding the various costs and expenses that an Owner will bear directly or
indirectly.  The table reflects  expenses of the Variable Account as well as the
Fund.  (See  "Charges  and  Deductions"  on  page      of  this  Prospectus  and
"Management of the Fund" in the Fund Prospectus.)

         No deduction  will be made for any premium or other taxes levied by any
State  unless  imposed by the State where you reside.  Premium  taxes  currently
imposed on the  Contracts  by various  states  range from 0% to 3.5% of premiums
paid.  (See  "Charges  and  Deductions  - Deduction  for Premium and Other State
Taxes" on page    .)

         "Other Expenses" are based upon the expenses outlined under the section
entitled "Management of the Fund" in the Fund Prospectus.

         *Fund operating expenses for each Portfolio before reimbursement by the
Fund's investment adviser were estimated to be 4.46% for the Money Market;  .99%
for the Short-Term  Multi-Market;  .91% for the Growth and Income; 4.19% for the
Growth; 7.26% for the International;  3.73% for the U.S.  Government/High  Grade
Securities;  2.05% for the Global Bond; 4.43% for the North American  Government
Income; 15.00% for the Global Dollar Government;  15.98% for the Utility Income;
1.40% for the  Premier  Growth;  19.49%  for the Total  Return;  20.35%  for the
Conservative  Investors;  41.62%  for  the  Growth  Investors;  18.47%  for  the
Worldwide  Privatization;  and 2.55% for  Technology,  of the average  daily net
assets.
    

                                        7

<PAGE>




   
     The Example  should not be  considered a  representation  of past or future
expenses and actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                            ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES*

                                                 1995             1994              1993              1992
                                                 ----             ----              ----              ----
<S>                                                         <C>                 <C>                 <C>      
MONEY MARKET
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                     10.08             10.00               N/A
         End of Period                                           10.26             10.08               N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                         431,319.86          8,487.20               N/A

GROWTH
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                     10.00               N/A               N/A
         End of Period                                           10.48               N/A               N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                         467,688.06               N/A               N/A

GROWTH & INCOME
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                     11.88             10.78             10.00
         End of Period                                           11.67             11.88             10.78
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                         438,680.32         28,041.82            800.00

INTERNATIONAL
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                     10.17             10.00               N/A
         End of Period                                           10.71             10.17               N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                         447,407.41         21,717.14               N/A

SHORT-TERM MULTI-MARKET
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                     10.29              9.79             10.00
         End of Period                                            9.49             10.29              9.79
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                          95,717.60         14,511.57          5,161.58

GLOBAL BOND
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                     11.00              9.96             10.00
         End of Period                                           10.28             11.00              9.96
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                          85,875.16         18,846.45          5,444.00

</TABLE>
    
                                        8

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                 1995             1994              1993              1992
                                                 ----             ----              ----              ----
<S>                                                         <C>                 <C>                 <C>      
US GOVERNMENT HIGH GRADE
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                      9.95             10.00               N/A
         End of Period                                            9.42              9.95               N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                         320,574.64         41,210.45               N/A

NORTH AMERICAN GOVERNMENT INCOME
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                     10.00               N/A               N/A
         End of Period                                            8.70               N/A               N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                         340,817.36               N/A               N/A

UTILITY INCOME
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                     10.00               N/A               N/A
         End of Period                                            9.87               N/A               N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                         111,604.02               N/A               N/A

GLOBAL DOLLAR GOVERNMENT
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                     10.00               N/A               N/A
         End of Period                                            9.74               N/A               N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                          69,320.82               N/A               N/A

PREMIER GROWTH
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                     11.13             10.00             10.00
         End of Period                                           10.15             11.13             10.00
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                         223,550.22         35,271.53           2081.43

TOTAL RETURN
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                     10.00               N/A               N/A
         End of Period                                            9.65               N/A               N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                          34,684.53               N/A               N/A

CONSERVATIVE INVESTORS
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                     10.00               N/A               N/A
         End of Period                                           10.02               N/A               N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                          62,868.02               N/A               N/A

GROWTH INVESTORS
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                     10.00               N/A               N/A
         End of Period                                            9.81               N/A               N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                          29,492.78               N/A               N/A
</TABLE>

    
                                        9

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                 1995             1994              1993              1992
                                                 ----             ----              ----              ----
<S>                                                         <C>                      <C>              <C>      
WORLDWIDE PRIVATIZATION
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                     10.00               N/A               N/A
         End of Period                                           10.05               N/A               N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                         105,674.08               N/A               N/A

TECHNOLOGY
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                                         N/A               N/A
         End of Period                                                               N/A               N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                                                  N/A               N/A


  *Funds were first invested in the Portfolios as listed below:

         Short-Term Multi-Market Portfolio                                 June 22, 1992
         Growth & Income Portfolio                                          July 8, 1992
         Global Bond Portfolio                                              July 8, 1992
         Premier Growth Portfolio                                       February 3, 1993
         Money Market Portfolio                                         February 3, 1993
         U.S. Government/High Yield Securities Portfolio                 August 20, 1993
         International Portfolio                                         October 1, 1993
         North American Government Income Portfolio                       April 11, 1994
         Global Dollar Government Portfolio                               April 20, 1994
         Utility Income Portfolio                                         April 20, 1994
         Conservative Investors Portfolio                                August 24, 1994
         Growth Investors Portfolio                                      August 16, 1994
         Growth Portfolio                                                August 16, 1994
         Total Return Portfolio                                          August 26, 1994
         Worldwide Privatization Portfolio                               August 16, 1994
         Technology Portfolio                                            January 2, 1995
</TABLE>


Calculation of Performance Data

         The  Company  may,  from time to time,  advertise  certain  performance
related  information  concerning  one  or  more  of the  Subaccounts,  including
information  as to total  return  and  yield.  Performance  information  about a
Subaccount  is  based  on the  Subaccount's  past  performance  only  and is not
intended as an indication of future performance.

         When the  Company  advertises  the  average  annual  total  return of a
Subaccount,  it will usually be calculated  for one,  five, and ten year periods
or, where a Subaccount has been in existence for a period less than one, five or
ten years,  for such lesser  period.  Average annual total return is measured by
comparing  the value of the  investment  in a Subaccount at the beginning of the
relevant  period  to the  value  of the  investment  at  the  end of the  period
(assuming the  deduction of any  Surrender  Charge which would be payable if the
account  were  redeemed at the end of the period)  and  calculating  the average
annual  compounded  rate  of  return  necessary  to  produce  the  value  of the
investment  at the end of the period.  The Company  may  simultaneously  present
returns  that do not  assume a  surrender  and,  therefore,  do not  deduct  the
Surrender Charge.
    

                                       10

<PAGE>

   

         When  the  Company  advertises  the  yield of a  Subaccount  it will be
calculated based upon a given 30-day period. The yield is determined by dividing
the net investment  income earned per Accumulation Unit during the period by the
value of an Accumulation Unit on the last day of the period.

         When  the  Company  advertises  the  performance  of the  Money  Market
Subaccount  it may advertise in addition to the total return either the yield or
the  effective  yield.  The yield of the Money Market  Subaccount  refers to the
income  generated by an investment in that Subaccount  over a seven-day  period.
The  income is then  annualized  (i.e.,  the amount of income  generated  by the
investment  during that week is assumed to be generated each week over a 52-week
period and is shown as a percentage of the  investment).  The effective yield is
calculated  similarly but when  annualized the income earned by an investment in
the Money Market  Subaccount is assumed to be  reinvested.  The effective  yield
will be slightly higher than the yield because of the compounding effect of this
assumed reinvestment during a 52-week period.

         Total return at the Variable  Account  level is reduced by all contract
charges:   sales   charges,   mortality  and  expense  risk  charges,   and  the
administrative  charges,  and is therefore lower than the total return at a Fund
level, which has no comparable charges.  Likewise,  yield and effective yield at
the Variable Account level take into account all recurring charges (except sales
charges),  and are therefore  lower than the yield and effective yield at a Fund
level, which has no comparable charges. Performance information for a Subaccount
may be  compared  to:  (i) the  Standard  & Poor's  500 Stock  Index,  Dow Jones
Industrial  Average,  Donoghue  Money  Market  Institutional  Averages,  indices
measuring  corporate bond and government  security  prices as prepared by Lehman
Brothers,  Inc. and Salomon Brothers or other indices measuring performance of a
pertinent  group of  securities  so that  investors  may compare a  Subaccount's
results  with those of a group of  securities  widely  regarded by  investors as
representative of the securities markets in general; (ii) other variable annuity
separate  accounts or other  investment  products  tracked by Lipper  Analytical
Services,  a widely used independent  research firm which ranks mutual funds and
other investment companies by overall performance,  investment  objectives,  and
assets,  or tracked  by other  ratings  services,  companies,  publications,  or
persons  who rank  separate  accounts  or other  investment  products on overall
performance  or other  criteria;  (iii) the  Consumer  Price Index  (measure for
inflation) to assess the real rate of return from an investment in the Contract;
and (iv)  indices or averages of  alternative  financial  products  available to
prospective  investors,  including the Bank Rate Monitor which monitors  average
returns of various bank instruments.


Financial Data

         Financial  Statements  of the Company and the  Variable  Account may be
found in the Statement of Additional Information.

                                   THE COMPANY

         The Company is a stock life  insurance  company  domiciled in Delaware.
The  Company  provides a full range of life  insurance  and annuity  plans.  The
Company is a subsidiary of American  International  Group, Inc.  ("AIG"),  which
serves  as  the  holding  company  for a  number  of  companies  engaged  in the
international  insurance business,  both life and general, in over 130 countries
and jurisdictions around the world.

    

       

                                       11

<PAGE>


   
                              THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT

         The Company  authorized  the  organization  of the Variable  Account in
1986. The Variable Account is maintained pursuant to Delaware insurance law. The
Company has caused the Variable Account to be registered with the Securities and
Exchange Commission as a unit investment trust pursuant to the provisions of the
Investment  Company Act of 1940. The Variable  Account meets the definition of a
"Separate Account" under Federal securities laws. The SEC does not supervise the
management or the investment practices of the Variable Account.

         The Company  owns the assets in the  Variable  Account and  obligations
under the Contract are general corporate  obligations.  The Variable Account and
each Subaccount, however, are separate from the Company's other assets including
those of the General Account and from any other separate accounts. The assets of
the Variable Account,  equal to the reserves and other contract liabilities with
respect to the Variable Account, are not chargeable with liabilities arising out
of any other  business the Company may conduct.  Investment  income,  as well as
both  realized  and  unrealized  gains and losses  are, in  accordance  with the
Contracts, credited to or charged against the Variable Account without regard to
income,  gains or losses arising out of any other business of the Company.  As a
result,  the investment  performance of each Subaccount and the Variable Account
is entirely independent of the investment performance of the General Account and
of any other separate account maintained by the Company.

         The Variable  Account is divided into  Subaccounts,  with the assets of
each  Subaccount  invested in shares of one  portfolio of the Fund.  The Company
may,  from  time to time,  add  additional  portfolios  of the Fund,  and,  when
appropriate,  additional  mutual  funds to act as the funding  vehicles  for the
Contracts. If deemed to be in the best interests of persons having voting rights
under the Contract, the Variable Account may be operated as a management company
under the Investment  Company Act of 1940, may be deregistered under such Act in
the event such  registration is no longer required,  or may be combined with one
or more other separate  accounts.  The Company may offer other variable  annuity
contracts  which also invest in Variable  Account I, and are  described in other
prospectuses.

                                    THE FUND

         Alliance  Variable Products Series Fund, Inc., (the "Fund") will act as
the funding  vehicle for the Contracts  offered  hereby.  The Fund is managed by
Alliance Capital  Management L.P., (the  "Investment  Manager").  The Fund is an
open-end,  diversified  management investment company, which is intended to meet
differing  investment  objectives.  The Fund has made  available  the  following
Portfolios:  Money Market;  Short-Term Multi-Market;  Growth; Growth and Income;
International;   U.S.  Government/High  Grade  Securities;  Global  Bond;  North
American Government Income;  Global Dollar Government;  Utility Income;  Premier
Growth,  Conservative  Investors;  Growth  Investors;  Total  Return;  Worldwide
Privatization;  and  Technology.  The  Investment  Manager  has  entered  into a
sub-advisory  agreement with AIG Global Investors,  Inc. (the "Sub-Adviser"),  a
subsidiary  of  American  International  Group,  Inc.  and an  affiliate  of the
Company,  to provide investment advice for the Global Bond Portfolio.  A summary
of investment  objectives for each portfolio is contained in the  description of
the Fund below. More detailed information  including the investment advisory fee
of each  portfolio and other charges  assessed by the Fund,  may be found in the
current  Prospectus  for the Fund  which  contains  a  discussion  of the  risks
involved in investing in the Fund.  The Prospectus for the Fund is included with
this Prospectus. Please read both Prospectuses carefully before investing.

         The investment objectives of the portfolios are as follows:


Money Market Portfolio

         This portfolio seeks safety of principal,  maintenance of liquidity and
maximum current income by investing in a broadly diversified  portfolio of money
market securities.
    

                                       12

<PAGE>


   

Short-Term Multi-Market Portfolio

         This portfolio  seeks the highest level of current  income,  consistent
with what the Investment Manager considers to be prudent investment risk that is
available from a portfolio of  high-quality  debt  securities  having  remaining
maturities of not more than three years.


Growth Portfolio

         This portfolio seeks growth of capital rather than current  income.  In
pursuing its investment  objective,  the Growth Portfolio will employ aggressive
investment  policies.  Since investments will be made based upon their potential
for capital appreciation,  current income will be incidental to the objective of
capital growth.  Because of the risks involved in any investment,  the selection
of securities  on the basis of their  appreciation  possibilities  cannot ensure
against possible loss in value.  Moreover,  to the extent the portfolio seeks to
achieve its objective through such aggressive  investment policies,  the risk of
loss  increases.  The portfolio is therefore  not intended for  investors  whose
principal objective is assured income or preservation of capital.


Growth and Income Portfolio

         This portfolio  seeks to balance the  objectives of reasonable  current
income  and  reasonable   opportunities  for  appreciation  through  investments
primarily in dividend-paying common stocks of good quality.


International Portfolio

         This  portfolio  seeks to  obtain a total  return  on its  assets  from
long-term  growth  of  capital  and  from  income  principally  through  a broad
portfolio of marketable  securities of established  non-United  States companies
(or United States  companies  having their  principal  activities  and interests
outside the United States),  companies  participating in foreign  economies with
prospects for growth, and foreign government securities.


North American Government Income Portfolio

         This portfolio  seeks the highest level of current  income,  consistent
with what the adviser considers to be prudent investment risk, that is available
from a portfolio of debt  securities  issued or guaranteed by the governments of
the United States,  Canada and Mexico, their political  subdivisions  (including
Canadian  Provinces but excluding  the States of the United  States),  agencies,
instrumentalities  or  authorities.  The portfolio  seeks high current yields by
investing  in  government  securities  denominated  in local  currency  and U.S.
Dollars.  Normally, the portfolio expects to maintain at least 25% of its assets
in securities denominated in the U.S. Dollar.


Global Dollar Government Portfolio

         This portfolio  seeks a high level of current income through  investing
substantially  all of its assets in U.S.  and non-U.S.  fixed income  securities
denominated only in U.S. Dollars. As a secondary objective,  the portfolio seeks
capital  appreciation.  Substantially  all of the  portfolio's  assets  will  be
invested in high yield,  high risk  securities that are low-rated  (i.e.,  below
investment grade), or of comparable quality and unrated, and that are considered
to be predominately speculative as regards the issuer's capacity to pay interest
and repay principal.

    
                                       13

<PAGE>


   
Utility Income Portfolio

         This  portfolio  seeks  current  income  and  capital  appreciation  by
investing  primarily in the equity and  fixed-income  securities of companies in
the "utilities industry." The portfolio's  investment objective and policies are
designed to take advantage of the characteristics and historical  performance of
securities of utilities companies.  The utilities industry consists of companies
engaged in the manufacture,  production,  generation,  provision,  transmission,
sale and distribution of gas, electric energy, and communications  equipment and
services,  and in the  provision of other utility or  utility-related  goods and
services.


U.S. Government/High Grade Securities Portfolio

         This  portfolio  seeks a high level of current income  consistent  with
preservation  of  capital  by  investing  principally  in a  portfolio  of  U.S.
Government Securities, and other high grade debt securities.

Global Bond Portfolio

         This  portfolio  seeks to provide the highest  level of current  income
consistent with what the Fund's Adviser and  Sub-Adviser  consider to be prudent
investment  risk  that is  available  from a  multi-currency  portfolio  of high
quality debt securities of varying maturities.

Premier Growth Portfolio

         This portfolio seeks growth of capital rather than current  income.  In
pursuing its  investment  objective,  the Premier  Growth  Portfolio will employ
aggressive  investment  policies.  Since investments will be made based on their
potential  for capital  appreciation,  current  income will be incidental to the
objective of capital  growth.  The portfolio is not intended for investors whose
principal objective is assured income or preservation of capital.

Total Return Portfolio

         This portfolio  seeks to achieve a high return through a combination of
current income and capital appreciation by investing in a diversified  portfolio
of common and preferred stocks, senior corporate debt securities, and U.S.
Government and Agency obligations, bonds and senior debt securities.

Conservative Investors Portfolio

         This portfolio seeks the highest total return  without,  in the view of
the Fund's Adviser, undue risk to principal by investing in a diversified mix of
publicly traded equity and fixed-income securities.

Growth Investors Portfolio

         This portfolio seeks the highest total return  consistent with what the
Fund's Adviser considers to be reasonable risk by investing in a diversified mix
of publicly traded equity and fixed-income securities.

Worldwide Privatization Portfolio

         This  portfolio  seeks  long-term  capital  appreciation  by  investing
principally in equity securities  issued by enterprises that are undergoing,  or
have  undergone,  privatization.  The balance of the  investment  portfolio will
include  equity  securities of companies that are believed by the Fund's Adviser
to be beneficiaries of the privatization process.

    
                                       14

<PAGE>

       

   
Technology Portfolio

         This portfolio seeks growth of capital through  investment in companies
expected  to benefit  from  advances in  technology.  The  Technology  portfolio
invests principally in a diversified  portfolio of securities of companies which
use  technology  extensively in the  development of new or improved  products or
processes.


         THERE IS NO ASSURANCE THAT ANY OF THESE  PORTFOLIOS  WILL ACHIEVE THEIR
STATED OBJECTIVES.


Voting Rights

         As previously  stated, all of the assets held in the Subaccounts of the
Variable Account will be invested in shares of a corresponding  portfolio of the
Fund.  Based on the Company's view of present  applicable  law, we will vote the
portfolio  shares held in the Variable  Account at meetings of  shareholders  in
accordance  with  instructions  received from Owners having a voting interest in
the portfolio.  However,  if the 1940 Act or its regulations are amended,  or if
our  interpretation  of present law  changes to permit us to vote the  portfolio
shares in our own right, we may elect to do so.

         Prior to the Annuity  Date,  the Owner holds a voting  interest in each
portfolio in which there is value in the corresponding Subaccount. The number of
portfolio  shares which are  attributable to the Owner is determined by dividing
the corresponding value in a particular Subaccount by the net asset value of one
portfolio  share.  The number of votes  which an Owner will have a right to cast
will be determined as of the record date established by each portfolio.

         We will solicit voting  instructions  by mail prior to the  shareholder
meetings.  An Owner having a voting  interest in a Subaccount will be sent proxy
material,  reports and other materials as provided by the Fund,  relating to the
appropriate  portfolios.  The  Company  will  vote  shares  in  accordance  with
instructions  received from the Owner having a voting interest.  At the meeting,
the Company will vote shares for which it has received no  instructions  and any
shares not  attributable to Owners in the same proportion as it votes shares for
which it has received instructions from Owners.

         The voting  rights  relate  only to amounts  invested  in the  Variable
Account.  There are no voting  rights  with  respect to funds  allocated  to the
Guaranteed Account.

         Shares  of the  Fund  may be sold  only to  separate  accounts  of life
insurance companies. The shares of the Fund will be sold to separate accounts of
the Company and its affiliate,  American International Life Assurance Company of
New York, as well as to separate  accounts of other  affiliated or  unaffiliated
life insurance  companies to fund variable  annuity  contracts and variable life
insurance  policies.   It  is  conceivable  that,  in  the  future,  it  may  be
disadvantageous  for  variable  life  insurance  separate  accounts and variable
annuity separate accounts to invest in the Fund simultaneously. Although neither
the Company nor the Fund currently  foresees any such  disadvantages,  either to
variable life insurance  policyowners or to variable annuity Owners,  the Fund's
Board of  Directors  will  monitor  events  in order to  identify  any  material
irreconcilable  conflicts which may possibly arise and to determine what action,
if any,  should  be taken in  response  thereto.  If a  material  irreconcilable
conflict were to occur, the Fund will take whatever steps it deems necessary, at
its expense,  to remedy or eliminate the irreconcilable  material  conflict.  If
such a conflict were to occur, one or more insurance  company separate  accounts
might withdraw its  investments  in the Fund.  This might force the Fund to sell
securities at disadvantageous prices.

Substitution Of Shares

         If the shares of the Fund (or any portfolio  within the Fund) should no
longer  be  available  for  investment  by the  Variable  Account  or if, in the
judgment  of the  Company,  further  investment  in such  shares  should  become
inappropriate  in  view  of  the  purpose  of the  Contracts,  the  Company  may
substitute shares of another mutual fund (or portfolio within
    
                                       15

<PAGE>

   

the fund) for Fund shares  already  purchased  or to be  purchased in the future
under the Contracts.  No  substitution  of securities may take place without any
required prior approval of the Securities and Exchange Commission and under such
requirements as it may impose.


                                  THE CONTRACT

         The  Contract  described  in this  Prospectus  is a  deferred  variable
annuity.  Single  premium  Contracts  do not  permit the  payment of  additional
premiums after the Contract Date.  Flexible premium Contracts permit the payment
of additional Premiums at any time.

Parties to the Contract

         Owner

                  As the purchaser of the Contract,  You may exercise all rights
         and  privileges  provided in the  Contract,  subject to any rights that
         You, as Owner, may convey to an irrevocable beneficiary.  As Owner, You
         will also be the  Annuitant,  unless  You name in  writing  some  other
         person as Annuitant.

         Annuitant

                  The Annuitant is the person who receives  annuity payments and
         upon the  continuance of whose life these  payments are based.  You may
         designate someone other than yourself as Annuitant. If the Annuitant is
         a person  other  than the  Owner,  and the  Annuitant  dies  before the
         Annuity  Date,  You will  become the  Annuitant  unless  you  designate
         someone else as the new Annuitant.

         Beneficiary

                  The  Beneficiary You designate will receive the death proceeds
         if You die prior to the Annuity  Date. If no  Beneficiary  is living at
         that  time,  the death  proceeds  are  payable to Your  estate.  If the
         Annuitant dies after the Annuity Date, the Beneficiary will receive any
         remaining   guaranteed   payments  under  an  Annuity  Option.   If  no
         Beneficiary is living at that time, the remaining  guaranteed  payments
         are payable to Your estate.

         Change of Annuitant and Beneficiary

                  Prior to the Annuity  Date,  You may change the  Annuitant and
         Beneficiary by making a written request to Our  Administrative  Office.
         After the Annuity Date only a change of Beneficiary  may be made.  Once
         We have accepted Your written request, any change will become effective
         on the date You signed it.  However,  any change will be subject to any
         payment or other action taken by Us before We record the change. If the
         Owner is not a natural  person,  under  current  Federal  tax law,  the
         Contract may be subject to unintended and adverse tax consequences. For
         possible tax considerations of these changes,  see FEDERAL TAX MATTERS,
         page  .

How to Purchase a Contract

         At the time of application, the Purchaser must pay at least the minimum
Premium  required  and provide  instructions  regarding  the  allocation  of the
Premium among the Subaccounts. Acceptance of the Premium and form of application
is subject to Our  requirements  and We reserve the right to reject any Premium.
If the  application  and Premium are accepted in the form received,  the Premium
will be credited and  allocated to the  Subaccounts  within two business days of
its receipt.  The date the Premium is credited to the Contract is the  Effective
Date.

    
                                       16

<PAGE>


   
         If within five days of the  receipt of the initial  Premium We have not
received sufficient information to issue a Contract, You will be contacted.  The
reason for the delay will be explained to You. If You consent We will retain the
Premium until the necessary requirements are fulfilled.  Otherwise,  the Premium
will be immediately refunded to You.

Discount Purchase Programs

         Purchases  made by  officers,  directors  and  employees  of either the
Company, an affiliate of the Company or any individual, firm or company that has
executed the  necessary  agreements to sell the Contracts and members of each of
their  immediate  families  will not be subject to the  Surrender  Charge.  Such
purchases  include  retirement  accounts and must be for accounts in the name of
the individual or qualifying family member.

Distributor

         AIG Equity Sales Corp.  ("AESC"),  80 Pine Street,  New York, New York,
acts as the distributor of the Contracts.  AESC is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of
AIG, and an affiliate of the Company.  Commissions  not to exceed 6% of Premiums
will be paid to entities  which sell the  Contract.  Additional  payments may be
made for  other  services  not  directly  related  to the sale of the  Contract,
including the recruitment  and training of personnel,  production of promotional
literature and similar services.

         Under  the   Glass-Steagall   Act  and  other  laws,   certain  banking
institutions may be prohibited from distributing variable annuity contracts.  If
a bank were to be prohibited  from performing  certain agency or  administrative
services and receiving fees from AESC,  Owners who purchased  Contracts  through
the bank would be permitted to retain their  Contracts and  alternate  means for
servicing those Owners would be sought. It is not expected, however, that Owners
would suffer any loss of services or adverse financial  consequences as a result
of any of these occurrences.


Administration of the Contracts

         While the Company has primary  responsibility for all administration of
the Contracts and the Variable Account, it has retained the services of Delaware
Valley  Financial   Services,   Inc.  ("DVFS")  pursuant  to  an  administrative
agreement.  Such  administrative  services include issuance of the Contracts and
maintenance  of Owner's  records.  DVFS serves as the  administrator  to various
insurance companies offering variable contracts.

Premium and Allocation to Your Investment Options

         The initial Premium must be at least $5,000 for Non-Qualified Contracts
and $2,000 for a Contract purchased in connection with an IRA or 403(b) Plan. If
you chose a Flexible  Premium  Contract,  You may make  additional  payments  of
Premium  prior to the Annuity  Date,  in amounts of at least $1000.  There is no
maximum  limit  on the  additional  Premiums  You may pay or on the  numbers  of
payments;  however,  the Company reserves the right to reject any Premium on any
Contract.  You specify at the time of issue or  subsequently  how the  remaining
amount, known as Additional Premium will be allocated.

         Except  for any  Contract  issued as an IRA,  the  initial  Premium  is
allocated among the  Subaccounts  and Guaranteed  Account on the Effective Date.
For IRAs the initial  Premium will be  allocated to the Money Market  Subaccount
until the end of the Right to Examine Contract Period, after which Your value in
the Money Market  Subaccount will then be reallocated  among the Subaccounts and
Guaranteed Account in accordance with Your allocation instructions.  (See "Right
to Examine Contract Period" on Page , and "Individual  Retirement  Annuities" on
page .)

         Your  allocation  instructions  will  specify what  percentage  of Your
initial  Premium is to be  credited  to each  Subaccount  and to the  Guaranteed
Account.  Allocation  instructions must be expressed in whole percentages of not
less
    
                                       17

<PAGE>


   
than 10%.  Allocations for additional  Premium will be made on the same basis as
the initial  Premium unless We receive a written  notice with new  instructions.
Additional  Premium will be credited to the Contract  Value and allocated at the
close of the first  Valuation Date on or after which the  Additional  Premium is
received at Our Administrative Office.

         ALL PREMIUM TO  QUALIFIED  CONTRACTS  MUST  COMPLY WITH THE  APPLICABLE
PROVISIONS IN THE CODE AND THE APPLICABLE  PROVISIONS OF YOUR  RETIREMENT  PLAN.
ADDITIONAL PREMIUM COMMINGLED IN AN IRA WITH A ROLLOVER  CONTRIBUTION FROM OTHER
RETIREMENT  PLANS MAY RESULT IN UNFAVORABLE  TAX  CONSEQUENCES.  YOU SHOULD SEEK
LEGAL COUNSEL AND TAX ADVICE  REGARDING THE SUITABILITY OF THE CONTRACT FOR YOUR
SITUATION. (SEE "FEDERAL TAX MATTERS" ON PAGE    .)

Right to Examine Contract Period

         The Contract  provides a 10 day Right to Examine Contract Period giving
You the  opportunity  to cancel the Contract.  You must return the Contract with
written  notice to Us. If We receive the Contract and Your written notice within
10 days after it is  received  by You,  the  Contract  will be voided.  With the
exception of Contracts  issued in connection  with an IRA, in those states whose
laws do not  require  that We assume the risk of market loss during the Right to
Examine Contract Period,  should You decide to cancel Your Contract,  the amount
to be  returned  to You will be the  Contract  Value (on the day We receive  the
Contract) plus any charges deducted for State Taxes,  without  imposition of the
Surrender  Charge.  The  amount  returned  to you may be more or less  than  the
initial  Premium.  (See  "Charges and  Deductions"  on page    .) For  Contracts
issued in those states that require we return the premium, we will do so. In the
case of Contracts  issued in connection with an IRA, the Company will refund the
greater of the Premium, less any withdrawals, or the Contract Value.

         State laws  governing  the  duration  of the Right to Examine  Contract
Period may vary from state to state.  We will  comply with the laws of the state
in which the Owner resides at the time the Contract is applied for. Federal laws
governing  IRAs require a minimum seven day right of  revocation.  We provide 10
days from the date the Contract is received by you. (See "Individual  Retirement
Annuities" on page    .)

Unit Value and Contract Value

         After the deduction of certain changes and expenses,  amounts which You
allocate  to  a  Subaccount  of  the  Variable  Account  are  used  to  purchase
Accumulation Units in that Subaccount, not shares of the Portfolio in which that
Subaccount  invest:  The  number  of  Accumulation  Units you  purchase  will be
determined by dividing the amount allocated to each Subaccount by the Unit Value
of the  Subaccount  for  the  Valuation  Period  during  which  the  amount  was
allocated.

         The Unit Value for each Subaccount will vary from one Valuation  Period
to the next,  based on the  investment  experience of the Portfolio in which the
Subaccount  invests  and the  deduction  of certain  charges and  expenses.  The
Statement  of  Additional  Information  contains a detailed  explanation  of how
Accumulation Units are valued.

         Your value in any given  Subaccount is determined  by  multiplying  the
Unit Value for the  Subaccount by the number of Units You own. Your value within
the Variable Account is the sum of your values in all the Subaccounts. The total
value of your Contract,  known as the Contract  Value,  equals your Value in the
Variable Account plus Your value in the Guaranteed Account.

Transfers

         Prior to the Annuity Date, You may make Transfers among the Subaccounts
and into and out of the Guaranteed Account subject to certain rules.

    
                                       18

<PAGE>


   
         At the present time there is no limit on the number of transfers  which
can be made among the Subaccounts and the Guaranteed Account in any one Contract
Year.  We reserve the right to limit the number of  transfers to 12 per Contract
Year. There are no fees for the first 12 transfers in any one Contract Year. For
each transfer in excess of 12 within one Contract Year, We impose a transfer fee
of $10.  A transfer  fee,  if any,  is  deducted  from the  amount  transferred.
Transfers of Contract Value in the Guaranteed Account may be subject to a Market
Value Adjustment. (See Appendix , "Guaranteed Account Transfers," page___.)

         Transfers  may be made by written  request or by telephone as described
in the  Contract  or  specifically  authorized  in  writing.  The  Company  will
undertake  reasonable  procedures to confirm that  instructions  communicated by
telephone  are  genuine.  All calls  will be  recorded.  All  transfers  will be
confirmed in writing to the Owner. The Company is not liable for any loss, cost,
or expense for action on telephone instructions which are believed to be genuine
in accordance with these procedures.

         After the Annuity  Date,  the Owner may  transfer  the  Contract  Value
allocated to the Variable  Account among the Subaccounts.  However,  the Company
reserves the right to refuse any more than one transfer per month.  The transfer
fee is the same as before the Annuity  Date.  This transfer fee, if any, will be
deducted  from the next annuity  payment  after the  transfer.  If following the
transfer, the Annuity Units remaining in the Subaccount would generate a monthly
annuity  payment of less than $100,  the Company will transfer the entire amount
in the Subaccount.

         Once the transfer is effected, the Company will recompute the number of
Annuity  Units  for each  Subaccount.  The  number  of  Annuity  Units  for each
Subaccount  will remain the same for the remainder of the payment  period unless
the Owner requests another change.

         The  minimum  amount  which may be  transferred  at any one time is the
lesser of $1,000 or the value of the  Subaccount or Guarantee  Period from which
the transfer is made. However, the minimum amount for transfers under our Dollar
Cost Averaging program is $100 per Subaccount. (See "Dollar Cost Averaging") For
additional  limitations  regarding transfers out of the Guaranteed Account,  see
"The Guaranteed Account" in the Appendix, page ____.)

Dollar Cost Averaging

         The Company  currently  offers an option  under which Owners may dollar
cost  average  their  allocations  in the  Subaccounts  under  the  contract  by
authorizing the Company to make periodic  allocations of Contract Value from any
one Subaccount to one or more of the other Subaccounts. Dollar cost averaging is
a systematic  method of investing in which  securities  are purchased at regular
intervals  in fixed  dollar  amounts  so that the  cost of the  securities  gets
averaged  over time and possibly  over various  market  cycles.  The option will
result in the allocation of Contract Value to one or more Subaccounts, and these
amounts  will be  credited at the  Accumulation  Unit value as of the end of the
Valuation  Dates on which  the  exchanges  are  effected.  Amounts  periodically
transferred  under this option are not included in the 12 transfers per Contract
Year discussed  under  "Transfers" on page ___. Since the value of  Accumulation
Units will vary,  the  amounts  allocated  to a  Subaccount  will  result in the
crediting of a greater number of units when the  Accumulation  Unit value is low
and a  lesser  number  of  units  when  the  Accumulation  Unit  value  is high.
Similarly,  the amounts exchanged from a Subaccount will result in a debiting of
a greater number of units when the Subaccount's  Accumulation  Unit value is low
and a lesser number of units when the  Accumulation  Unit value is high.  Dollar
cost averaging does not guarantee profits, nor does it assure that an Owner will
not have losses.

         A  Dollar  Cost   Averaging   Request  form  is   available   from  the
Administrative  Office  upon  request.  On the form,  the Owner  must  designate
whether  Contract  Value is to be  exchanged  on the basis of a specific  dollar
amount,  a fixed period or earnings  only,  the Subaccount or Subaccounts to and
from which the transfers will be made,  the desired  frequency of the transfers,
which may be on a  monthly,  quarterly,  semiannual,  or annual  basis,  and the
length of time during which the transfers  shall continue or the total amount to
be exchanged over time. The Owner may specify that such transfers be made on any
day of any month with the exception of the 29th, 30th or 31st of a month.
    
                                       19

<PAGE>



   
         To elect the Dollar Cost Averaging  Option,  the Owner's Contract Value
must be at least $12,000 ($2,000 for a Contract funding a Qualified Plan), and a
Dollar Cost  Averaging  Request in proper form must be received by the  Company.
The Dollar Cost Averaging Request form will not be considered complete until the
Contract Value is at least the required amount.  An Owner may not have in effect
at the same time Dollar Cost Averaging and Asset Rebalancing Options.

         The Dollar Cost Averaging Option may be canceled at any time by written
request or if the  Accumulation  Unit value is less than  $5,000,  or such lower
amount as the Company may determine.

Asset Rebalancing Option

         The Company currently offers an option under which Owners may authorize
the Company to automatically  exchange Contract Value each quarter to maintain a
particular percentage allocation among the Subaccounts as selected by the Owner.
The Contract Value allocated to each Subaccount will grow or decline in value at
different  rates  during  the  quarter,  and  Asset  Rebalancing   automatically
reallocates the Contract Value in the Subaccounts each quarter to the allocation
selected by the Owner.  Asset Rebalancing is intended to exchange Contract Value
from those  Subaccounts  that have increased in value to those  Subaccounts that
have  declined in value.  Over time,  this method of investing may help an Owner
buy  low  and  sell  high,although  there  can be no  assurance  of  this.  This
investment method does not guarantee  profits,  nor does it assure that an Owner
will not have losses.

         To elect  the  Asset  Rebalancing  Option,  the  Contract  Value in the
Contract  must be at least  $12,000  ($2,000 for a Contract  funding a Qualified
Plan) and an Asset  Rebalancing  Request in proper  form must be received by the
Company.  An Owner may not have in effect at the same time Dollar Cost Averaging
and Asset Rebalancing  Options.  An Asset Rebalancing  Request form is available
upon request.  On the form, the Owner must indicate the  applicable  Subaccounts
and the  percentage  of Contract  Value which should be allocated to each of the
applicable  Subaccounts each quarter under the Asset Rebalancing  Option. If the
Asset  Rebalancing  Option is  elected,  all  Contract  Value  allocated  to the
Subaccounts must be included in the Asset Rebalancing Option.

         This  option will  result in the  transfer of Contract  Value to one or
more of the  Subaccounts  on the date  specified  by the Owner or, if no date is
specified, on the date of the Company's receipt of the Asset Rebalancing Request
in  proper  form  and on  each  quarterly  anniversary  of the  applicable  date
thereafter.  The amounts  transferred will be credited to the Accumulation  Unit
Value as of the end of the Valuation  Dates on which the transfers are effected.
Amounts  periodically  transferred  under this option are not included in the 12
transfers per Contract Year discussed under "Transfers" on page _____.

         An Owner may instruct the Company at any time to terminate  this option
by written request.  Once terminated,  this Option may not be reselected  during
the same Contract Year.


                             CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS

         Various  charges and  deductions  are made from  Premium,  the Contract
Value and the Variable Account. These charges and deductions are as follows:

Deduction for Premium and Other State Taxes

         We do  not  deduct  premium  taxes  unless  assessed  by the  state  of
residence of the Owner.  Any premium or other taxes  levied by any  governmental
entity with respect to the Contracts will be charged at Our  discretion  against
either Premium or Contract  Value.  Premium taxes  currently  imposed by certain
states on the Contracts  range  typically from 0% to 3.5% of premiums paid. Some
states assess premium taxes at the time Premium is received; others assess
    
                                       20

<PAGE>

   

premium taxes at the time of  annuitization.  Premium taxes are subject to being
changed or  amended by state  legislatures,  administrative  interpretations  or
judicial acts.

         The  Company  will  also  deduct  from any  amount  payable  under  the
Contracts  any income  taxes a  governmental  authority  requires the Company to
withhold with respect to that amount.

Deduction for Mortality and Expense Risk Charge

         The Company  deducts for each Valuation  Period a Mortality and Expense
Risk Charge which is equal on an annual basis to 1.25% of the average  daily net
asset value of the Variable Account.  The mortality risks assumed by the Company
arise from its contractual obligation to make annuity payments after the Annuity
Date for the life of the Annuitant,  to waive the Surrender  Charge in the event
of the death of the Owner  prior to the  Annuity  Date and to provide  the death
benefit.  The  expense  risk  assumed  by the  Company  is  that  the  costs  of
administering  the  Contracts  and the  Variable  Account will exceed the amount
received from Administrative and Contract Maintenance Charges.

         If the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is  insufficient  to cover the
actual costs, the loss will be borne by the Company.  Conversely,  if the amount
deducted proves more than sufficient,  the excess will be profit to the Company.
The Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is guaranteed by the Company and cannot be
increased.  The  Mortality  and  Expense  Risk  Charge is  deducted  during  the
Accumulation Period and after the Annuity Date.

         The Company  currently offers annuity payment options that are based on
a life  contingency.  (See  "Annuity  Period - Annuity  Options"  on page .) The
Company in its discretion  may offer  additional  payment  options which are not
based on a life contingency.  If this should occur and if a Owner should elect a
payment option not based on a life  contingency,  the Mortality and Expense Risk
Charge is still  deducted but the Owner receives no benefit from that portion of
the charge attributable to mortality risk.

Deduction for  Accidental  Death Benefit 

          If the Owner has elected the  Accidental  Death  Benefit,  the Company
deducts for each Valuation  Period,  an Accidental Death Benefit Charge equal on
an annual  basis to 0.10% of the average  daily net asset value in the  Variable
Account.


Deduction for Surrender (Deferred Sales) Charges

         In the  event  that an  Owner  makes a  withdrawal  from or  surrenders
Contract Value in excess of the Free Withdrawal  Amount,  a Surrender Charge may
be imposed. The Free Withdrawal Amount for a single premium Contract is equal to
10% of the Contract  Value at the time of the  withdrawal.  The Free  Withdrawal
Amount for a flexible  premium  Contract is equal to the greater of the Contract
Value less premiums paid or the portion of the  withdrawal  that does not exceed
10% of the total Premium  otherwise  subject to the Surrender Charge paid to the
time of withdrawal,  less any prior withdrawals;  however,  the Surrender Charge
applies only to Premium received by the Company within six (6) years of the date
of the withdrawal.

         The Surrender  Charge will vary in amount depending upon the time which
has elapsed since the date Premium was received.  In  calculating  the Surrender
Charge, Premium is allocated to the amount surrendered on a first-in,  first out
basis. The amount of any withdrawal which exceeds the Free Withdrawal Amount for
a flexible premium Contract will be subject to the following charges:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                  Applicable Surrender
         Single Premium Contracts                    Flexible Premium Contracts                    Charge Percentage
         ------------------------                    --------------------------                    -----------------

              <S>                                        <C>                                              <C>
              Contract Year 1                            Premium Year 1                                   6%
              Contract Year 2                            Premium Year 2                                   5%
              Contract Year 3                            Premium Year 3                                   4%
              Contract Year 4                            Premium Year 4                                   3%
              Contract Year 5                            Premium Year 5                                   2%
              Contract Year 6                            Premium Year 6                                   1%
              Contract Year 7 and thereafter             Premium Year 7 and thereafter                    None

</TABLE>
    
                                       21

<PAGE>


   
         No Surrender Charge is imposed against: (1) Transfers of Contract Value
under  Dollar  Cost  Averaging,  Asset  Rebalancing,  or  Systematic  Withdrawal
options; (2) Contract Value upon Annuitization; (3) a Death Benefit.

         The Surrender  Charge is intended to reimburse the Company for expenses
incurred  which are related to Contract  sales.  The Company does not expect the
proceeds  from the  Surrender  Charge to cover all  distribution  costs.  To the
extent such charge is insufficient to cover all distribution  costs, the Company
may use any of its corporate assets,  including potential profit which may arise
from the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, to make up any difference.

         Certain  restrictions on surrenders are imposed on Contracts  issued in
connection  with  retirement  plans which qualify  under Code Section  403(b) (a
"403(b) Plan"). (See "Taxes - 403(b) Plans" on page   .)

Deduction for Administrative Charges

         The Company  deducts for each Valuation  Period a daily  Administrative
Charge which is equal on an annual basis to .15% of the average  daily net asset
value of the  Variable  Account.  This charge is intended  to  reimburse  Us for
administrative  expenses,  both during the accumulation period and following the
Annuity Date. We do not expect to recover an amount in excess of our accumulated
expenses through the deduction of the Administrative Charge.

Deduction for Contract Maintenance Charge

         The Company also deducts an annual Contract  Maintenance  Charge of $30
per year,  from the Contract  Value on each Contract  Anniversary.  The Contract
Maintenance  Fee is waived if the Contract  Value is greater than $50,000 on the
date of deduction  of the charge.  These  charges are designed to reimburse  the
Company for the costs it incurs  relating to  maintenance  of the Contract,  the
Variable Account, and the Guaranteed Account. If the Contract is surrendered, we
will deduct the Contract Maintenance Charge at the time of surrender,  pro-rata,
for the current Contract Year. The deduction will be made  proportionally  based
on your value in each Subaccount and the Guaranteed  Account.  After the Annuity
Date, the Contract  Maintenance Charge is deducted on a pro-rata basis from each
annuity  income payment and is guaranteed to remain at the same amount as at the
Annuity Date. This charge is not expected to result in a profit to the Company.

Deduction for Income Taxes

         The Company deducts from the Contract Value and/or the Variable Account
any Federal income taxes  resulting from the operation of the Variable  Account.
The Company does not currently anticipate incurring any Federal income taxes.

Other Expenses

         There are  deductions  from and expenses  paid out of the assets of the
Fund which are described in the accompanying Prospectus for the Fund.

Group and Group Sponsored Arrangements

         In  certain  instances,  we may  reduce  the  Surrender  Charge and the
Administrative Charge or change the minimum premium requirements for the sale of
Contracts to certain groups,  including those in which a trustee or an employer,
for example,  purchases  Contracts  covering a group of  individuals  on a group
basis.

         Our costs for sales, administration,  and mortality generally vary with
the size and  stability  of the group  among  other  factors.  We take all these
factors into account when reducing  charges.  To qualify for reduced charges,  a
group or similar  arrangement  must meet  certain  requirements,  including  our
requirements for size and number of years in
    
                                       22

<PAGE>


   
existence. Group or group sponsored arrangements that have been set up solely to
buy  Contracts  or that have been in  existence  less than six  months  will not
qualify for reduced charges.

         We will make any  reductions  according  to our rules in effect when an
application or enrollment  form for a Contract is approved.  We may change these
rules from time to time. Any variation in the Surrender Charge or Administrative
Charge will  reflect  differences  in costs or services and will not be unfairly
discriminatory.


                                ANNUITY BENEFITS

Annuitization

         Annuitization is an election you make to apply the Contract Value to an
Annuity  Option in order to provide a series of annuity  payments.  The date the
Annuity Option becomes effective is the Annuity Date.

Annuity Date

          The latest  Annuity Date is: (a) the first day of the  calendar  month
following the later of the Annuitant's  90th birthday;  or (b) such earlier date
as may be set by applicable law.

         The Owner may  designate an earlier date or may change the Annuity Date
by making a written  request at least thirty (30) days prior to the Annuity Date
being changed.  However, any Annuity Date must be no later than the date defined
above; and, the first day of a calendar month.

         Without the  approval of the  Company,  the new Annuity  Date cannot be
earlier  thanone  year after the  Effective  Date.  In addition,  for  Qualified
Contracts,  certain  provisions of your  retirement plan or the Code may further
restrict your choice of an Annuity Date. (See "Federal Tax Matters," page ____).

Annuity Options

         The Owner may choose  annuity  payments  which are fixed,  or which are
based on the Variable Account,  or a combination of the two. The Owner may, upon
at least 30 days prior  written  notice to us, at any time prior to the  Annuity
Date,  select or change an Annuity Option.  If the Owner elects annuity payments
which are based on the  Variable  Account,  the amount of the  payments  will be
variable.  The amount of the annuity  payment based on the value of a Subaccount
is  determined  through a  calculation  described in the Statement of Additional
Information,  under the caption "Annuity Provisions". The Owner may not transfer
Contract  Values between the Guaranteed  Account and the Variable  Account after
the Annuity Date,  but may,  subject to certain  conditions,  transfer  Contract
Values from one  Subaccount to another  Subaccount.  (See " Transfer of Contract
Values" on page    .)

         If the Owner has not made any annuity  payment option  selection at the
Annuity  Date,  the  Contract  Value will be applied to purchase  Option 2 fixed
basis  annuity  payments  and  Option 2  variable  basis  annuity  payments,  in
proportion  to the amount of Contract  Value in the  Guaranteed  Account and the
Variable Account, respectively.

         The annuity payment options are:

         Option 1:      Life Income.  The Company  will make  annuity  payments
                        during the lifetime of the Annuitant.

         Option 2:       Life Income with 10 Years of Payments  Guaranteed.  The
                         Company will make monthly  annuity  payments during the
                         lifetime  of the  Annuitant.  If,  at the  death of the
                         Annuitant,  payments  have  been  made for less than 10
                         years,  payments will be continued during the remainder
                         of the period to the Beneficiary.
    
                                       23

<PAGE>


   

         Option 3:       Joint and Last Survivor  Income.  The Company will make
                         annuity payments for as long as either the Annuitant or
                         a Contingent  Annuitant is alive. In the event that the
                         Contract  is  issued  in  connection  with an IRA,  the
                         payments  in this Option will be made only to the Owner
                         as Annuitant and the Owner's spouse.

         The annuity  payment  options are more fully explained in the Statement
of Additional Information.  The Company may also offer additional options at its
own discretion.

Annuity Payments

         If the Contract Value applied to annuity  payment  options is less than
$2,000,  the Company  reserves the right to pay the amount in a lump sum in lieu
of annuity  payments.  The Company  makes all other  annuity  payments  monthly.
However,  if the  total  monthly  annuity  payment  would be less  than $100 the
Company reserves the right to make payments semi-annually or annually.

         If fixed  annuity  payments  are  selected,  the  amount of each  fixed
payment is determined by multiplying  the Contract  Value  allocated to purchase
fixed annuity payments by the factor shown in the annuity table specified in the
Contract for the option selected, divided by 1,000.

         If variable annuity payments are selected,  the Annuitant  receives the
value of a fixed number of Annuity Units each month. The actual dollar amount of
variable  annuity payments is dependent upon: (i) the Contract Value at the time
of  annuitization;  (ii) the annuity table specified in the Contract;  (iii) the
Annuity  Option  selected;  (iv) the  investment  performance  of the Subaccount
selected; and (v) the pro-rata portion of the Contract Maintenance charge.

         The annuity tables  contained in the Contract are based on a 5% assumed
investment  rate. If the actual net  investment  rate exceeds 5%,  payments will
increase.  Conversely,  if the  actual  rate is less than 5%,  variable  annuity
payments will decrease.


                                  DEATH BENEFIT
Prior to the Annuity Date

         In the event of Your death prior to the Annuity  Date, a death  benefit
is payable to the Beneficiary. The value of the death benefit will be determined
as of the date We receive  proof of death in a form  acceptable  to Us. If there
has been a change of Owner,  the death  benefit will equal the  Contract  Value.
Otherwise, We will pay the death benefit equal to the greatest of: (a) the total
of all Premium, less withdrawals and surrenders; (b) the Contract Value; (c) the
greatest  of the  Contract  Value at the sixth  Contract  Anniversary  or at the
Contract Anniversary every six years thereafter,  plus any Premium paid and less
any surrenders subsequent to that Contract Anniversary.

         The Beneficiary may elect the death benefit to be paid as follows:  (a)
payment of the entire  death  benefit  within 5 years of the date of the Owner's
death;  or (b) payment  over the  lifetime of the  designated  Beneficiary  with
distribution  beginning  within 1 year of the date of death of the Owner; or (c)
if the designated  Beneficiary is Your spouse,  he/she can continue the contract
in his/her own name.

         If no payment option is elected,  a single sum settlement  will be made
at the end of the sixty (60) day period following receipt of proof of death.

After the Annuity Date
    

                                       24

<PAGE>


   
         If the Owner is a person other than the  Annuitant,  and if the Owner's
death  occurs on or after the Annuity  Date,  no death  benefit  will be payable
under this contract,  except that any guaranteed  payments remaining unpaid will
continue to be paid to the Annuitant  pursuant to the Annuity Option in force at
the date of the Owner's death.

Accidental Death Benefit

     If an Accidental  Death Benefit has been elected,  the cost of this benefit
will be equal on an annual  basis to 0.10% of the  average  daily net assets in
the Variable Account.
    

       


                                       25

<PAGE>


   
         The  Accidental  Death  Benefit,  if any, is equal to the lesser of the
Contract  Value as of the date the death benefit is determined or $250,000.  The
Accidental  Death  Benefit is payable if the death of the primary  Owner  occurs
prior to the Contract  Anniversary  next following his 75th birthday as a result
of an Injury.  The death must also occur  before the Annuity Date and within 365
days of the date of the accident which caused the Injury.  The Accidental  Death
Benefit is paid to the Beneficiary.

         The  Accidental  Death Benefit will not be paid for any death caused by
or resulting (in whole or in part) from the following:

         (a)      suicide   or   attempted   suicide   while   sane  or  insane;
                  intentionally self-inflicted injuries;

         (b)      sickness,  disease or bacterial  infection of any kind, except
                  pyogenic  infections  which  occur as a result of an injury or
                  bacterial   infections   which  result  from  the   accidental
                  ingestion of contaminated substances;

         (c)      hernia;

         (d)      injury  sustained  as a  consequence  of riding in,  including
                  boarding  or  alighting  from,  any vehicle or device used for
                  aerial  navigation  except if the Owner is a passenger  on any
                  aircraft licensed for the transportation of passengers;

         (e)      declared or undeclared war or any act thereof; or

         (f)      service in the military, naval or air service of any country.

Death of the Annuitant

         If the Annuitant is a person other than the Owner, and if the Annuitant
dies before the Annuity Date, a new  Annuitant may be named by the Owner.  If no
new  Annuitant  is named  within  sixty (60) days of Our receipt of proof of the
Annuitant's  death, the Owner will be deemed the new Annuitant.  If an Annuitant
dies  after  the  Annuity  Date,  the  remaining  payments,  if any,  will be as
specified  in  the  Annuity  Option  elected.  We  will  require  proof  of  the
Annuitant's  death.  Death  benefits,  if any,  will  be paid to the  designated
Beneficiary at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at
the Annuitant's death.


                        DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE CONTRACT

Withdrawals

     The Owner may  withdraw  Contract  Values  prior to the Annuity  Date.  Any
withdrawal is subject to the following conditions:

         (a)      the Company must receive a written request;

         (b)      the amount requested must be at least $500;

         (c)      any applicable Surrender Charge will be deducted;

         (d)      the  Contract  Value  will be reduced by the sum of the amount
                  requested plus the amount of any applicable Surrender Charge;

         (e)      the  Company  will  deduct  the  amount   requested  plus  any
                  Surrender  Charge from each Subaccount of the Variable Account
                  and from the Guaranteed  Account either as specified or in the
                  proportion  that each  Subaccount and the  Guaranteed  Account
                  bears to the Contract Value; and
    
                                       26

<PAGE>



   
         We reserve  the right to consider  any  withdrawal  request  that would
reduce the Value of the Accumulation Account to less than $2,000 to be a request
for Surrender.  In this event,  the Surrender  Value will be paid to You and the
Contract will terminate.

         Each  withdrawal  is  subject to Federal  income  taxes on the  taxable
portion. Unless otherwise directed by You, We must withhold federal income taxes
from  each  withdrawal.  In  addition,  a 10%  penalty  tax may be  assessed  on
withdrawals  if You are under age 59 1/2.  This includes  withdrawals  under the
Systematic  Withdrawal program (described below) and withdrawals You may make to
pay fees to Your investment advisor, if any.

Systematic Withdrawal

         The systematic  withdrawal program involves making regularly  scheduled
withdrawals  from Your value in the Contract.  In order to initiate the program,
your total Contract  Value must be at least  $24,000.  The program allows You to
prearrange  the  withdrawal  of a specified  dollar  amount of at least $200 per
withdrawal,  on a monthly or quarterly  payment  basis.  A maximum of 10% of the
Contract  Value may be withdrawn in a Contract Year.  Surrender  Charges are not
imposed on withdrawals  under this program.  If you elect this program Surrender
Charges will be imposed on any  withdrawal,  other than  withdrawals  made under
Your systematic  withdrawal program, when the withdrawal is from Premium paid in
the last six  years.  You may not elect  this  program if you have taken a prior
withdrawal  during the same Contract Year. (See  "Withdrawals"  on page    , and
"Surrender Charges" on page    .

         Systematic  withdrawals  will begin on the first  scheduled  withdrawal
date selected by You following the date We process Your request.  If the day You
designate is not a Valuation  Date, the withdrawal will be made on the following
Valuation  Date.  In the event that Your value in a specified  Subaccount or the
Guaranteed  Account is not  sufficient to deduct a withdrawal or if Your request
for systematic  withdrawal does not specify the Guaranteed Account or from which
Subaccounts  withdrawals  are  to be  deducted,  withdrawals  will  be  deducted
proportionally  based  on Your  value  in  each  Subaccount  and the  Guaranteed
Account.

         All parties to the Contract are cautioned that the rights of any person
to implement the systematic  withdrawal program under Qualified Contracts may be
subject to the terms and  conditions of the retirement  plan,  regardless of the
terms and conditions of the Qualified  Contract issued in connection with such a
retirement plan. (See "Federal Tax Matters" on page    .)

         The  systematic  withdrawal  program  may be  canceled  at any  time by
written  request or  automatically  by Us should the  Contract  Value fall below
$1,000. In the event the systematic  withdrawal  program is canceled,  the Owner
may  not  elect  to   participate  in  such  program  until  the  next  Contract
Anniversary.

         An Owner may change once per  Contract  Year the amount or frequency of
withdrawals on a systematic basis.

         The Free Withdrawal Amount (see "Charges and Deductions - Deduction for
Surrender  Charge"  on page ) is not  available  while  an  Owner  is  receiving
systematic withdrawals.  An Owner will be entitled to the free withdrawal amount
on and after the Contract  Anniversary  next  following the  termination  of the
systematic withdrawal program.

         Implementation  of the  systematic  withdrawal  program  may subject an
Owner to adverse tax  consequences,  including a 10% tax penalty.  (See "Taxes -
Taxation  of  Annuities  in  General"  on  page  for a  discussion  of  the  tax
consequences of withdrawals.)

THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO DISCONTINUE THIS PROGRAM AT ANY TIME.

Surrender

     Prior to the Annuity Date you may  Surrender the Contract for the Surrender
Value by  withdrawing  the  entire  Contract  Value.  You must  submit a written
request for Surrender and return the Contract to Us. The Surrender Value
    
                                       27

<PAGE>


   
will be based on the Contract  Value at the end of the  Valuation  Period during
which the Surrender request is received as described below. The Contract may not
be surrendered after the Annuity Date.

Surrender Value

         The  Surrender  Value of the Contract  varies each day depending on the
investment results of the Subaccounts  selected by the Owner.  Contract Value in
the Guaranteed Account may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. (See "Market
Value  Adjustment",  Appendix     .) The  Surrender  Value will be the  Contract
Value,  subject to any applicable  Market Value  Adjustment,  as of the date the
Company  receives Your  surrender  request,  reduced by the  following:  (1) any
applicable  taxes not previously  deducted;  (2) any  applicable  portion of the
Contract Maintenance Charge; and (3) any applicable Surrender Charge.

Payment of Withdrawals and Surrender Values

     Payments of Withdrawals and Surrender Values will ordinarily be sent to the
Owner  within  seven (7) days of receipt  of the  written  request,  but see the
Deferment  of  Payment  discussion  below.  (Also see  Statement  of  Additional
Information - "Delay of Payments.")

         The Company reserves the right to ensure that an Owner's check or other
form of Premium has been cleared for payment prior to processing  any withdrawal
or redemption request occurring shortly after a Premium payment.

         If, at the time You make a request for a Withdrawal or a Surrender, You
have not provided Us with a written  election  not to have Federal  income taxes
withheld,  We must by law withhold  such taxes from the taxable  portion of Your
payment and remit that amount to the IRS.  Mandatory  withholding rules apply to
distributions   from  qualified   plans  and  Code  section  403(b)   annuities.
Additionally, the Code provides that a 10% penalty tax may be imposed on certain
early  Withdrawals and  Surrenders.  (See "Federal Tax Matters" on page    , and
"Qualified Contracts" on page    .)

Deferral of Payment

         Payment of any Withdrawal,  Surrender,  or lump sum death proceeds from
the Variable  Account will usually  occur within seven days. We may be permitted
to defer such  payment  if: (1) the New York Stock  Exchange is closed for other
than  usual  weekends  or  holidays,  or trading on the  Exchange  is  otherwise
restricted;  (2) an  emergency  exists as defined by the SEC or the SEC requires
that  trading  be  restricted;  (3) the SEC  permits a delay for  protection  of
Owners;  or (4) the check used to pay any Premium  has not  cleared  through the
banking system (this may take up to 15 days).

         We may defer payment of any Withdrawal or Surrender from the Guaranteed
Account for up to six months from the date we receive Your written request.


                                      TAXES

Introduction

         The Contracts are designed to accumulate Contract Values for retirement
plans which,  except for IRAs and 403(b) Plans, are generally not  tax-qualified
plans  ("Qualified  Plans").  The ultimate effect of Federal income taxes on the
amounts held under a Contract, on annuity payments, and on the economic benefits
to the Owner,  Annuitant or  Beneficiary  depend on the Company's tax status and
upon the tax status of the  individual  concerned.  Accordingly,  each potential
Owner should consult a competent tax adviser  regarding the tax  consequences of
purchasing a Contract.

         The  following  discussion  is general in nature and is not intended as
tax advice.  No attempt is made to consider  any  applicable  state or other tax
laws. Moreover, the discussion is based upon the Company's  understanding of the
Federal income tax laws as they are currently interpreted.  No representation is
made  regarding the likelihood of  continuation  of the Federal income tax laws,
the Treasury Regulations, or the current interpretations by the Internal
    
                                       28

<PAGE>


   
Revenue  Service (the  "Service").  For a discussion of Federal  income taxes as
they relate to the Fund, please see the accompanying Prospectus for the Fund.

Company Tax Status

         The Company is taxed as a life  insurance  company  under the  Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). Since the Variable Account is not
a  separate  entity  from  the  Company  and its  operations  form a part of the
Company,  it will not be taxed  separately as a "regulated  investment  company"
under Subchapter M of the Code.  Investment income and realized capital gains on
the assets of the  Variable  Account are  reinvested  and taken into  account in
determining  the Contract  Value.  Under  existing  Federal  income tax law, the
Variable Account's  investment income,  including realized net capital gains, is
not taxed to the Company. The Company reserves the right to make a deduction for
taxes from the  assets of the  Variable  Account  should  they be  imposed  with
respect to such items in the future.

Taxation of Annuities in General - Non-Qualified Plans

         Code Section 72 governs the taxation of annuities. In general, an Owner
is not  taxed  on  increases  in  value  under a  Contract  until  some  form of
withdrawal or  distribution is made under the Contract.  However,  under certain
circumstances,  the  increase  in value may be  subject to tax  currently.  (See
"Contracts Owned by Non-Natural  Persons," and "  Diversification  Standards" on
page____.)

         Withdrawals prior to the Annuity Date

                  Code  Section 72 provides  that a total or partial  withdrawal
         from a Contract  prior to the  Annuity  Date will be treated as taxable
         income to the extent the amounts held under the Contract on the date of
         the withdrawal exceed the "investment in the contract," as that term is
         defined under the Code. The  "investment in the contract" can generally
         be described as the cost of the Contract.  It generally constitutes the
         sum of all purchase  payments  made for the  contract  less any amounts
         received  under the Contract that are excluded  from gross income.  The
         taxable portion is taxed as ordinary income. For purposes of this rule,
         a pledge or assignment  of a Contract is treated as a payment  received
         on account of a partial withdrawal of a Contract.

         Withdrawals on or after the Annuity Date

                  Upon receipt of a lump sum payment or an annuity payment under
         the Contract, the recipient is taxed on the portion of the payment that
         exceeds the investment in the Contract. Ordinarily, the taxable portion
         of payments under the Contract will be taxed as ordinary income.

                  For  fixed  annuity  payments,  the  taxable  portion  of each
         payment  is  generally  determined  by  using a  formula  known  as the
         "exclusion  ratio",  which establishes the ratio that the investment in
         the Contract bears to the total expected amount of annuity payments for
         the term of the Contract. That ratio is then applied to each payment to
         determine the nontaxable portion of the payment.  The remaining portion
         of each  payment is taxed as  ordinary  income.  For  variable  annuity
         payments,  the  taxable  portion  is  determined  by  a  formula  which
         establishes a specific dollar amount of each payment that is not taxed.
         The dollar  amount is  determined  by dividing  the  investment  in the
         Contract  by the  total  number  of  expected  periodic  payments.  The
         remaining portion of each payment is taxed as ordinary income.

                  The Company is obligated to withhold Federal income taxes from
         certain  payments unless the recipient elects  otherwise.  Prior to the
         first payment,  the Company will notify the payee of the right to elect
         out of withholding and will furnish a form on which the election may be
         made.  The payee must  properly  notify the Company of that election in
         advance of the payment in order to avoid withholding.

    
                                       29

<PAGE>


   
         Penalty Tax on Certain Withdrawals

                  With respect to amounts  withdrawn or  distributed  before the
         taxpayer  reaches  age 59 1/2, a 10%  penalty  tax is imposed  upon the
         portion of such amount which is includable  in gross  income.  However,
         the penalty tax will not apply to withdrawals: (i) made on or after the
         death of the Owner (or where the Owner is not an individual,  the death
         of the  "primary  annuitant",  who is  defined as the  individual,  the
         events in the life of whom are of primary  importance  in affecting the
         timing or amount of the payout under the Contract);  (ii)  attributable
         to the taxpayer's  becoming totally disabled within the meaning of Code
         Section  72(m)(7);  (iii)  which are part of a series of  substantially
         equal periodic  payments (not less  frequently  than annually) made for
         the life (or life  expectancy) of the taxpayer,  or the joint lives (or
         joint life  expectancies)  of the  taxpayer and his  beneficiary;  (iv)
         allocable to  investment in the Contract  before  August 14, 1982;  (v)
         under a qualified  funding  asset (as defined in Code Section  130(d));
         (vi) under an immediate annuity  contract;  or (vii) that are purchased
         by an employer on termination  of certain types of qualified  plans and
         which  are held by the  employer  until  the  employee  separates  from
         service.

                  If the penalty tax does not apply to a withdrawal  as a result
         of the application of item (iii) above,  and the series of payments are
         subsequently  modified  (other than by reason of death or  disability),
         the tax for the first  year in which the  modification  occurs  will be
         increased  by an amount  equal to the tax that would have been  imposed
         but for item (iii) above as determined under Treasury Regulations, plus
         interest for the deferral  period.  The  foregoing  rule applies if the
         modification  takes place:  (a) before the close of the period which is
         five years from the date of the first  payment  and after the  taxpayer
         attains age 59 1/2; or (b) before the taxpayer reaches age 59 1/2.

         Assignments

                  Any  assignment or pledge of the Contract as collateral  for a
         loan may result in a taxable event and the excess of the Contract Value
         over total  Premium will be taxed to the  assignor as ordinary  income.
         Please  consult your tax adviser  prior to making an  assignment of the
         Contract.

         Distribution-at-Death Rules

                  In order to be  treated  as an annuity  contract  for  Federal
         income  tax  purposes,  a  Contract  must  generally  provide  for  the
         following two distribution rules: (i) if the Owner dies on or after the
         Annuity Date,  and before the entire  interest in the Contract has been
         distributed, the remaining portion of such interest will be distributed
         at least as quickly as the method in effect on the Owner's  death;  and
         (ii) if a Owner dies before the Annuity Date, the entire  interest must
         generally be distributed  within five years after the date of death. To
         the  extent  such  interest  is payable  to a  designated  Beneficiary,
         however,  such  interest  may be  annuitized  over  the  life  of  that
         Beneficiary or over a period not extending  beyond the life  expectancy
         of that Beneficiary,  so long as distributions commence within one year
         after the date of death. If the Beneficiary is the spouse of the Owner,
         the Contract  may be  continued  unchanged in the name of the spouse as
         Owner.

                  If the Owner is not an individual, the "primary annuitant" (as
         defined under the Code) is considered the Owner. In addition,  when the
         Owner  is not an  individual,  a change  in the  primary  annuitant  is
         treated as the death of the Owner.

         Gifts of Contracts

                  Any transfer of a Contract  prior to the Annuity Date for less
         than full and adequate  consideration will generally trigger tax on the
         gain in the Contract.  The  transferee  will receive a step-up in basis
         for the amount  included in the  transferor's  income.  This provision,
         however,  does not apply to those transfers between spouses or incident
         to a divorce which are governed by Code Section 1041(a).

    
                                       30

<PAGE>


   
         Contracts Owned by Non-Natural Persons

                  If the Contract is held by a non-natural  person (for example,
         a  corporation  or trust) the Contract is  generally  not treated as an
         annuity contract for Federal income tax purposes, and the income on the
         Contract  (generally the excess of the Contract Value over the purchase
         payments) is  includable  in income each year.  The rule does not apply
         where the non-natural  person is only the nominal owner such as a trust
         or other entity acting as an agent for a natural person.  The rule also
         does not  apply  when the  Contract  is  acquired  by the  estate  of a
         decedent, when the Contract is held under certain qualified plans, when
         the Contract is a qualified  funding asset for structured  settlements,
         when  the  Contract  is  purchased  on  behalf  of  an  employee   upon
         termination  of a  qualified  plan,  and in the  case  of an  immediate
         annuity.

         Section 1035 Exchanges

                  Code  Section  1035  provides  that no gain or loss  shall  be
         recognized on the exchange of an annuity  contract for another  annuity
         contract.  A replacement  contract  obtained in a tax-free  exchange of
         contracts succeeds to the status of the surrendered  contract.  Special
         rules  and  procedures   apply  to  Code  Section  1035   transactions.
         Prospective  owners  wishing to take  advantage  of Code  Section  1035
         should consult their tax advisers.


         Multiple Contracts

                  Annuity   contracts   that  are  issued  by  the  Company  (or
         affiliate)  to the same Owner during any calendar  year will be treated
         as one annuity  contract in  determining  the amount  includable in the
         taxpayer's  gross  income.  Thus,  any amount  received  under any such
         contract prior to the contract's  annuity starting date will be taxable
         (and  possibly  subject  to the 10%  penalty  tax) to the extent of the
         combined  income  in  all  such  contracts.   The  Treasury  has  broad
         regulatory  authority  to prevent  avoidance  of the  purposes  of this
         aggregation  rule. It is possible that, under this authority,  Treasury
         may apply this rule to amounts that are paid as annuities  (on or after
         the starting date) under annuity  contracts  issued by the same company
         to the same  Owner  during  any  calendar  year  period.  In this case,
         annuity  payments  could be fully taxable (and possibly  subject to the
         10%  penalty  tax) to the  extent  of the  combined  income in all such
         contracts  and  regardless of whether any amount would  otherwise  have
         been excluded from income.  Owners should  consult a tax adviser before
         purchasing more than one Contract or other annuity contracts.

Diversification Standards

         To comply with the diversification  regulations  promulgated under Code
Section 817(h) (the  "Diversification  Regulations"),  after a start-up  period,
each Subaccount is required to diversify its  investments.  The  Diversification
Regulations generally require that on the last day of each quarter of a calendar
year no more than 55% of the value of the assets of a Subaccount is  represented
by any one investment,  no more than 70% is represented by any two  investments,
no more than 80% is represented by any three  investments,  and no more than 90%
is represented by any four investments. A "look-through" rule applies so that an
investment  in the Fund is not  treated as one  investment  but is treated as an
investment  in a pro-rata  portion  of each  underlying  asset of the Fund.  All
securities of the same issuer are treated as a single investment. In the case of
government securities, each Government agency or instrumentality is treated as a
separate issuer.

         In  connection  with the issuance of the  Diversification  Regulations,
Treasury announced that such regulations do not provide guidance  concerning the
extent to which Owners may direct their investments to particular divisions of a
separate account. It is possible that if and when additional  regulations or IRS
pronouncements  are issued,  the Contract may need to be modified to comply with
such rules.  For these  reasons,  the Company  reserves  the right to modify the
Contract, as necessary,  to prevent the Owner from being considered the owner of
the assets of the Variable Account.
    

                                       31

<PAGE>


   
         The Company intends to comply with the  Diversification  Regulations to
assure  that the  Contracts  continue  to be treated as  annuity  contracts  for
Federal income tax purposes.

Qualified Plans

         The  Contracts  may be used to create an IRA.  The  Contracts  are also
available for use in connection  with a previously  established  403(b) Plan. No
attempt is made herein to provide more than general information about the use of
the Contracts with IRAs or 403(b) Plans. The information  herein is not intended
as tax advice. A prospective  Owner considering use of the Contract to create an
IRA or in  connection  with a 403(b) Plan should first  consult a competent  tax
adviser with regard to the suitability of the Contract as an investment  vehicle
for their qualified plan.

         A Contract may be used as the  investment  medium for several  types of
retirement  plans.  Under  amendments to the Internal  Revenue Code which became
effective in 1993,  distributions  from a qualified plan (other than non-taxable
distributions  representing  a return  of  capital,  distributions  meeting  the
minimum distribution requirement,  distributions for the life or life expectancy
of the recipient(s) or distributions that are made over a period of more than 10
years)  are  eligible  for  tax-free  rollover  within  60 days  of the  date of
distribution,  but are also subject to federal  income tax  withholding at a 20%
rate unless paid directly to another  qualified plan. If the recipient is unable
to take full advantage of the tax-free rollover provisions, there may be taxable
income,  and the  imposition  of a 10% penalty if the  recipient is under age 59
1/2. We make no attempt to provide  more than general  information  about use of
Qualified  Contracts  with the various  types of  retirement  plans.  Owners and
participants  under retirement plans as well as Annuitants and Beneficiaries are
cautioned  that  the  rights  of any  person  to any  benefits  under  Qualified
Contracts  may be subject to the terms and  conditions of the  retirement  plan,
regardless  of the terms and  conditions  of the  Qualified  Contract  issued in
connection with such a retirement  plan.  Purchasers of Qualified  Contracts for
use with any retirement  plan should consult their legal counsel and tax adviser
regarding the suitability of a Qualified Contract for their retirement plan.

Individual Retirement Annuities

         Section 408 of the Code permits  eligible  individuals to contribute to
an IRA. Contracts issued in connection with an IRA are subject to limitations on
eligibility, maximum contributions, and time of distribution. Distributions from
certain  retirement  plans  qualifying  for federal tax advantages may be rolled
over  into an IRA.  Sales of the  Contracts  for use with  IRAs are  subject  to
special  requirements  imposed by the Service,  including the  requirement  that
informational  disclosure be given to each person  desiring to establish an IRA.
The IRAs offered by this Prospectus are not available in all states.

403(b) Plans

         Code Section  403(b)(11)  imposes  certain  restrictions  on an Owner's
ability to make partial  withdrawals  from Code  Section  403(b)  Contracts,  if
attributable to Premium paid under a salary reduction  agreement.  Specifically,
Code  Section  403(b)(11)  allows  an  Owner  to  make a  surrender  or  partial
withdrawal  only  (a) when  the  employee  attains  age 59 1/2,  separates  from
service,  dies, or becomes disabled (as defined in the Code), or (b) in the case
of  hardship.  In the case of  hardship,  only an amount  equal to the  purchase
payments may be withdrawn.  In addition,  under Code Section 403(b) the employer
must comply with certain non-discrimination requirements.  Owners should consult
their employers to determine whether the employer has complied with these rules.
The 403(b) Plan offered by this Prospectus is not available in all states.
    
                                       32

<PAGE>

   

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                              PAGE
General Information...............................................
         The Company..............................................
         Independent Accountants..................................
         Legal Counsel............................................
         Distributor..............................................
         Calculation of Performance Related Information...........
         Delay of Payments........................................
         Transfers................................................
Method of Determining Contract Values.............................

Annuity Provisions................................................
         Annuity Benefits.........................................
         Annuity Options..........................................
         Variable Annuity Payment Values..........................
         Annuity Unit.............................................
         Net Investment Factor....................................
         Additional Provisions....................................

Financial Statements..............................................
    

                                       33

<PAGE>


   
                                    APPENDIX

GUARANTEED ACCOUNT OPTION

         Under this Guaranteed  Account option,  Contract Values are held in the
Company's  General  Account.  The General  Account  includes  all of Our assets,
except those assets  segregated in Our separate  accounts.  Because of exemptive
and  exclusionary  provisions,  interests  in the General  Account have not been
registered  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  nor is  the  General  Account
registered as an investment  company under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940.
The Company understands that the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission
has not reviewed the disclosures in this  Prospectus  relating to the Guaranteed
Account portion of the Contract.  Disclosures  regarding the Guaranteed  Account
may,  however,  be subject to certain  generally  applicable  provisions  of the
federal  securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements
made in prospectuses.

         During the  Accumulation  Period the Owner may allocate  amounts to the
Guaranteed  Account.  The initial  Premium  will be  invested in the  Guaranteed
Account if selected by the Owner at the time of application.  Additional Premium
will be allocated in accordance  with the selection  made in the  application or
the most recent instruction  received at the Company Office. If the Owner elects
to withdraw  amounts from the Guaranteed  Account,  such  withdrawal,  except as
otherwise  provided in this Appendix,  will be subject to the same conditions as
imposed on withdrawals from the Variable Account. The Company reserves the right
to delay any payment from the  Guaranteed  Account for up to six (6) months from
the date it receives such request at its Office.

GUARANTEE PERIODS

         The  period(s)  for which a  guaranteed  interest  rate is  credited is
called a Guarantee Period.  Guarantee Periods may be offered or withdrawn at the
Company's  discretion.  The  initial  guarantee  period(s)  and  the  guaranteed
interest rate(s) applicable to the initial Premium are as shown in the Contract.
At least 15 days but no more than 75 days prior to the expiration of a Guarantee
Period,  the  Owner  will be  mailed a notice of the  guaranteed  interest  rate
applicable  to a renewal  of the  Guarantee  Period.  At the  expiration  of any
Guarantee Period  applicable to any portion of the Contract Value,  that portion
of the Contract Value will be automatically renewed for another Guarantee Period
for the same  duration  as the  expired  Guarantee  Period and will  receive the
guaranteed interest rate then in effect for that Guarantee Period,  unless other
Guarantee  Periods or one or more  Subaccounts  are  requested in writing by the
Owner.  All  requests  to change a  Guarantee  Period at the end of an  existing
Guarantee  Period must be received in writing at the Company's  Office within 30
days prior to the end of that Guarantee Period.

ALLOCATIONS TO THE GUARANTEED ACCOUNT

         The minimum amount that may be allocated to a Guarantee Period,  either
from the initial or a subsequent  Premium,  is $3,000.  Amounts  invested in the
Guaranteed  Account  are  credited  with  interest  on a daily basis at the then
applicable  effective  guarantee rate. The effective guarantee rate is that rate
in effect  when the Owner  allocates  or  transfers  amounts  to the  Guaranteed
Account. If the Owner has allocated or transferred amounts at different times to
the Guaranteed Account,  each allocation or transfer may have a unique effective
guarantee rate and Guarantee Period  associated with that amount.  The effective
guarantee  rate will not be changed more than once per year and the minimum rate
will not be less than 3%.

GUARANTEED ACCOUNT TRANSFERS

         During  the  accumulation  period  the Owner may  transfer,  by written
request or telephone  authorization,  Contract Values to or from a subaccount of
the Variable Account to or from a Guarantee Period of the Guaranteed  Account at
any time,  subject to the conditions  set out under Transfer of Contract  Values
Section.

         Prior to the end of a  Guarantee  Period  the  Owner  may  specify  the
subaccount(s) of the Variable Account or the applicable  Guarantee Period of the
Guaranteed  Account to which the Owner  wants the  amounts  from the  Guaranteed
Account  transferred at the end of the Guarantee  Period.  If the Owner does not
notify us prior to the end of the Guarantee  Period, we will reapply that amount
to a new Guarantee Period of the same duration,  provided it is available.  If a
new Guarantee Period of the same duration is not available, that portion of Your
Contract Value shall be transferred to the
    


<PAGE>


   
Guarantee  Period  next  shortest  in  duration.  The  amount so applied is then
subject to the same conditions as the original  Guarantee Period,  including the
condition that the amount may not be transferred until the end of that Guarantee
Period. In the event of a non-specified  renewal,  there is a grace period of 30
days  within  which  the  Owner  can have  transferred  amounts  reapplied.  The
effective guarantee rate applicable to the new Guarantee Period may be different
from the effective  guaranteed rate applicable to the original Guarantee Period.
These transfers will be handled at no charge to the Owner.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

         Unless  accomplished  on the expiration  date of a Guarantee  Period or
during the grace period, a transfer,  withdrawal,  surrender or annuitization of
amounts  allocated  to the  Guaranteed  Account may be subject to a Market Value
Adjustment.  The adjusted  value is determined by  multiplying  the amount to be
transferred, withdrawn, surrendered or annuitized from a Guarantee Period by the
following formula:

         .75 x (A-B) x [N/12], where:

         A=       The guaranteed  interest rate applicable to a Guarantee Period
                  for that  portion of proceeds  being  transferred,  withdrawn,
                  surrendered or annuitized.

         B=       The guaranteed  interest rate currently available for the same
                  length of  Guarantee  Period as that  remaining  in the period
                  applicable  to that  portion of  proceeds  being  transferred,
                  withdrawn,  surrendered  or  annuitized.  If no such Guarantee
                  Period is then offered,  the guaranteed  interest rate will be
                  calculated by straight line  interpolation  of the  guaranteed
                  interest rates of available Guarantee Periods.

         N=       The number of complete and partial months remaining to the end
                  of the Guarantee Period applicable to that portion of proceeds
                  being transferred, withdrawn, surrendered or annuitized.

         The Market Value  Adjustment is not  applicable on the date a Guarantee
Period  expires;  however,  a  Withdrawal  or  Surrender on such date may remain
subject to Surrender Charges. Applicable Surrender Charges will be applied after
any Market Value Adjustment to Guaranteed Account values.

MINIMUM SURRENDER VALUE

         The minimum  Surrender  Value for amounts  allocated to the  Guaranteed
Account  equals  the  amounts  so  allocated  less  withdrawals,  with  interest
compounded  annually  at the rate of 3%,  reduced  by any  applicable  Surrender
Charge.
    
                                      A - 2

<PAGE>


   
                                     PART B

    
<PAGE>

   
                                     PART B
                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


                       DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS



                                    issued by



                               VARIABLE ACCOUNT I



                                       and



                           AIG LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY



          THIS IS NOT A PROSPECTUS.  THIS  STATEMENT OF  ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION
SHOULD BE READ IN  CONJUNCTION  WITH THE  PROSPECTUS  FOR THE DEFERRED  VARIABLE
ANNUITY CONTRACTS WHICH ARE REFERRED TO HEREIN.

          THE  PROSPECTUS  CONCISELY SETS FORTH  INFORMATION  THAT A PROSPECTIVE
INVESTOR  OUGHT TO KNOW BEFORE  INVESTING.  FOR A COPY OF THE  PROSPECTUS  DATED
________,  1996 CALL OR WRITE: AIG Life Insurance Company;  Attention:  Variable
Products, One Alico Plaza, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, 1-800-340-2765.

DATE OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:  ___________, 1996
    

<PAGE>


   
          TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                                                      Page
General Information.......................................................
         The Company......................................................
         Independent Accountants..........................................
         Legal Counsel....................................................
         Distributor......................................................
         Calculation of Performance Related Information...................
         Delay of Payments................................................
         Transfers........................................................

Method of Determining Contract Values.....................................

Annuity Provisions........................................................

Annuity Benefits..........................................................
         Annuity Options..................................................
         Variable Annuity Payment Values..................................
         Annuity Unit.....................................................
         Net Investment Factor............................................
         Additional Provisions............................................

Financial Statements......................................................
    

                                      B - 2

<PAGE>


   
                               GENERAL INFORMATION


The Company

          A description of AIG Life Insurance  Company (the "Company"),  and its
ownership  is  contained  in the  Prospectus.  The Company  will provide for the
safekeeping of the assets of Variable Account I (the "Variable Account").

Independent Accountants

          The audited financial statements of the Company have been
audited  by  Coopers  and  Lybrand,   L.L.P.,   independent   certified   public
accountants, whose offices are located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

Legal Counsel

          Legal matters  relating to the Federal  securities  laws in connection
with the Contracts described herein and in the Prospectus are being
passed upon by the law firm of Jorden Burt  Berenson & Johnson LLP,  Washington,
D.C..

Distributor

          AIG Equity Sales Corp. ("AESC"), a wholly owned subsidiary of American
International  Group,  Inc.  and  an  affiliate  of  the  Company,  acts  as the
distributor. The offering is on a continuous basis. Commissions in the amount of
$________ were paid during 1995, none of which were retained by the Distributor.

Calculation Of Performance Related Information

          A.  Yield  and  Effective  Yield   Quotations  for  the  Money  Market
Subaccount

          The yield quotation for the Money Market Subaccount to be set forth in
the  Prospectus  will be for the seven days ended on the date of the most recent
balance sheet of the Variable Account  included in the  registration  statement,
and will be  computed  by  determining  the net  change,  exclusive  of  capital
changes, in the value of a hypothetical pre-existing account having a balance of
one  Accumulation  Unit in the Money Market  Subaccount  at the beginning of the
period,  subtracting a  hypothetical  charge  reflecting  deductions  from Owner
accounts,  and  dividing  the  difference  by the  value of the  account  at the
beginning of the base period to obtain the base period return,  and  multiplying
the base period return by (365/7) with the resulting  figure carried to at least
the nearest hundredth of one percent.

          Any effective  yield  quotation for the Money Market  Subaccount to be
set forth in the Prospectus  will be for the seven days ended on the date of the
most recent balance sheet of the Variable  Account  included in the registration
statement, and will be carried at least to the nearest hundredth of one percent,
and will be  computed  by  determining  the net  change,  exclusive  of  capital
changes, in the value of a hypothetical pre-existing account having a balance of
one  Accumulation  Unit in the Money Market  Subaccount  at the beginning of the
period,  subtracting a  hypothetical  charge  reflecting  deductions  from Owner
accounts,  and  dividing  the  difference  by the  value of the  account  at the
beginning  of the base  period  to  obtain  the  base  period  return,  and then
compounding the base period return by adding 1, raising the sum to a power equal
to  365  divided  by 7 and  subtracting  1 from  the  result,  according  to the
following formula:

          EFFECTIVE YIELD = [(BASE PERIOD RETURN + 1)365/7]-1.

          For  purposes  of the  yield and  effective  yield  computations,  the
hypothetical  charge  reflects  all  deductions  that are  charged  to all Owner
accounts in proportion to the length of the base period.  For any fees that vary
with the size of the account, the account size is assumed to be the Money Market
Subaccount's  mean account size. The yield and effective yield quotations do not
reflect the  Surrender  Charge that may be assessed at the time of withdrawal in
an amount ranging up to 6% of the requested withdrawal amount, with the specific
percentage applicable to a particular withdrawal depending on the length of time
the purchase  payment was held under the Contract  and whether  withdrawals  had
been
    
                                      B - 3

<PAGE>


   
previously  made during that  Contract  Year.  (See  "Charges  and  Deductions -
Deduction  for  Surrender  Charge" on page of the  Prospectus)  No deductions or
sales loads are assessed upon annuitization under the Contracts.  Realized gains
and  losses  from  the  sale  of  securities  and  unrealized  appreciation  and
depreciation  of the Money Market  Subaccount and the Fund are excluded from the
calculation of yield.

B. Total Return Quotations

          The total return quotations for all of the Subaccounts to be set forth
in the Prospectus  will be average  annual total return  quotations for the one,
five,  and ten year periods (or,  where a Subaccount has been in existence for a
period of less than one, five or ten years, for such lesser period) ended on the
date of the most recent balance sheet of the Variable Account and for the period
from the date monies were first placed into the Subaccounts  until the aforesaid
date. The quotations are computed by finding the average annual compounded rates
of return  over the  relevant  periods  that  would  equate the  initial  amount
invested to the ending redeemable value, according to the following formula:

                                          P(1+T)^n = ERV

                  Where:   P = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

                                    T = average annual total return

                                    n = number of years

                                    ERV  =   ending   redeemable   value   of  a
                                    hypothetical  $1,000  payment  made  at  the
                                    beginning  of the  particular  period at the
                                    end of the particular period.

          For  the  purposes  of the  total  return  quotations  for  all of the
Subaccounts,  the calculations take into effect all fees that are charged to all
Owner accounts. For any fees that vary with the size of the account, the account
size is  assumed  to be the  respective  Subaccount's  mean  account  size.  The
calculations  also  assume a total  withdrawal  as of the end of the  particular
period.
    

                                      B - 4

<PAGE>


   
          Annualized  total  return for certain  Subaccounts  as of December 31,
1995, were as follows:

       One Year                                           Inception to Date

    Money Market  
    Premier  Growth  
    Growth & Income
    International
    Short Term Multi 
    Global Bond 
    US Gov't  Securities
    Global  Dollar  Gov't
    North American  Gov't
    Utility  Income  
    Conservative Investor 
    Growth  Investors 
    Growth 
    Total Return
    World Wide Privatization 
    Technology Portfolio




  *Funds were first invested in the Portfolios as listed below:

     Premier Growth Portfolio                               December 7, 1992
     Growth & Income Portfolio                              April 17, 1992
     Short-Term Multi-Market Portfolio                      June 25, 1992
     Global Bond Portfolio                                  May 10, 1993
     Money Market Portfolio                                 May 13, 1993
     International Portfolio                                June 1, 1993
     US Government/High Yield Securities Portfolio          June 14, 1993
     North American Government Income Portfolio             April 8, 1994
     Global Dollar Government Portfolio                     May 26, 1994
     Utility Income Portfolio                               June 15, 1994
     Conservative Investors Portfolio                       September 8, 1994
     Growth Investors Portfolio                             October 12, 1994
     Growth Portfolio                                       August 12, 1994
     Total Return Portfolio                                 September 12, 1994
     Worldwide Privatization Portfolio                      October 17, 1994
     Technology Portfolio                                   January 2, 1996

C. Yield Quotations for the Short-Term Multi-Market,  U.S. Government/High Grade
Securities and Global Bond Subaccounts

     The yield quotations for the Short-Term Multi-Market,  U.S. Government/High
Grade  Securities  and  Global  Bond  Subaccounts  that will be set forth in the
Prospectus will be based on the thirty-day  period ended on the date of the most
recent  balance  sheet of the  Variable  Account  included  in the  registration
statement,   and  are  computed  by  dividing  the  net  investment  income  per
Accumulation  Unit earned  during the period by the maximum  offering  price per
unit on the last day of the period, according to the following formula:

                  Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd)+1)^6-1]

    
                                      B - 5

<PAGE>

   


   Where: a =   net   investment   income   earned  during  the  period  by  the
                corresponding  portfolios  of the Fund  attributable  to  shares
                owned by the Subaccount.

          b =   expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements).

          c =   the  average  daily  number of  Accumulation  Units  outstanding
                during the period.

          d =   the maximum offering price per Accumulation Unit on the last day
                of the period.

     For the purposes of the yield  quotations for the Short-Term  Multi-Market,
U.S.   Government/High  Grade  Securities  and  Global  Bond  Subaccounts,   the
calculations  take into effect all fees that are charged to all Owner  accounts.
For any fees that vary with the size of the account, the account size is assumed
to be the respective  Subaccount's  mean account size. The  calculations  do not
take into account the Surrender Charge or any transfer charges.

     A Surrender  Charge may be assessed at the time of  withdrawal in an amount
ranging  up to  6%  of  the  requested  withdrawal  amount,  with  the  specific
percentage applicable to a particular withdrawal depending on the length of time
the purchase  payment was held under the Contract,  and whether  withdrawals had
been  previously  made during that Contract Year. (See "Charges and Deductions -
Deduction for Surrender Charge" on page 17 of the Prospectus) There is currently
a transfer  charge of $10 per transfer after a specified  number of transfers in
each Contract  Year.  (See  "Alliance  Variable  Products  Series Fund,  Inc., -
Transfer of Contract Values" on page 15 of the Prospectus)


              D.     Non - Standardized Performance Data

                     1.     Total Return Quotations

     The total return  quotations for all of the  Subaccounts to be set forth in
the Prospectus will be average annual total return quotations for the one, five,
and ten year periods (or,  where a Subaccount has been in existence for a period
of less than one, five or ten years,  for such lesser  period) ended on the date
of the most recent balance sheet of the Variable Account and for the period from
the date monies were first placed into the Subaccounts until the aforesaid date.
The quotations are computed by finding the average  annual  compounded  rates of
return over the relevant  periods that would equate the initial amount  invested
to the ending redeemable value, according to the following formula:

                         P(1+T)^n = ERV

               Where:      P = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

                           T = average annual total return

                           n = number of years

                          ERV = ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000
                          payment made at the beginning of the particular period
                          at the end of the particular period.

     For the purposes of the total return quotations, the calculations take into
effect all fees that are charged to all Owner  accounts.  For any fees that vary
with the size of the account,  the account size is assumed to be the  respective
Subaccount's mean account size. The calculations do not, however, assume a total
withdrawal as of the end of the particular period and,  therefore,  no Surrender
Charge is reflected.
    
                                      B - 6

<PAGE>


   
     Annualized total return  quotations for certain  Subaccounts as of December
31, 1995, were as follows:

                 One Year                      Inception to Date

             Money Market 
             Premier  Growth 
             Growth & Income  
             International
             Short Term Multi  Market  
             Global  Bond 
             US Gov't  Securities
             Global Dollar Gov't 
             North  American  Gov't  
             Utility  Income
             Conservative  Investor 
             Growth Investors 
             Growth 
             Total Return
             Worldwide Privatization
             Technology Portfolio                     N/A

     2. The Power of Tax-Deferred Growth

     All current taxes on any income or capital  gains are deferred  until money
is taken out of your account.  That way all of your  earnings  contribute to the
growth  of  your  account.  And,  since  all  your  earnings  are  automatically
reinvested  to build your  investment  base,  your  account is given yet another
opportunity  to grow.  It's called the Power of  Compounding  and the  following
charts illustrate just how powerful it can be.

          The Power of Tax-Deferral $10,000 At 8% Compounded Annually*

                             [Chart to be inserted]

                                        33% TAX APPLIED
     AFTER         33% TAX APPLIED       UPON SURRENDER    TAX DEFERRED

    10 years          $ 16,856              $ 15,782          $ 18,630
    20 years          $ 28,413              $ 26,789          $ 36,059
    30 years          $ 47,893              $ 47,744          $ 66,336
    40 years          $ 80,729              $ 87,637          $125,877
    50 years          $136,078              $163,584          $239,230





* These illustrations are not intended to reflect the return of investments made
in your  variable  annuity  contract.  The  figures  are  calculated  on a fixed
interest rate and assume no  fluctuation in the value of principal or the impact
of any fees or sales charges. Taxes are due on tax-deferred investments whenever
money is withdrawn from that investment.

    


                                      B - 7

<PAGE>

   

Delay of Payments

     Any payments due under the  Contracts  will  generally be sent to the Owner
within seven (7) days of a completed request for payment.  However,  the Company
has reserved the right to postpone any type of payment from the Variable Account
for any period when:

    (a)        the New York Stock  Exchange  is closed for other than  customary
               weekends  and  holidays,  or trading on the Exchange is otherwise
               restricted;

    (b)        an  emergency  exists as a result  of which it is not  reasonably
               practicable to dispose of securities held in the Variable Account
               or determine their value;

    (c)        an order of the Securities and Exchange  Commission permits delay
               for the protection of security holders; or

    (d)        the check used to pay any  Premium  has not  cleared  through the
               banking system (this may take up to 15 days).

     The applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission shall govern
as to whether the conditions in (a) and (b) exist.


                      METHOD OF DETERMINING CONTRACT VALUES

     The Contract Value will fluctuate in accordance with the investment results
of the underlying Portfolio of the Fund held within the Subaccount.  In order to
determine how these fluctuations affect Contract Values,  Accumulation Units are
utilized.  The value of an  Accumulation  Unit  applicable  during any Valuation
Period is determined at the end of that period.

     When the  first  shares  of the  respective  Portfolios  of the  Fund  were
purchased for the Subaccounts,  the Accumulation  Units for the Subaccounts were
valued  at $10.  The  value  of an  Accumulation  Unit for a  Subaccount  on any
Valuation Date thereafter is determined by dividing (a) by (b), where:

    (a)    is equal to:

           (i)         the  total  value  of  the  net  assets  attributable  to
                       Accumulation Units in the Subaccount, minus

           (ii)        the daily  charge for  assuming the risk
                       of  guaranteeing  mortality  factors and
                       expense  charges  which  is  equal on an
                       annual basis to 1.25%  multiplied by the
                       daily net asset value of the Subaccount;
                       minus

           (iii)       the daily charge for  providing  certain
                       administrative  functions which is equal
                       on an annual  basis to 0.15%  multiplied
                       by the  daily  net  asset  value  of the
                       Subaccount; minus or plus

           (iv)        a charge or credit for any tax provision  established for
                       the Subaccount.  The Company is not currently  making any
                       provision for taxes.

    (b)    is  the  total  number  of  Accumulation  Units  applicable  to  that
           Subaccount at the end of the Valuation Period.

    
                                      B - 8

<PAGE>

   

     The resulting value of each Subaccount  Accumulation  Unit is multiplied by
the  respective  number of  Subaccount  Accumulation  Units for a Contract.  The
Contract Value of the Variable  Account is the sum of all Subaccount  values for
the Contract.

     An Accumulation  Unit may increase or decrease in value from Valuation Date
to Valuation Date.



                               ANNUITY PROVISIONS

Annuity Benefits

     A description  of the Annuity  Benefits and Annuity  Options is provided in
the prospectus

Variable Annuity Payment Values

     A  Variable  Annuity  is  an  annuity  with  payments  which  (1)  are  not
predetermined  as to dollar  amount  and (2) will  vary in  amount  with the net
investment results of the applicable  Subaccount(s) of the Variable Account.  At
the Annuity Date the Contract  Value in each  Subaccount  will be applied to the
applicable Annuity Tables contained in the Contract. The Annuity Table used will
depend upon the payment option chosen. The same Contract Value amount applied to
each payment option may produce a different  initial annuity payment.  If, as of
the Annuity Date,  the then current  annuity  rates  applicable to this class of
contracts will provide a larger income than that guaranteed for the same form of
annuity under the Contracts described herein, the larger amount will be paid.

     The first annuity  payment for each Subaccount is determined by multiplying
the amount of the ContractValue allocated to that Subaccount by the factor shown
in the table for the option selected, divided by 1000.

     The  dollar  amount  of  Subaccount  annuity  payments  after  the first is
determined as follows:

    (a)         The dollar  amount of the first  annuity
                payment  is divided by the value for the
                Subaccount   Annuity   Unit  as  of  the
                Annuity  Date.   This   establishes  the
                number of Annuity Units for each monthly
                payment.  The  number of  Annuity  Units
                remains fixed during the Annuity payment
                period, subject to any transfers.

    (b)         The  fixed  number of  Annuity  Units is
                multiplied by the Annuity Unit value for
                the  Valuation  Period 14 days  prior to
                the date of payment.

     The total dollar amount of each Variable  Annuity payment is the sum of all
Subaccount  variable  annuity  payments  less the pro-rata  amount of the annual
Administrative Charge.


Annuity Unit

     The  value of an  Annuity  Unit for each  Subaccount  was  arbitrarily  set
initially at $10. This was done when the first Fund shares were  purchased.  The
Subaccount  Annuity Unit value at the end of any subsequent  Valuation Period is
determined by multiplying the Subaccount  Annuity Unit value for the immediately
preceding Valuation Period by the quotient of (a) and (b) where:

    (a)    is the net investment  factor for the Valuation  Period for which the
           Subaccount Annuity Unit
           value is being determined; and

    (b)    is the  assumed  investment  factor for such  Valuation  Period.  The
           assumed  investment  factor  adjusts  for  the  interest  assumed  in
           determining the first variable annuity payment.  Such factor 
     

                                      B-9

<PAGE>

   

           for any Valuation  Period shall be the accumulated  value, at the end
           of such period, of $1.00 deposited at the beginning of such period at
           the assumed investment rate of 5%.

Net Investment Factor

     The net investment  factor is used to determine how  investment  results of
the Fund affect the Subaccount  Annuity Unit value from one Valuation  Period to
the next. The net investment factor for each Subaccount for any Valuation Period
is determined by dividing (a) by (b) and subtracting (c) from the result, where:

    (a)     is equal to:

            (i)        the net  asset  value  per  share of the Fund held in the
                       Subaccount  determined  at  the  end  of  that  Valuation
                       Period; plus

           (ii)        the per share  amount of any  dividend  or  capital  gain
                       distribution  made by the Fund held in the  Subaccount if
                       the "ex-dividend"  date occurs during that same Valuation
                       Period; plus or minus

           (iii)       a per share charge or credit,  which is determined by the
                       Company,  for  changes  in tax  reserves  resulting  from
                       investment operations of the Subaccount.

    (b)    is equal to:

           (i)         the net  asset  value  per  share of the Fund held in the
                       Subaccount   determined  as  of  the  end  of  the  prior
                       Valuation Period; plus or minus

           (ii)        the per  share  charge or  credit  for any  change in tax
                       reserves for the prior Valuation Period.

    (c)    is equal to:

           (i)         the  percentage  factor  representing  the  Mortality and
                       Expense Risk Charge, plus

           (ii)        the   percentage    factor    representing    the   daily
                       Administrative Charge.

The net  investment  factor may be greater or less than the  assumed  investment
factor;  therefore,  the Subaccount  Annuity Unit value may increase or decrease
from Valuation Period to Valuation Period.


Additional Provisions

     The Company may require proof of the age of the Annuitant before making any
life annuity payment  provided for by the Contract.  If the age of the Annuitant
has been  misstated  the Company  will compute the amount  payable  based on the
correct age. If annuity  payments have begun,  any  underpayments  that may have
been made will be paid infull with the next annuity payment,  including interest
at the annual  rate of 5%. Any  overpayments,  including  interest at the annual
rate of 5%,  unless  repaid to the  Company in one sum,  will be  deducted  from
future annuity payments until the Company is repaid in full.

     If a Contract  provision  requires that a person be alive,  the Company may
require due proof that the person is alive  before the  Company  acts under that
provision.

     The  Company  will  give  the  payee  under  an  annuity  payment  option a
    
                                     B - 10

<PAGE>


   

     You may assign this Contract prior to the Annuity Date. A written  request,
dated  and  signed  by you  must be sent to our  Administrative  Office.  A duly
executed copy of any assignment must be filed with our Administrative Office. We
are not responsible for the validity of any assignment.


                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The financial  statements of the Company and the Variable  Account included
herein  shall be  considered  only as bearing upon the ability of the Company to
meet its obligations under the Contracts.

                                     B - 11
    
<PAGE>


                                     
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                       for


                              INDIVIDUAL AND GROUP
                       SINGLE PREMIUM AND FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
                                    DEFERRED
                           VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS

                                    issued by

                               VARIABLE ACCOUNT I

                                       and

                           AIG LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                 One Alico Plaza
                                 600 King Street
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19801


         This Prospectus sets forth the information a prospective investor ought
to know before investing.

         The Individual  Deferred  Variable  Annuity  Contracts (the "Individual
Contracts") and Group Deferred Variable Annuity  Contracts  ("Group  Contracts")
(collectively,  the  "Contracts")  described  in  this  Prospectus  provide  for
accumulation  of Contract Values and payment of monthly  annuity  payments.  The
Contracts may be used in  retirement  plans which do not qualify for federal tax
advantages  ("Non-Qualified  Contracts") or in connection with retirement  plans
which may qualify as Individual  Retirement  Annuities ("IRA") under Section 408
of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") or Section 403(b)
of the Code ("403(b) Plans").  The Contracts will not be available in connection
with  retirement  plans designed by AIG Life Insurance  Company (the  "Company")
which qualify for the federal tax  advantages  available  under Sections 401 and
457 of the Code. Purchasers intending to use the Contracts in connection with an
IRA or 403(b) Plan should seek competent tax advice.

         Premiums  allocated  among the  Subaccounts of Variable  Account I (the
"Variable  Account") will be invested in shares of  corresponding  portfolios as
selected by the Owner from the following 17 choices: the Conservative  Investors
Portfolio,  Growth Investors Portfolio,  Growth Portfolio,  or Growth and Income
Portfolio of the ALLIANCE  VARIABLE  PRODUCTS SERIES FUND, INC.; the High Income
Portfolio,  Growth Portfolio, Money Market Portfolio,  Overseas Portfolio, Asset
Manager   Portfolio,   or  Investment  Grade  Bond  Portfolio  of  the  FIDELITY
INVESTMENTS  VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUNDS; the Zero Coupon Portfolio of the
DREYFUS VARIABLE  INVESTMENT FUND; the Gold and Natural  Resources  Portfolio or
Worldwide  Balanced  Portfolio,  of the VAN ECK WORLDWIDE  INSURANCE  TRUST; the
DREYFUS STOCK INDEX FUND; or the Short-Term Retirement
    

<PAGE>


   
Portfolio, Medium-Term Retirement Portfolio or the Long-Term
Retirement Portfolio of the TOMORROW FUNDS RETIREMENT TRUST.

         Additional  information about the Contracts and the Variable Account is
contained in the "Statement of Additional  Information"  which is available upon
request at no charge by calling or writing AIG Life Insurance Company; Attention
Variable Products, One Alico Plaza, Wilmington,  Delaware 19801,  1-800-340-2765
or call the  service  office at  1-800-255-8402.  The  Statement  of  Additional
Information  dated  _________,  1996,  has been  filed with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  and is  hereby  incorporated  by  reference.  The Table of
Contents for the Statement of Additional Information can be found on page ___ of
this Prospectus.


THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY
OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

         PLEASE READ THIS PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY AND RETAIN IT FOR YOUR
FUTURE REFERENCE.

     THE CONTRACTS  OFFERED BY THIS  PROSPECTUS ARE NOT AVAILABLE IN ALL STATES.
Date of Prospectus: ____________, 1996
    
                                        2

<PAGE>

   

                                 TABLE CONTENTS
                                                                           PAGE

Definitions....................................................................
Highlights.....................................................................
Summary of Expenses............................................................
Condensed Financial Information................................................
         Calculation of Performance Data.......................................
The Company....................................................................
The Variable Account...........................................................
The Funds......................................................................

The Contract
         Parties to the Contract...............................................
         How to Purchase a Contract............................................
         Discount Purchase Programs............................................
         Distributor...........................................................
         Administration of the Contracts.......................................
         Premium and Allocation to Your Investment Options.....................
         Right to Examine Contract Period......................................
         Unit Value and Contract Value.........................................
         Transfers.............................................................
         Dollar Cost Averaging.................................................

Charges and Deductions.........................................................

Annuity Benefits...............................................................

Death Benefit..................................................................

Distributions Under the Contract...............................................

Taxes..........................................................................

Appendix - General Account Option..............................................
         Guaranteed Account....................................................
         Guarantee Periods.....................................................
         Market Value Adjustment...............................................

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information...................
    
                                        3

<PAGE>


   
                                   DEFINITIONS

Accumulation Unit - An accounting unit of measure used to calculate the Contract
Value prior to the Annuity Date.

Administrative Office - The Annuity Service Office of the Company:
c/o Delaware Valley Financial Services, Inc., 300 Berwyn Park, P.O.
Box 3031, Berwyn, PA 19312-0031.

Annuitant - The person  designated by the Owner upon whose  continuation of life
any annuity payment involving life contingencies depends.

Annuity Date - The date on which annuity payments are to commence.

Annuity Option - An arrangement under which annuity payments are made under this
Contract.

Annuity Unit - An accounting unit of measure used to calculate  annuity payments
after the Annuity Date.

Contract Anniversary - An anniversary of the Effective Date of the Contract.

Contract  Value - The  dollar  value  as of any  Valuation  Date of all  amounts
accumulated under this Contract.

Contract Year - Each period of twelve (12) months  commencing with the Effective
Date.


Effective Date - The date on which the first Contract Year begins.

Guaranteed  Account - A part of our General  Account,  which earns a  Guaranteed
Rate of interest.

Market  Value  Adjustment - An  adjustment  applied as a result of a transfer or
surrender of an amount  allocated to the  Guaranteed  Account  which occurs on a
date prior to the end of an applicable Guarantee Period.

Owner - The person named in the Contract Schedule,  unless changed,  and who has
all rights under the Contract.

Premium - Purchase payments for the Contract are referred to as Premium.

Premium  Year - Any  period of twelve  (12)  months  commencing  with the date a
Premium  payment is made and ending on the same date in each  succeeding  twelve
(12) month period thereafter.
    

                                        4

<PAGE>


   
Surrender  Charge  -  Contingent  deferred  sales  charges  are  referred  to as
Surrender Charges.

Valuation  Date - Each day that We and the New York Stock  Exchange are open for
trading.

Valuation  Period - The period  between the close of  business on any  Valuation
Date and the close of business for the next succeeding Valuation Date.

We, Our, Us - AIG Life Insurance Company.

You, Your - The Owner of this Contract.
    
                                        5

<PAGE>



                                   HIGHLIGHTS
   
This   Prospectus   describes  the  Individual   Contracts  or  Group  Contracts
(collectively,  the "Contracts") and a segregated investment account of AIG Life
Insurance  Company (the "Company")  which account has been  designated  Variable
Account I (the  "Variable  Account").  The  Contracts  are designed to assist in
financial   planning  by  providing  for  the   accumulation  of  capital  on  a
tax-deferred  basis for retirement and other long-term  purposes,  and providing
for the  payment  of monthly  annuity  income.  Contracts  may be  purchased  by
qualified  retirement  plans or with the intent to qualify for  special  Federal
income tax treatment  ("Qualified  Contracts"),  or as an Individual  Retirement
Annuity  ("IRA").  The  Contract  may also be purchased  for  retirement  plans,
deferred  compensation  plans and other  purposes  which do not qualify for such
special Federal income tax treatment ("Non-Qualified Contracts").
(See "Taxes" on page ___.)

A  Contract  is  purchased  with  a  minimum   initial  premium  of  $5,000  for
Non-qualified  Contracts  and $2,000 for a Qualified  Contract.  If you choose a
flexible premium Contract,  additional premium is permitted at any time, subject
to certain limitations. (See "Premium and Allocation to Your Investment Options"
on page ___.) You, as the Owner of the  Contract,  may allocate  your premium so
that it accumulates on a variable basis, a fixed basis or a combination of both.

Premium  allocated among the Subaccounts of the Variable Account will accumulate
on a  variable  basis  and  will be  invested  in  shares  of one or more of the
following 17 underlying portfolios: the Conservative Investors Portfolio, Growth
Investors  Portfolio,  Growth  Portfolio,  or Growth and Income Portfolio of the
ALLIANCE VARIABLE PRODUCTS SERIES FUND, INC. ("Alliance Funds"); the High Income
Portfolio,  Growth Portfolio, Money Market Portfolio,  Overseas Portfolio, Asset
Manager   Portfolio,   or  Investment  Grade  Bond  Portfolio  of  the  FIDELITY
INVESTMENTS  VARIABLE  INSURANCE  PRODUCTS FUNDS  ("Fidelity  Funds");  the Zero
Coupon Portfolio of the DREYFUS VARIABLE  INVESTMENT FUND ("Dreyfus Fund");  the
Gold and Natural Resources Portfolio or Worldwide Balanced Portfolio, of the VAN
ECK WORLDWIDE  INSURANCE TRUST ("Van Eck Funds");  the DREYFUS STOCK INDEX FUND;
or the Short-Term Retirement Portfolio, Medium- Term Retirement Portfolio or the
Long-Term Retirement Portfolio of the TOMORROW FUNDS RETIREMENT TRUST ("Tomorrow
Funds").  Your value in any one of these  Subaccounts will vary according to the
investment  performance of the underlying  portfolio chosen by you. You bear the
entire investment risk for all premium allocated to the Separate Account.

The Company does not deduct Sales  Charges from any premium  received.  However,
the Contracts provide for a Surrender Charge (contingent  deferred sales charge)
that may be assessed in the event that an Owner  surrenders  all or a portion of
the Contract
    
                                       6

<PAGE>


   
Value within six contract years  following  payment of any premium.  The maximum
Surrender Charge is 6% of premium to which the charge is applicable for flexible
premium  contracts and 6% of the Contract  Value for single  premium  contracts.
(See "Summary of Expenses" on page ____, and "Charges and Deductions - Deduction
for Surrender  Charge" on page .) Withdrawals and Surrenders from the Guaranteed
Account  may  be  subject  to a  Market  Value  Adjustment  (See  "Market  Value
Adjustment," Appendix , page ___.)

A penalty free withdrawal is available.  Generally, there is no Surrender Charge
imposed on the greater of the Contract  Value less  premiums paid or the portion
of the withdrawal that does not exceed 10% of premium  otherwise  subject to the
Surrender Charge. (See "Withdrawals" on page ___.)

Surrenders  and  Withdrawals  may be taxable and subject to a penalty tax.  (See
"Taxes" beginning on page ___.)

The Company  deducts daily a Mortality and Expense Risk Charge which is equal on
an annual  basis to 1.25% of the average  daily net asset value of the  Variable
Account. There are no Mortality and Expense Risk Charges deducted for amounts in
the Guaranteed  Account.  (See "Charges and Deductions - Deduction for Mortality
and Expense Risk Charge" on page ___.)

The Company deducts daily an  Administrative  Charge which is equal on an annual
basis to 0.15% of the average daily net asset value of the Variable Account. The
Administrative  Charge is not assessed to the Guaranteed  Account.  In addition,
the Company deducts, from the Contract Value, an annual Contract Maintenance Fee
which is $30 per year.  The Contract  Maintenance  Fee is waived if the Contract
Value is greater  than  $50,000 on the date of the  charge.  These  Charges  are
designed  to  reimburse  the  Company for  administrative  expenses  relating to
maintenance  of the  Contract  and  the  Variable  Account.  (See  "Charges  and
Deductions - Deduction for Administrative  Charge and Contract  Maintenance Fee"
on page ___.)

There are  deductions  and expenses  paid out of the assets of each of the Funds
which are described in the accompanying Prospectuses for the Funds.

The Owner may return the  Contract  within ten (10) days (the  "Right to Examine
Contract  Period")  after  it is  received  by  returning  it to  the  Company's
Administrative Office. The return of the Contract by mail will be effective when
the postmark is affixed to a properly  addressed and postage  prepaid  envelope.
The Company will refund the Contract Value.  In the case of Contracts  issued in
connection  with an IRA the Company  will refund the greater of the Premium less
any withdrawals,  or the Contract Value. However, if the laws of a state require
that the Company refund,  during the Right to Examine Contract Period, an amount
equal to the premium paid less any withdrawals,  the Company will refund such an
amount.
    
                                        7

<PAGE>


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           FEE TABLE

<S>                                                            <C>                                                              <C>
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

                  All Subaccounts

    Sales Load Imposed on Purchases.............................................................................................None

    Surrender Charge (as a percentage of amount surrendered):

Single Premium Contracts                                      Flexible Premium Contracts

Contract Year 1                                               Premium Year 1                                                      6%
Contract Year 2                                               Premium Year 2                                                      5%
Contract Year 3                                               Premium Year 3                                                      4%
Contract Year 4                                               Premium Year 4                                                      3%
Contract Year 5                                               Premium Year 5                                                      2%
Contract Year 6                                               Premium Year 6                                                      1%
Contract Year 7 and thereafter                                Premium Year 7 and thereafter                                     None

    Exchange Fee:
         First 12 Per Contract Year.............................................................................................None
         Thereafter.............................................................................................................$ 10

Annual Contract Fee.............................................................................................................$ 30

Separate Account Expenses
(as a percentage of average account value)
    Mortality and Expense Risk Fees............................................................................................1.25%
    Account Fees and Expenses..................................................................................................0.15%
Total Separate Account Annual Expenses.........................................................................................1.40%


                                                SUMMARY OF EXPENSES

Annual Fund Expenses After Expense Reimbursements*

                                                                                              Total
                                                      Management           Other              Portfolio
                                                      Fee                  Expenses           Expenses

ALLIANCE
Conservative Investors                                0.00                 0.95               0.95*
Growth Investors                                      0.00                 0.95               0.95*
Growth                                                0.00                 0.95               0.95*
Growth and Income                                     0.62                 0.28               0.90*
</TABLE>
    
                                        8

<PAGE>


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Expenses on a hypothetical $1,000 policy, assuming 5% growth:

If you Surrender:                           1 Year             3 Years             5 Years             10 Years
ALLIANCE
Conservative Investors                      80                 114                 150                 276
Growth Investors                            80                 114                 150                 276
Growth                                      80                 114                 150                 276
Growth and Income                           79                 113                 147                 271

If you Annuitize or
you do not Surrender:                       1 Year             3 Years             5 Years             10 Years
ALLIANCE
Premier Growth                              25                 75                  129                 276
Growth & Income                             25                 75                  129                 276
Short Term Multi-Market                     25                 75                  129                 276
All Others                                  24                 74                  127                 271


Annual Fund Expenses After Expense Reimbursements

                                                                                   Total
                                            Management         Other               Portfolio
                                            Fee                Expenses            Expenses

DREYFUS
Zero Coupon 2000                            0.00               0.00                0.00


Expenses on a hypothetical $1,000 policy, assuming 5% growth:

If you Surrender:                                              1 Year              3 Years
DREYFUS
Zero Coupon 2000                                               71                  86

If you Annuitize or you do not Surrender:
DREYFUS
Zero Coupon 2000                                               15                  46


Annual Fund Expenses After Expense Reimbursements

                                                                                   Total
                                            Management         Other               Portfolio
                                            Fee                Expenses            Expenses

<S>                                         <C>                <C>                 <C>  
DREYFUS STOCK
INDEX FUND                                  0.30               0.10                0.40*
</TABLE>
    
                                        9

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Expenses on a hypothetical $1,000 policy, assuming 5% growth:

<S>                                                            <C>                 <C>
If you Surrender:                                              1 Years             3 Years
DREYFUS STOCK
INDEX FUND                                                     75                  98

If you Annuitize or you do not Surrender:
DREYFUS STOCK
INDEX FUND                                                     19                  58


Annual Fund Expenses After Expense Reimbursements

                                                                                   Total
                                            Management         Other               Portfolio
                                            Fee                Expenses            Expenses

FIDELITY
Asset Manager                               0.72               0.08                0.80
Growth                                      0.62               0.03                0.69
High Income                                 0.61               0.10                0.71
Overseas                                    0.77               0.15                0.92
Money Market                                0.20               0.07                0.27
Investment Grade Bond                       0.46               0.21                0.67


Expenses on a hypothetical $1,000 policy, assuming 5% growth:


If you Surrender:                           1 Year             3 Years
FIDELITY                            
Asset Manager                               78                 110
Growth                                      77                 106
High Income                                 78                 107
Overseas                                    80                 113
Money Market                                73                 94
Investment Grade Bond                       77                 106
                                   
If you Annuitize or
you do not Surrender:                       1 Year             3 Years
FIDELITY
Asset Manager                               23                 71
Growth                                      22                 67
High Income                                 22                 68
Overseas                                    24                 74
Money Market                                18                 54
Investment Grade Bond                       22                 67
</TABLE>
    
                                       10

<PAGE>
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Annual Fund Expenses After Expense Reimbursements

                                                                                   Total
                                            Management         Other               Portfolio
                                            Fee                Expenses            Expenses
<S>                                         <C>                <C>                 <C>  
VAN ECK
Worldwide Balance                           0.00               0.00                0.00*
Gold and Natural Resources                  0.96               0.00                0.96*


Expenses on a hypothetical $1,000 policy, assuming 5% growth:

If you Surrender:                           1 Year             3 Years
VAN ECK
Worldwide Balance                           71                 86
Gold and Natural Resources                  80                 114

If you Annuitize or
you do not Surrender:                       1 Year             3 Years
VAN ECK
Worldwide Balance                           15                 46
Gold and Natural Resources                  25                 75


Annual Fund Expenses After Expense Reimbursements

                                                                                   Total
                                            Management         Other               Portfolio
                                            Fee                Expenses            Expenses

TOMORROW FUNDS
Short-Term Retirement                       0.00               1.50                1.50
Medium-Term Retirement                      0.00               1.50                1.50
Long-Term Retirement                        0.00               1.50                1.50


Expenses on a hypothetical $1,000 policy, assuming 5% growth:

If you Surrender:                           1 Year             3 Years
TOMORROW FUNDS
Short-Term Retirement
Medium-Term Retirement
Long-Term Retirement

If you Annuitize or
you do not Surrender:                       1 Year             3 Years
TOMORROW FUNDS
Short-Term Retirement
Medium-Term Retirement
Long-Term Retirement
</TABLE>
    

                                       11

<PAGE>


   

         The  purpose  of the table set forth  above is to assist  the  Contract
Owner in understanding the various costs and expenses that a Contract Owner will
bear directly or indirectly. The table reflects expenses of the Variable Account
as well as the Funds.  The Annual  Administrative  Charge  for  purposes  of the
Expense  Table,  above,  was  based  upon the  assessment  of a $30  charge on a
Contract  Value of $5,000.  (See  "Charges and  Deductions"  on page ___ of this
Prospectus and each Fund's Prospectus for further information.)

         No deduction  will be made for any premium or other taxes levied by any
State  unless  imposed by the State where you reside.  Premium  taxes  currently
imposed by certain  states on the  Contracts  range from 0% to 3.5% of  premiums
paid.  (See "Charges and  Deductions - Deduction for Premium and Other Taxes" on
page ___.)

         "Other Expenses" are based upon the expenses outlined under the section
discussing the management of the Fund in each Fund's attached Prospectus.

         *Fund operating  expenses for the Growth and Income  Portfolio,  before
reimbursement by the Fund's investment  adviser,  for the period ending December
31, 1995,  were 0.91%.  Fund  operating  expenses for the following  Portfolios,
before  reimbursement by the relevant Fund's investment adviser,  for the period
ending  December 31, 1995,  were  estimated to be:  20.35% for the  Conservative
Investors;  41.62% for the Growth Investors; 4.19% for the Growth; 0.71% for the
High Income,  0.69% for the Growth;  0.27% for the Money  Market;  0.92% for the
Overseas;  0.80% for the Asset  Manager;  0.67% for the  Investment  Grade Bond;
0.00% for the Zero Coupon; 0.40% for the Dreyfus Stock Index; 0.96% for the Gold
and Natural Resources; and 78.40% for the Worldwide Balanced Portfolios,  of the
average daily net assets. Fund operating expenses for the following  Portfolios,
before  reimbursement by the relevant Fund's investment adviser,  are estimated,
for  the  period  ending  December  31,  1996,  to be ___%  for  the  Short-Term
Retirement,  ___% for the  Medium-Term  Retirement  and  ___% for the  Long-Term
Retirement Portfolios, of the average daily net assets.

         The Example should not be considered a representation of past or future
expenses and actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown.
    
                                       12

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                                             ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES*

                                                                            1995             1994              1993             1992

CONSERVATIVE INVESTORS
<S>                                                                         <C>             <C>                 <C>              <C>
      Accumulation Unit Value                                               995             10.00
        Beginning of Period                                                                   N/A               N/A
        End of Period                                                                       10.02               N/A              N/A
      Accum Units o/s @ end of period                                                   62,868.02               N/A              N/A

GROWTH INVESTORS
      Accumulation Unit Value                                                               10.00               N/A              N/A
        Beginning of Period                                                                  9.81               N/A              N/A
        End of Period                                                                   29,492.78               N/A              N/A

GROWTH
      Accumulation Unit Value
        Beginning of Period                                                                 10.00               N/A              N/A
        End of Period                                                                       10.48               N/A              N/A
      Accum Units o/s @ end of period                                                  467,688.06               N/A              N/A


GROWTH & INCOME
      Accumulation Unit Value
        Beginning of Period                                                                 11.88             10.78            10.00
        End of Period                                                                       11.67             11.88            10.78
      Accum Units o/s @ end of period                                                  438,680.32         28,041.82           800.00
</TABLE>

*Funds were first invested in the Portfolios as listed below:

      Conservative Investors Portfolio            September 8,1994
      Growth Investors Portfolio                  October 12, 1994
      Growth (Alliance) Portfolio                  August 12, 1994
      Growth and Income Portfolio                   April 17, 1992

      No  financial  information  has been  provided  for the Zero  Coupon  2000
Portfolio,  Dreyfus  Stock  Index  Portfolio,  Money  Market  Portfolio,  Growth
(Fidelity) Portfolio,  Overseas Portfolio,  Asset Manager Portfolio,  Investment
Grade Bond Portfolio,  High Income Portfolio,  Worldwide Balance Portfolio, Gold
and Natural Resources Portfolio,  Short-Term Retirement  Portfolio,  Medium-Term
Retirement Portfolio or Long-Term Retirement Portfolio,  because, for the fiscal
year ended December 31, 1995, the Variable Account had not commenced  operations
with respect to such Portfolios.

Calculation of Performance Data

      The Company may, from time to time,  advertise certain performance related
information concerning one or more of the Subaccounts,  including information as
to total return and yield.  Performance  information about a Subaccount is based
on the
    
                                       13

<PAGE>


   
Subaccount's  past  performance  only and is not  intended as an  indication  of
future performance.

      When  the  Company  advertises  the  average  annual  total  return  of  a
Subaccount,  it will usually be calculated  for one,  five, and ten year periods
or, where a Subaccount has been in existence for a period less than one, five or
ten years,  for such lesser  period.  Average annual total return is measured by
comparing  the value of the  investment  in a Subaccount at the beginning of the
relevant  period  to the  value  of the  investment  at  the  end of the  period
(assuming the  deduction of any  Surrender  Charge which would be payable if the
account  were  redeemed at the end of the period)  and  calculating  the average
annual  compounded  rate  of  return  necessary  to  produce  the  value  of the
investment  at the end of the period.  The Company  may  simultaneously  present
returns  that do not  assume a  surrender  and,  therefore,  do not  deduct  the
Surrender Charge.

      When  the  Company  advertises  the  yield  of a  Subaccount  it  will  be
calculated based upon a given 30-day period. The yield is determined by dividing
the net investment  income earned per Accumulation Unit during the period by the
value of an Accumulation Unit on the last day of the period.

      When the Company advertises the performance of the Money Market Subaccount
it may  advertise  in  addition  to the  total  return  either  the yield or the
effective yield. The yield of the Money Market  Subaccount  refers to the income
generated by an  investment  in that  Subaccount  over a seven-day  period.  The
income  is  then  annualized  (i.e.,  the  amount  of  income  generated  by the
investment  during that week is assumed to be generated each week over a 52-week
period and is shown as a percentage of the  investment).  The effective yield is
calculated  similarly but when  annualized the income earned by an investment in
the Money Market  Subaccount is assumed to be  reinvested.  The effective  yield
will be slightly higher than the yield because of the compounding effect of this
assumed reinvestment during a 52-week period.

      Total  return at the  Variable  Account  level is reduced by all  contract
charges:   sales   charges,   mortality  and  expense  risk  charges,   and  the
administrative  charges,  and is therefore lower than the total return at a Fund
level, which has no comparable charges.  Likewise,  yield and effective yield at
the Variable Account level take into account all recurring charges (except sales
charges),  and are therefore  lower than the yield and effective yield at a Fund
level, which has no comparable charges. Performance information for a Subaccount
may be  compared  to:  (i) the  Standard  & Poor's  500 Stock  Index,  Dow Jones
Industrial  Average,  Donoghue  Money  Market  Institutional  Averages,  indices
measuring  corporate bond and government  security  prices as prepared by Lehman
Brothers,  Inc. and Salomon Brothers or other indices measuring performance of a
pertinent  group of  securities  so that  investors  may compare a  Subaccount's
results with those of a group
    
                                       14

<PAGE>


   
of securities  widely regarded by investors as  representative of the securities
markets in  general;  (ii) other  variable  annuity  separate  accounts or other
investment  products  tracked  by  Lipper  Analytical  Services,  a widely  used
independent  research  firm  which  ranks  mutual  funds  and  other  investment
companies by overall performance,  investment objectives, and assets, or tracked
by other ratings services, companies, publications, or persons who rank separate
accounts or other investment  products on overall performance or other criteria;
(iii) the Consumer  Price Index  (measure for inflation) to assess the real rate
of return from an investment  in the  Contract;  and (iv) indices or averages of
alternative financial products available to prospective investors, including the
Bank Rate Monitor which monitors average returns of various bank instruments.

Financial Data

      Financial  Statements of the Company and the Variable Account may be found
in the Statement of Additional Information.


                                   THE COMPANY

      The Company is a stock life insurance company  domiciled in Delaware.  The
Company  provides a full range of life insurance and annuity plans.  The Company
is a subsidiary of American  International Group, Inc. ("AIG"),  which serves as
the  holding  company  for a number of  companies  engaged in the  international
insurance   business,   both  life  and  general,  in  over  130  countries  and
jurisdictions around the world.

                              THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT

      The Company  authorized the  organization of the Variable Account in 1986.
The  Variable  Account is  maintained  pursuant to Delaware  insurance  law. The
Company has caused the Variable Account to be registered with the Securities and
Exchange Commission as a unit investment trust pursuant to the provisions of the
Investment  Company Act of 1940. The Variable  Account meets the definition of a
"Separate Account" under Federal securities laws. The SEC does
    
                                       15

<PAGE>


   
not supervise the management or  the investment practices of the
Variable Account.

      The Company owns the assets in the Variable Account and obligations  under
the Contract are general  corporate  obligations.  The Variable Account and each
Subaccount,  however,  are separate  from the Company's  other assets  including
those of the General Account and from any other separate accounts. The assets of
the Variable Account,  equal to the reserves and other contract liabilities with
respect to the Variable Account, are not chargeable with liabilities arising out
of any other  business the Company may conduct.  Investment  income,  as well as
both  realized  and  unrealized  gains and losses  are, in  accordance  with the
Contracts, credited to or charged against the Variable Account without regard to
income,  gains or losses arising out of any other business of the Company.  As a
result,  the investment  performance of each Subaccount and the Variable Account
is entirely independent of the investment performance of the General Account and
of any other separate account maintained by the Company.

      The Variable Account is divided into Subaccounts,  with the assets of each
Subaccount  invested in shares of a  corresponding  portfolio  of the  available
Funds. The Company may, from time to time, add additional  portfolios of a Fund,
and, when  appropriate,  additional funds to act as the funding vehicles for the
Contracts. If deemed to be in the best interests of persons having voting rights
under the Contract, the Variable Account may be operated as a management company
under the Investment  Company Act of 1940, may be deregistered under such Act in
the event such  registration is no longer required,  or may be combined with one
or more other separate  accounts.  The Company may offer other variable  annuity
contracts  which also invest in Variable  Account I, and are  described in other
prospectuses.


                                    THE FUNDS

      Alliance Funds,  Fidelity Funds, Dreyfus Funds, Van Eck Funds and Tomorrow
Funds  (collectively,  the  "Funds")  are  each  registered  with  the  SEC as a
diversified  open-end management  investment company under the 1940 Act. Each is
made up of different  series  funds or  Portfolios  ("Portfolios").  The Dreyfus
Stock  Index  Fund  (also  a  "Fund"  herein)  is an  open-end,  non-diversified
management  investment company. A summary of the investment  objectives for each
portfolio is  contained in the  description  of the Funds below.  More  detailed
information,  including  the advisory fee of each  portfolio  and other  charges
assessed  by each Fund,  may be found in the  relevant  Fund  prospectus,  which
contains a  discussion  of the risks  involved in  investing  in such Fund.  The
prospectuses  for each Fund are included with this  Prospectus.  The  investment
objectives of the portfolios are as follows:
    

                                       16

<PAGE>


   
ALLIANCE VARIABLE PRODUCTS SERIES FUND, INC.

Conservative Investors Portfolio

      This  portfolio  seeks the  highest  total  return  without  undue risk to
principal  by  investing  in a  diversified  mix of publicly  traded  equity and
fixed-income securities.

Growth Investors Portfolio

      This portfolio  seeks the highest total reaturn  available with reasonable
risk  by  investing  in  a  diversified   mix  of  publicly  traded  equity  and
fixed-income securities.

Growth Portfolio

      This  portfolio  seeks  the long  term  growth  of  capital  by  investing
primarily in comon stocks and other equity securities.

Growth and Income Portfolio

      This  portfolio  seeks to balance the  objectives  of  reasonable  current
income and  opportunities  for  appreciation  through  investments  primarily in
dividend-paying common stocks of good quality.

      Alliance  Variable  Products  Series  Fund,  Inc.,  is managed by Alliance
Capital Management L.P.,  ("Alliance").  The fund also includes other portfolios
which  are  not  available  for  use  by the  Separate  Account.  More  detailed
information regarding management of the funds, investment objectives, investment
advisory  fees and other  charges,  may be found in the  current  Alliance  Fund
prospectus  which contains a discussion of the risks involved in investing.  The
Alliance Fund prospectus is included with this Prospectus.

DREYFUS VARIABLE INVESTMENT FUND

Zero Coupon 2000 Portfolio

      This  portfolio  seeks  to  provide  as high an  investment  return  as is
consistent with the preservation of capital. This portfolio invests primarily in
debt obligations of the U.S. Treasury that have been stripped of their unmatured
interest coupons, interest coupons that have been stripped from debt obligations
issued by the U.S.  Treasury,  receipts and  certificates for such stripped debt
obligations,  and stripped coupons and zero coupon securities issued by domestic
corporations.  This  portfolio's  assets will  consist  primarily  of  portfolio
securities  which will mature on or about  December 31, 2000,  at which time the
portfolio  will be  liquidated.  Prior to December 31, 2000, you will be offered
the opportunity to exchange your investment to another  Subaccount.  The Dreyfus
Corporation serves as this portfolio's investment adviser.
    
                                       17

<PAGE>


   

DREYFUS STOCK INDEX FUND

      This Fund seeks to provide investment results that correspond to the price
and yield  performance  of publicly  traded common stocks in the  aggregate,  as
represented  by the  Standard & Poor's  500  Composite  Stock  Price  Index.  In
anticipation of taking a market position,  the Fund is permitted to purchase and
sell stock index futures.  The Fund is neither  sponsored by nor affiliated with
Standard & Poor's  Corporation.  Wells Fargo Nikko Investment Advisers ("WFNIA")
serves as the index fund manager of the Dreyfus Stock Index Fund.

FIDELITY INVESTMENT VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUNDS

Growth Portfolio

      This portfolio seeks to aggressively  achieve capital appreciation through
investments primarily in common stock.

High Income Portfolio

      This portfolio seeks to obtain a high level of current income by investing
primarily in  high-yielding,  high-risk,  lower-rated,  fixed-income  securities
(commonly  referred  to as "junk  bonds"),  while  also  considering  growth  of
capital.  The potential for high yield is accompanied by higher risk. For a more
detailed  discussion of the investment  risks  associated with such  securities,
please refer to the Fidelity Fund's attached prospectus.

Overseas Portfolio

      This portfolio  seeks the long-term  growth of capital  primarily  through
investments in securities of companies and economies outside the United States.

Money Market Portfolio

      This  portfolio  seeks to obtain as high a level of  current  income as is
consistent with preserving capital and providing  liquidity.  The portfolio will
invest only in high quality U.S.  dollar-denominated  money market securities of
domestic and foreign  issuers.  An investment  in the Money Market  Portfolio is
neither  insured  nor  guaranteed  by the U.S.  government,  and there can be no
assurance that the portfolio will maintain a stable $1.00 share price.

Asset Manager Portfolio

      This portfolio seeks to provide a high total return with reduced risk over
the long term by allocating its assets among stocks, bonds and short-term income
instruments.
    

                                       18

<PAGE>


   
Investment Grade Bond Portfolio

      This  portfolio  seeks as high a level of current  income as is consistent
with  the   preservation   of  capital  by   investing   in  a  broad  range  of
investment-grade   fixed-income  securities.   The  portfolio  will  maintain  a
dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of ten years or less.

      Fidelity  Management & Research Company ("FMR") is the investment  advisor
for the Variable  Insurance  Products Funds. FMR has entered into a sub-advisory
agreement  with FRM Texas,  Inc.,  on behalf of the Money Market  Portfolio.  On
behalf of the Overseas Portfolio,  FMR has entered into sub-advisory  agreements
with Fidelity Management & Research (U.K.) Inc., (FMR U.K.), Fidelity Management
& Research (Far East) Inc. (FMR Far East), and Fidelity International Investment
Advisors  (FIIA).  FMR U.K. and FMR Far East also are  sub-advisors to the Asset
Manager  Portfolio.  Fidelity  Funds  include  other  portfolios  which  are not
available  under this  Prospectus as funding  vehicles for the  Contracts.  More
detailed information regarding management of the funds,  investment  objectives,
investment  advisory fees and other charges assesed by the Fidelity  Funds,  are
contained  in the  prospectuses  of  the  Fidelity  Funds,  included  with  this
Prospectus.

VAN ECK WORLDWIDE INSURANCE TRUST

Worldwide Balanced Fund

      This portfolio seeks long term capital appreciation  together with current
income  by  investing  its  assets in the  United  States  and  other  countries
throughout  the world,  and by  allocating  its assets among equity  securities,
fixed-income securities and short-term instruments.

Gold and Natural Resources Fund

      This portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing in equity
and debt  securities  of  companies  engaged  in the  exploration,  development,
production  and  distribution  of gold  and  other  natural  resources,  such as
strategic and other metals,  minerals,  forest  products,  oil,  natural gas and
coal. Current income is not an investment objective.

      Van Eck Associates  Corporation  is the investment  advisor and manager of
Van Eck Funds.  Van Eck  Associates  Corporation  has entered into  sub-advisory
agreements to provide  investment  advice for certain  portfolios of the Van Eck
Funds.  Fiduciary  International  Inc.  ("FII")  serves as a sub-advisor  to the
Worldwide  Balanced Fund. Van Eck Funds include other  portfolios  which are not
available  under this  prospectus as funding  vehicles for the  Contracts.  More
detailed information regarding management of the funds,  investment  objectives,
investment advisory fees and other
    
                                       19

<PAGE>


   
charges  assessed  by the Van Eck Funds,  are  contained  in the  relevant  Fund
prospectus included with this Prospectus.

TOMORROW FUNDS RETIREMENT TRUST

Short-Term Retirement Fund

      This portfolio seeks to satisfy the retirement  goals of investors who are
currently  between  51 and 65 years of age and with an  average  remaining  life
expectancy in the range of 20-30 years.

Medium-Term Retirement Fund

      This portfolio seeks to satisfy the retirement  goals of investors who are
currently  between  36 and 50 years of age and with an  average  remaining  life
expectancy in the range of 35-50 years.

Long-Term Retirement Fund

      This portfolio seeks to satisfy the retirement  goals of investors who are
currently  between  22 and 35 years of age and with an  average  remaining  life
expectancy in the range of 50 years or more.

      Each Tomorrow Funds portfolio  invests its assets,  in varying amonts,  in
equity and fixed-income  securities of all types. The amount of assets allocated
to equity  securities is currently  invested,  in varying  amounts,  among large
capitalization stocks, medium capitalization stocks, small capitalization stocks
and,  indirectly  through  other  investment   companies,   foreign  securities.
Typically,  the longer  the  average  life  expectancy  of the  target  class of
investors in a Tomorrow Funds portfolio, the greater the allocation of assets of
that portfolio to securities with higher growth potential and,  correspondingly,
more risk,  such as small  capitalization  stocks.  Conversely,  the shorter the
average life  expectancy  of the target  class of investors in a Tomorrow  Funds
portfolio,  the greater the emphasis on current income and capital  preservation
of assets and, therefore, the greater the allocation of assets of that portfolio
to fixed-income  securities.  Each Tomorrow Funds portfolio will be managed more
conservatively as the average age of its target class of investors increases.

      Weiss,  Peck & Greer,  L.L.C.  is the investment  adviser for the Tomorrow
Funds  portfolios.  Tomorrow  Funds  include  other  portfolios  which  are  not
available  under this  Prospectus as funding  vehicles for the  Contracts.  More
detailed information regarding management of the funds,  investment  objectives,
investment  advisory fees and other charges assesed by the Tomorrow  Funds,  are
contained  in the  prospectuses  of  the  Tomorrow  Funds,  included  with  this
Prospectus.

There is no  assurance  that any of the  portfolios  will  achieve  their stated
objectives.
    
                                       20

<PAGE>



   
Voting Rights

      As previously  stated,  all of the assets held in the  Subaccounts  of the
Variable Account will be invested in shares of a corresponding  portfolio of the
relevant Fund.  Based on the Company's view of present  applicable  law, we will
vote  the  portfolio  shares  held  in  the  Variable  Account  at  meetings  of
shareholders  in  accordance  with  instructions  received  from Owners having a
voting  interest in the portfolio.  However,  if the 1940 Act or its regulations
are  amended,  or if our  interpretation  of present law changes to permit us to
vote the portfolio shares in our own right, we may elect to do so.

      Prior to the  Annuity  Date,  the Owner  holds a voting  interest  in each
portfolio in which there is value in the corresponding Subaccount. The number of
portfolio  shares which are  attributable to the Owner is determined by dividing
the corresponding value in a particular Subaccount by the net asset value of one
portfolio  share.  The number of votes  which an Owner will have a right to cast
will be determined as of the record date established by each portfolio.

      We will  solicit  voting  instructions  by mail  prior to the  shareholder
meetings.  An Owner having a voting  interest in a Subaccount will be sent proxy
material, reports and other materials as provided by the relevant Fund, relating
to the appropriate  portfolios.  The Company will vote shares in accordance with
instructions  received from the Owner having a voting interest.  At the meeting,
the Company will vote shares for which it has received no  instructions  and any
shares not  attributable to Owners in the same proportion as it votes shares for
which it has received instructions from Owners.

      The voting rights relate only to amounts invested in the Variable Account.
There are no voting  rights with respect to funds  allocated  to the  Guaranteed
Account.

      Shares of the Funds may be sold to  separate  accounts  of life  insurance
companies.  The shares of the Funds  will be sold to  separate  accounts  of the
Company and its affiliate,  American International Life Assurance Company of New
York, as well as to separate  accounts of other affiliated or unaffiliated  life
insurance  companies  to fund  variable  annuity  contracts  and  variable  life
insurance  policies.   It  is  conceivable  that,  in  the  future,  it  may  be
disadvantageous  for  variable  life  insurance  separate  accounts and variable
annuity  separate  accounts  to  invest in the  Funds  simultaneously.  Although
neither  the  Company nor the Funds  currently  foresee any such  disadvantages,
either to variable life insurance  policyowners  or to variable  annuity Owners,
each Fund's  Board of  Directors  will  monitor  events in order to identify any
material irreconcilable conflicts which may possibly arise and to determine what
action, if any, should be taken in response thereto.
    
                                       21

<PAGE>


   
If a  material  irreconcilable  conflict  were to  occur,  each  Fund  will take
whatever steps it deems  necessary,  at its expense,  to remedy or eliminate the
irreconcilable  material conflict. If such a conflict were to occur, one or more
insurance company separate accounts might withdraw its investments in such Fund.
This might force such Fund to sell securities at disadvantageous prices.

Substitution of Shares

      If the shares of a Fund (or any portfolio  within a Fund) should no longer
be available for  investment  by the Variable  Account or if, in the judgment of
the Company,  further  investment in such shares should become  inappropriate in
view of the  purpose of the  Contracts,  the Company  may  substitute  shares of
another  mutual  fund (or  portfolio  within the fund) for Fund  shares  already
purchased or to be purchased in the future under the Contracts.  No substitution
of  securities  may take  place  without  any  required  prior  approval  of the
Securities and Exchange Commission and under such requirements as it may impose.


                                  THE CONTRACT

      The Contract  described in this Prospectus is a deferred variable annuity.
Single premium Contracts do not permit the payment of additional  premiums after
the Contract Date.  Flexible premium  Contracts permit the payment of additional
Premiums at any time.

Parties to the Contract

      Owner
      -----

                  As the purchaser of the Contract,  You may exercise all rights
      and privileges  provided in the Contract,  subject to any rights that You,
      as Owner,  may convey to an irrevocable  beneficiary.  As Owner,  You will
      also be the  Annuitant,  unless You name in writing  some other  person as
      Annuitant.

      Annuitant
      ---------

                  The Annuitant is the person who receives  annuity payments and
      upon the  continuance  of whose life  these  payments  are based.  You may
      designate someone other than yourself as Annuitant.  If the Annuitant is a
      person  other than the Owner,  and the  Annuitant  dies before the Annuity
      Date, You will become the Annuitant  unless you designate  someone else as
      the new Annuitant.

    
                                       22

<PAGE>


   
      Beneficiary
      -----------

                  The  Beneficiary You designate will receive the death proceeds
      if You die prior to the Annuity Date. If no  Beneficiary is living at that
      time, the death proceeds are payable to Your estate. If the Annuitant dies
      after the  Annuity  Date,  the  Beneficiary  will  receive  any  remaining
      guaranteed  payments under an Annuity Option.  If no Beneficiary is living
      at that  time,  the  remaining  guaranteed  payments  are  payable to Your
      estate.

      Change of Annuitant and Beneficiary
      -----------------------------------

                  Prior to the Annuity  Date,  You may change the  Annuitant and
      Beneficiary  by making a written  request  to Our  Administrative  Office.
      After the Annuity Date only a change of Beneficiary  may be made.  Once We
      have accepted Your written  request,  any change will become  effective on
      the date You signed it. However, any change will be subject to any payment
      or other action  taken by Us before We record the change.  If the Owner is
      not a natural  person,  under current Federal tax law, the Contract may be
      subject to  unintended  and adverse tax  consequences.  For  possible  tax
      considerations of these changes, see FEDERAL TAX MATTERS, page .

How to Purchase a Contract

      At the time of  application,  the Purchaser  must pay at least the minimum
Premium  required  and provide  instructions  regarding  the  allocation  of the
Premium among the Subaccounts. Acceptance of the Premium and form of application
is subject to Our  requirements  and We reserve the right to reject any Premium.
If the  application  and Premium are accepted in the form received,  the Premium
will be credited and  allocated to the  Subaccounts  within two business days of
its receipt.  The date the Premium is credited to the Contract is the  Effective
Date.

      If within  five days of the  receipt  of the  initial  Premium We have not
received sufficient information to issue a Contract, You will be contacted.  The
reason for the delay will be explained to You. If You consent We will retain the
Premium until the necessary requirements are fulfilled.  Otherwise,  the Premium
will be immediately refunded to You.

Discount Purchase Programs

      Purchases made by officers, directors and employees of either the Company,
an affiliate of the Company or any individual, firm or company that has executed
the  necessary  agreements  to sell the  Contracts  and members of each of their
immediate  families will not be subject to the Surrender Charge.  Such purchases
include
    

                                       23

<PAGE>


   
retirement  accounts and must be for accounts in the name of the  individual  or
qualifying family member.

Distributor

      AIG Equity Sales Corp. ("AESC"),  80 Pine Street, New York, New York, acts
as the distributor of the Contracts.  AESC is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of AIG,
and an affiliate of the Company.  Commissions  not to exceed 6% of Premiums will
be paid to entities which sell the Contract. Additional payments may be made for
other services not directly  related to the sale of the Contract,  including the
recruitment and training of personnel,  production of promotional literature and
similar services.

      Under the Glass-Steagall Act and other laws, certain banking  institutions
may be prohibited from distributing  variable annuity contracts.  If a bank were
to be prohibited from performing  certain agency or administrative  services and
receiving fees from AESC, Owners who purchased  Contracts through the bank would
be permitted to retain their  Contracts and alternate  means for servicing those
Owners would be sought.  It is not expected,  however,  that Owners would suffer
any loss of services  or adverse  financial  consequences  as a result of any of
these occurrences.

Administration of the Contracts

      While the Company has primary responsibility for all administration of the
Contracts  and the  Variable  Account,  it has retained the services of Delaware
Valley  Financial   Services,   Inc.  ("DVFS")  pursuant  to  an  administrative
agreement.  Such  administrative  services include issuance of the Contracts and
maintenance  of Owner's  records.  DVFS serves as the  administrator  to various
insurance companies offering variable contracts.

Premium and Allocation to Your Investment Options

      The initial  Premium must be at least $5,000 for  Non-Qualified  Contracts
and $2,000 for a Contract purchased in connection with an IRA or 403(b) Plan. If
you chose a Flexible  Premium  Contract,  You may make  additional  payments  of
Premium  prior to the Annuity  Date,  in amounts of at least $1000.  There is no
maximum  limit  on the  additional  Premiums  You may pay or on the  numbers  of
payments;  however,  the Company reserves the right to reject any Premium on any
Contract.  You specify at the time of issue or  subsequently  how the  remaining
amount, known as Additional Premium will be allocated.

      Except for any Contract issued as an IRA, the initial Premium is allocated
among the Subaccounts and Guaranteed Account on the Effective Date. For IRAs the
initial Premium will be allocated to the Money Market  Subaccount  until the end
of the Right to Examine  Contract  Period,  after  which Your value in the Money
Market

                                       24

<PAGE>



Subaccount will then be reallocated among the Subaccounts and Guaranteed Account
in accordance with Your allocation instructions. (See "Right to Examine Contract
Period" on Page , and "Individual Retirement Annuities" on page    .)

      Your allocation  instructions will specify what percentage of Your initial
Premium is to be  credited to each  Subaccount  and to the  Guaranteed  Account.
Allocation  instructions must be expressed in whole percentages of not less than
10%.  Allocations  for additional  Premium will be made on the same basis as the
initial  Premium  unless  We  receive a written  notice  with new  instructions.
Additional  Premium will be credited to the Contract  Value and allocated at the
close of the first  Valuation Date on or after which the  Additional  Premium is
received at Our Administrative Office.

      ALL  PREMIUM  TO  QUALIFIED  CONTRACTS  MUST  COMPLY  WITH THE  APPLICABLE
PROVISIONS IN THE CODE AND THE APPLICABLE  PROVISIONS OF YOUR  RETIREMENT  PLAN.
ADDITIONAL PREMIUM COMMINGLED IN AN IRA WITH A ROLLOVER  CONTRIBUTION FROM OTHER
RETIREMENT  PLANS MAY RESULT IN UNFAVORABLE  TAX  CONSEQUENCES.  YOU SHOULD SEEK
LEGAL COUNSEL AND TAX ADVICE  REGARDING THE SUITABILITY OF THE CONTRACT FOR YOUR
SITUATION. (SEE "FEDERAL TAX MATTERS" ON PAGE    .)

Right to Examine Contract Period

      The Contract provides a 10 day Right to Examine Contract Period giving You
the  opportunity  to cancel the  Contract.  You must  return the  Contract  with
written  notice to Us. If We receive the Contract and Your written notice within
10 days after it is  received  by You,  the  Contract  will be voided.  With the
exception of Contracts  issued in connection  with an IRA, in those states whose
laws do not  require  that We assume the risk of market loss during the Right to
Examine Contract Period,  should You decide to cancel Your Contract,  the amount
to be  returned  to You will be the  Contract  Value (on the day We receive  the
Contract) plus any charges deducted for State Taxes,  without  imposition of the
Surrender  Charge.  The  amount  returned  to you may be more or less  than  the
initial Premium. (See "Charges and Deductions" on page
  .) For Contracts issued in those states that require we return the premium, we
will do so. In the case of  Contracts  issued  in  connection  with an IRA,  the
Company will refund the greater of the  Premium,  less any  withdrawals,  or the
Contract Value.

      State laws governing the duration of the Right to Examine  Contract Period
may vary from state to state. We will comply with the laws of the state in which
the  Owner  resides  at the time the  Contract  is  applied  for.  Federal  laws
governing  IRAs require a minimum seven day right of  revocation.  We provide 10
days from the date the Contract was mailed or otherwise  delivered to you.  (See
"Individual Retirement Annuities" on page    .)
    

                                       25

<PAGE>

   

Unit Value and Contract Value

      After the  deduction of certain  charges and  expenses,  amounts which You
allocate  to  a  Subaccount  of  the  Variable  Account  are  used  to  purchase
Accumulation Units in that Subaccount, not shares of the Portfolio in which that
Subaccount  invests.  The  number of  Accumulation  Units you  purchase  will be
determined by dividing the amount allocated to each Subaccount by the Unit Value
of the  Subaccount  for  the  Valuation  Period  during  which  the  amount  was
allocated.

      The Unit Value for each Subaccount will vary from one Valuation  Period to
the next,  based on the  investment  experience  of the  Portfolio  in which the
Subaccount  invests  and the  deduction  of certain  charges and  expenses.  The
Statement  of  Additional  Information  contains a detailed  explanation  of how
Accumulation Units are valued.

      Your value in any given  Subaccount is determined by multiplying  the Unit
Value for the  Subaccount  by the number of Units You own. Your value within the
Variable  Account is the sum of your  values in all the  Subaccounts.  The total
value of your Contract,  known as the Contract  Value,  equals your Value in the
Variable Account plus Your value in the Guaranteed Account.

Transfers

      Prior to the Annuity Date,  You may make Transfers  among the  Subaccounts
and into and out of the Guaranteed Account subject to certain rules.

      At the present time there is no limit on the number of transfers which can
be made among the  Subaccounts  and the  Guaranteed  Account in any one Contract
Year.  We reserve the right to limit the number of  transfers to 12 per Contract
Year. There are no fees for the first 12 transfers in any one Contract Year. For
each transfer in excess of 12 within one Contract Year, We impose a transfer fee
of $10.  A transfer  fee,  if any,  is  deducted  from the  amount  transferred.
Transfers of Contract Value in the Guaranteed Account may be subject to a Market
Value Adjustment. (See Appendix , "Guaranteed Account Transfers," page___.)

      Transfers  may be made by written  request or by telephone as described in
the Contract or specifically  authorized in writing.  The Company will undertake
reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated by telephone are
genuine. All calls will be recorded.  All transfers will be confirmed in writing
to the Owner.  The  Company is not liable  for any loss,  cost,  or expense  for
action on telephone  instructions which are believed to be genuine in accordance
with these procedures.
    

                                       26

<PAGE>


   
      After the  Annuity  Date,  the  Owner  may  transfer  the  Contract  Value
allocated to the Variable  Account among the Subaccounts.  However,  the Company
reserves the right to refuse any more than one transfer per month.  The transfer
fee is the same as before the Annuity  Date.  This transfer fee, if any, will be
deducted  from the next annuity  payment  after the  transfer.  If following the
transfer, the Annuity Units remaining in the Subaccount would generate a monthly
annuity  payment of less than $100,  the Company will transfer the entire amount
in the Subaccount.

      Once the transfer is effected,  the Company will  recompute  the number of
Annuity  Units  for each  Subaccount.  The  number  of  Annuity  Units  for each
Subaccount  will remain the same for the remainder of the payment  period unless
the Owner requests another change.

      The minimum  amount which may be transferred at any one time is the lesser
of $1,000 or the value of the  Subaccount  or  Guarantee  Period  from which the
transfer is made.  However,  the minimum  amount for transfers  under our Dollar
Cost Averaging program is $100 per Subaccount. (See "Dollar Cost Averaging") For
additional  limitations  regarding transfers out of the Guaranteed Account,  see
"The Guaranteed Account" in the Appendix, page ____.)

Dollar Cost Averaging

      The Company  currently offers an option under which Owners may dollar cost
average their  allocations in the Subaccounts  under the contract by authorizing
the  Company  to make  periodic  allocations  of  Contract  Value  from  any one
Subaccount to one or more of the other  Subaccounts.  Dollar cost averaging is a
systematic  method of investing  in which  securities  are  purchased at regular
intervals  in fixed  dollar  amounts  so that the  cost of the  securities  gets
averaged  over time and possibly  over various  market  cycles.  The option will
result in the allocation of Contract Value to one or more Subaccounts, and these
amounts  will be  credited at the  Accumulation  Unit value as of the end of the
Valuation  Dates on which  the  exchanges  are  effected.  Amounts  periodically
transferred  under this option are not included in the 12 transfers per Contract
Year discussed  under  "Transfers" on page ___. Since the value of  Accumulation
Units will vary,  the  amounts  allocated  to a  Subaccount  will  result in the
crediting of a greater number of units when the  Accumulation  Unit value is low
and a  lesser  number  of  units  when  the  Accumulation  Unit  value  is high.
Similarly,  the amounts exchanged from a Subaccount will result in a debiting of
a greater number of units when the Subaccount's  Accumulation  Unit value is low
and a lesser number of units when the  Accumulation  Unit value is high.  Dollar
cost averaging does not guarantee profits, nor does it assure that an Owner will
not have losses.

      A Dollar Cost Averaging Request form is available from the  Administrative
Office upon request.  On the form,  the Owner must  designate  whether  Contract
Value is to be exchanged on the basis of
    
                                       27

<PAGE>


   
a specific  dollar  amount,  a fixed period or earnings  only, the Subaccount or
Subaccounts to and from which the transfers will be made, the desired  frequency
of the transfers,  which may be on a monthly,  quarterly,  semiannual, or annual
basis,  and the length of time during which the transfers  shall continue or the
total  amount  to be  exchanged  over  time.  The Owner  may  specify  that such
transfers be made on any day of any month with the  exception of the 29th,  30th
or 31st of a month.

      To elect the Dollar Cost Averaging Option, the Owner's Contract Value must
be at least  $12,000  ($2,000 for a Contract  funding a Qualified  Plan),  and a
Dollar Cost  Averaging  Request in proper form must be received by the  Company.
The Dollar Cost Averaging Request form will not be considered complete until the
Contract Value is at least the required amount.  An Owner may not have in effect
at the same time Dollar Cost Averaging and Asset Rebalancing Options.

      The Dollar  Cost  Averaging  Option may be canceled at any time by written
request or if the  Accumulation  Unit value is less than  $5,000,  or such lower
amount as the Company may determine.

Asset Rebalancing Option

      The Company  currently  offers an option under which Owners may  authorize
the Company to automatically  exchange Contract Value each quarter to maintain a
particular percentage allocation among the Subaccounts as selected by the Owner.
The Contract Value allocated to each Subaccount will grow or decline in value at
different  rates  during  the  quarter,  and  Asset  Rebalancing   automatically
reallocates the Contract Value in the Subaccounts each quarter to the allocation
selected by the Owner.  Asset Rebalancing is intended to exchange Contract Value
from those  Subaccounts  that have increased in value to those  Subaccounts that
have  declined in value.  Over time,  this method of investing may help an Owner
buy  low  and  sell  high,although  there  can be no  assurance  of  this.  This
investment method does not guarantee  profits,  nor does it assure that an Owner
will not have losses.

      To elect the Asset Rebalancing  Option, the Contract Value in the Contract
must be at least $12,000 ($2,000 for a Contract funding a Qualified Plan) and an
Asset  Rebalancing  Request in proper form must be received by the  Company.  An
Owner may not have in effect at the same time  Dollar Cost  Averaging  and Asset
Rebalancing  Options.  An  Asset  Rebalancing  Request  form is  available  upon
request. On the form, the Owner must indicate the applicable Subaccounts and the
percentage of Contract Value which should be allocated to each of the applicable
Subaccounts  each  quarter  under the  Asset  Rebalancing  Option.  If the Asset
Rebalancing  Option is elected,  all Contract Value allocated to the Subaccounts
must be included in the Asset Rebalancing Option.
    

                                       28

<PAGE>


   
      This option will result in the  transfer of Contract  Value to one or more
of the  Subaccounts  on the  date  specified  by the  Owner  or,  if no  date is
specified, on the date of the Company's receipt of the Asset Rebalancing Request
in  proper  form  and on  each  quarterly  anniversary  of the  applicable  date
thereafter.  The amounts  transferred will be credited to the Accumulation  Unit
Value as of the end of the Valuation  Dates on which the transfers are effected.
Amounts  periodically  transferred  under this option are not included in the 12
transfers per Contract Year discussed under "Transfers" on page ____.

      An Owner may instruct the Company at any time to terminate  this option by
written request.  Once terminated,  this option may not be reselected during the
same Contract Year.


                             CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS

      Various  charges and deductions are made from Premium,  the Contract Value
and the Variable Account. These charges and deductions are as follows:

Deduction for Premium and Other State Taxes

      We do not deduct  premium taxes unless  assessed by the state of residence
of the Owner. Any premium or other taxes levied by any governmental  entity with
respect  to the  Contracts  will be  charged at Our  discretion  against  either
Premium or Contract Value.  Premium taxes currently imposed by certain states on
the Contracts  range  typically  from 0% to 3.5% of premiums  paid.  Some states
assess  premium  taxes at the time Premium is received;  others  assess  premium
taxes at the time of  annuitization.  Premium taxes are subject to being changed
or amended by state  legislatures,  administrative  interpretations  or judicial
acts.

      The Company will also deduct from any amount  payable  under the Contracts
any income taxes a governmental  authority requires the Company to withhold with
respect to that amount.

Deduction for Mortality and Expense Risk Charge

      The Company deducts for each Valuation Period a Mortality and Expense Risk
Charge which is equal on an annual basis to 1.25% of the average daily net asset
value of the Variable Account.  The mortality risks assumed by the Company arise
from its contractual  obligation to make annuity payments after the Annuity Date
for the life of the Annuitant, to waive the Surrender Charge in the event of the
death of the Owner prior to the Annuity  Date and to provide the death  benefit.
The expense risk assumed by the Company is that the costs of  administering  the
Contracts  and the  Variable  Account  will  exceed  the  amount  received  from
Administrative and Contract Maintenance Charges.
    
                                       29

<PAGE>




   
      If the  Mortality  and Expense  Risk Charge is  insufficient  to cover the
actual costs, the loss will be borne by the Company.  Conversely,  if the amount
deducted proves more than sufficient,  the excess will be profit to the Company.
The Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is guaranteed by the Company and cannot be
increased.  The  Mortality  and  Expense  Risk  Charge is  deducted  during  the
Accumulation Period and after the Annuity Date.

      The Company  currently  offers annuity payment options that are based on a
life contingency. (See "Annuity Period - Annuity Options" on page .) The Company
in its discretion may offer additional  payment options which are not based on a
life  contingency.  If this should  occur and if a Owner  should elect a payment
option not based on a life contingency, the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is
still deducted but the Owner receives no benefit from that portion of the charge
attributable to mortality risk.

Deduction for Accidental Death Benefit

      If the owner has elected the Accidental Death Benefit, the Company deducts
for each Valuation Period, an Accidental Death Benefit Charge equal on an annual
basis to 0.10% of the average daily net asset value in the Variable Acccount.


Deduction for Surrender (Deferred Sales) Charges

      In the event that an Owner makes a withdrawal from or surrenders  Contract
Value in  excess  of the Free  Withdrawal  Amount,  a  Surrender  Charge  may be
imposed.  The Free Withdrawal  Amount for a single premium  Contract is equal to
10% of the Contract  Value at the time of the  withdrawal.  The Free  Withdrawal
Amount for a flexible  premium  Contract is equal to the greater of the Contract
Value less premiums paid or the portion of the  withdrawal  that does not exceed
10% of the total Premium  otherwise  subject to the Surrender Charge paid to the
time of withdrawal,  less any prior withdrawals;  however,  the Surrender Charge
applies only to Premium received by the Company within six (6) years of the date
of the withdrawal.

      The Surrender Charge will vary in amount depending upon the time which has
elapsed  since the date  Premium was  received.  In  calculating  the  Surrender
Charge, Premium is allocated to the amount surrendered on a first-in,  first out
basis.  The amount of any withdrawal  which exceeds the Free  Withdrawal  Amount
will be subject to the following charges:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                  Applicable Deferred
                                                                                                      Sales Charge
Single Premium Contracts                    Flexible Premium Contracts                                 Percentage
- ------------------------                    --------------------------                                 ----------

<S>                                             <C>                                                      <C>
     Contract Year 1                            Premium Year 1                                           6%
     Contract Year 2                            Premium Year 2                                           5%
     Contract Year 3                            Premium Year 3                                           4%
     Contract Year 4                            Premium Year 4                                           3%
     Contract Year 5                            Premium Year 5                                           2%
     Contract Year 6                            Premium Year 6                                           1%
     Contract Year 7                            Premium Year 7
          and thereafter                            and thereafter                                       None
</TABLE>
    

                                       30

<PAGE>


   

      No Surrender  Charge is imposed  against:  (1) Transfers of Contract Value
under  Dollar  Cost  Averaging,  Asset  Rebalancing,  or  Systematic  Withdrawal
options; (2) Contract Value upon Annuitization; (3) a Death Benefit.

      The  Surrender  Charge is intended to  reimburse  the Company for expenses
incurred  which are related to Contract  sales.  The Company does not expect the
proceeds  from the  Surrender  Charge to cover all  distribution  costs.  To the
extent such charge is insufficient to cover all distribution  costs, the Company
may use any of its corporate assets,  including potential profit which may arise
from the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, to make up any difference.

      Certain  restrictions  on  surrenders  are imposed on Contracts  issued in
connection  with  retirement  plans which qualify  under Code Section  403(b) (a
"403(b) Plan"). (See "Taxes - 403(b) Plans" on page    .)

Deduction for Administrative Charges

      The  Company  deducts  for each  Valuation  Period a daily  Administrative
Charge which is equal on an annual basis to .15% of the average  daily net asset
value of the  Variable  Account.  This charge is intended  to  reimburse  Us for
administrative  expenses,  both during the accumulation period and following the
Annuity Date. We do not expect to recover an amount in excess of our accumulated
expenses through the deduction of the Administrative Charge.

Deduction for Contract Maintenance Charge

      The Company also deducts an annual Contract  Maintenance Charge of $30 per
year,  from  the  Contract  Value on each  Contract  Anniversary.  The  Contract
Maintenance  Fee is waived if the Contract  Value is greater than $50,000 on the
date of deduction  of the charge.  These  charges are designed to reimburse  the
Company for the costs it incurs  relating to  maintenance  of the Contract,  the
Variable Account, and the Guaranteed Account. If the Contract is surrendered, we
will deduct the Contract Maintenance Charge at the time of surrender,  pro-rata,
for the current Contract Year. The deduction will be made  proportionally  based
on your value in each Subaccount and the Guaranteed  Account.  After the Annuity
Date, the Contract  Maintenance Charge is deducted on a pro-rata basis from each
annuity  income payment and is guaranteed to remain at the same amount as at the
Annuity Date. This charge is not expected to result in a profit to the Company.

Deduction for Income Taxes

      The Company  deducts from the Contract  Value and/or the Variable  Account
any Federal income taxes  resulting from the operation of the Variable  Account.
The Company does not currently anticipate incurring any Federal income taxes.
    

                                       31

<PAGE>

   

Other Expenses

      There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the Funds
which are described in the accompanying Prospectuses for each Fund.

Group and Group Sponsored Arrangements

      In  certain  instances,  we  may  reduce  the  Surrender  Charge  and  the
Administrative Charge or change the minimum premium requirements for the sale of
Contracts to certain groups,  including those in which a trustee or an employer,
for example,  purchases  Contracts  covering a group of  individuals  on a group
basis.

      Our costs for sales, administration, and mortality generally vary with the
size and stability of the group among other  factors.  We take all these factors
into account when reducing charges.  To qualify for reduced charges,  a group or
similar arrangement must meet certain  requirements,  including our requirements
for size and number of years in existence. Group or group sponsored arrangements
that have been set up solely  to buy  Contracts  or that have been in  existence
less than six months will not qualify for reduced charges.

      We will make any  reductions  according  to our  rules in  effect  when an
application or enrollment  form for a Contract is approved.  We may change these
rules from time to time. Any variation in the Surrender Charge or Administrative
Charge will  reflect  differences  in costs or services and will not be unfairly
discriminatory.


                                ANNUITY BENEFITS

Annuitization

      Annuitization  is an election you make to apply the  Contract  Value to an
Annuity  Option in order to provide a series of annuity  payments.  The date the
Annuity Option becomes effective is the Annuity Date.

Annuity Date

      The latest Annuity Date is:  the later of (a)  the first day of the
calendar month following the later of the Annuitant's 90th birthday; or (b)
such earlier date as may be set by applicable law.

      The Owner may  designate an earlier date or may change the Annuity Date by
making a written  request at least  thirty (30) days prior to the  Annuity  Date
being changed.  However, any Annuity Date must be no later than the date defined
above; and, the first day of a calendar month.

      Without  the  approval  of the  Company,  the new  Annuity  Date cannot be
earlier  than one year after the  Effective  Date.  In addition,  for  Qualified
Contracts,  certain  provisions of your  retirement plan or the Code may further
restrict your choice of an Annuity Date. (See "Federal Tax Matters," page ____).
    

                                       32

<PAGE>


   

Annuity Options

      The Owner may choose annuity  payments which are fixed, or which are based
on the Variable  Account,  or a  combination  of the two. The Owner may, upon at
least 30 days prior written notice to us, at any time prior to the Annuity Date,
select or change an Annuity Option.  If the Owner elects annuity  payments which
are based on the Variable Account,  the amount of the payments will be variable.
The  amount  of the  annuity  payment  based  on the  value of a  Subaccount  is
determined  through a  calculation  described  in the  Statement  of  Additional
Information,  under the caption "Annuity Provisions". The Owner may not transfer
Contract  Values between the Guaranteed  Account and the Variable  Account after
the Annuity Date,  but may,  subject to certain  conditions,  transfer  Contract
Values from one  Subaccount to another  Subaccount.  (See " Transfer of Contract
Values" on page .)

      If the Owner has not made any  annuity  payment  option  selection  at the
Annuity  Date,  the  Contract  Value will be applied to purchase  Option 2 fixed
basis  annuity  payments  and  Option 2  variable  basis  annuity  payments,  in
proportion  to the amount of Contract  Value in the  Guaranteed  Account and the
Variable Account, respectively.

      The annuity payment options are:

      Option 1: Life Income.  The Company will make annuity  payments during the
lifetime of the Annuitant.

      Option 2: Life Income with 10 Years of  Payments  Guaranteed.  The Company
will make monthly annuity payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant.  If, at
the  death of the  Annuitant,  payments  have  been made for less than 10 years,
payments  will  be  continued   during  the  remainder  of  the  period  to  the
Beneficiary.

      Option 3: Joint and Last  Survivor  Income.  The Company will make annuity
payments for as long as either the Annuitant or a Contingent Annuitant is alive.
In the event that the Contract is issued in connection with an IRA, the payments
in this  Option  will be made only to the  Owner as  Annuitant  and the  Owner's
spouse.

      The annuity  payment  options are more fully explained in the Statement of
Additional Information. The Company may also offer additional options at its own
discretion.

Annuity Payments

      If the  Contract  Value  applied to annuity  payment  options is less than
$2,000,  the Company  reserves the right to pay the amount in a lump sum in lieu
of annuity  payments.  The Company  makes all other  annuity  payments  monthly.
However,  if the  total  monthly  annuity  payment  would be less  than $100 the
Company reserves the right to make payments semi-annually or annually.
    

                                       33

<PAGE>


   
       If fixed annuity payments are selected,  the amount of each fixed payment
is determined by  multiplying  the Contract  Value  allocated to purchase  fixed
annuity  payments by the factor  shown in the  annuity  table  specified  in the
Contract for the option selected, divided by 1,000.

       If variable  annuity  payments are selected,  the Annuitant  receives the
value of a fixed number of Annuity Units each month. The actual dollar amount of
variable  annuity payments is dependent upon: (i) the Contract Value at the time
of  annuitization;  (ii) the annuity table specified in the Contract;  (iii) the
Annuity  Option  selected;  (iv) the  investment  performance  of the Subaccount
selected; and (v) the pro-rata portion of the Contract Maintenance charge.

       The annuity  tables  contained  in the Contract are based on a 5% assumed
investment  rate. If the actual net  investment  rate exceeds 5%,  payments will
increase.  Conversely,  if the  actual  rate is less than 5%,  variable  annuity
payments will decrease.


                                  DEATH BENEFIT

Prior to the Annuity Date

       In the event of Your death prior to the Annuity  Date, a death benefit is
payable to the Beneficiary. The value of the death benefit will be determined as
of the date We receive  proof of death in a form  acceptable to Us. If there has
been a change of Owner,  the  death  benefit  will  equal  the  Contract  Value.
Otherwise, We will pay the death benefit equal to the greatest of: (a) the total
of all Premium, less withdrawals and surrenders; (b) the Contract Value; (c) the
greatest  of the  Contract  Value at the sixth  Contract  Anniversary  or at the
Contract Anniversary every six years thereafter,  plus any Premium paid and less
any surrenders subsequent to that Contract Anniversary.

       The  Beneficiary  may elect the death benefit to be paid as follows:  (a)
payment of the entire  death  benefit  within 5 years of the date of the Owner's
death;  or (b) payment  over the  lifetime of the  designated  Beneficiary  with
distribution  beginning  within 1 year of the date of death of the Owner; or (c)
if the designated  Beneficiary is Your spouse,  he/she can continue the contract
in his/her own name.

       If no payment option is elected,  a single sum settlement will be made at
the end of the sixty (60) day period following receipt of proof of death.

After the Annuity Date

       If the Owner is a person  other than the  Annuitant,  and if the  Owner's
death  occurs on or after the Annuity  Date,  no death  benefit  will be payable
under this contract,  except that any guaranteed  payments remaining unpaid will
continue to be paid to the Annuitant  pursuant to the Annuity Option in force at
the date of the Owner's death.

    
                                       34

<PAGE>


   
Accidental Death Benefit

       If an Accidental Death Benefit has been elected, the cost of this benefit
will be equal on an annual basis to 0.10% of the average daily net assets in the
Variable Account.
    

                                       35

<PAGE>


       

   
       The  Accidental  Death  Benefit,  if any,  is equal to the  lesser of the
Contract  Value as of the date the death benefit is determined or $250,000.  The
Accidental  Death  Benefit is payable if the death of the primary  Owner  occurs
prior to the Contract  Anniversary  next following his 75th birthday as a result
of an Injury.  The death must also occur  before the Annuity Date and within 365
days of the date of the accident which caused the Injury.  The Accidental  Death
Benefit is paid to the Beneficiary.

       The Accidental  Death Benefit will not be paid for any death caused by or
resulting (in whole or in part) from the following:

       (a)  suicide or  attempted  suicide  while sane or insane;  intentionally
            self-inflicted injuries;

       (b)  sickness,  disease  or  bacterial  infection  of  any  kind,  except
            pyogenic  infections  which  occur  as a  result  of  an  injury  or
            bacterial  infections which result from the accidental  ingestion of
            contaminated substances;

       (c)  hernia;

       (d)  injury sustained as a consequence of riding in,  including  boarding
            or alighting from, any vehicle or device used for aerial  navigation
            except if the Owner is a passenger on any aircraft  licensed for the
            transportation of passengers;

       (e)  declared or undeclared war or any act thereof; or

       (f)  service in the military, naval or air service of any country.
    

                                       36

<PAGE>

   
Death of the Annuitant

       If the  Annuitant is a person other than the Owner,  and if the Annuitant
dies before the Annuity Date, a new  Annuitant may be named by the Owner.  If no
new  Annuitant  is named  within  sixty (60) days of Our receipt of proof of the
Annuitant's  death, the Owner will be deemed the new Annuitant.  If an Annuitant
dies  after  the  Annuity  Date,  the  remaining  payments,  if any,  will be as
specified  in  the  Annuity  Option  elected.  We  will  require  proof  of  the
Annuitant's  death.  Death  benefits,  if any,  will  be paid to the  designated
Beneficiary at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at
the Annuitant's death.

                        DISTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE CONTRACT

Withdrawals

       The Owner may withdraw  Contract  Values prior to the Annuity  Date.  Any
withdrawal is subject to the following conditions:

       (a)  the Company must receive a written request;
    


                                       37

<PAGE>



   
       (b)  the amount requested must be at least $500;

       (c)  any applicable Surrender Charge will be deducted;

       (d)  the  Contract  Value  will  be  reduced  by the  sum  of the  amount
            requested plus the amount of any applicable Surrender Charge;

       (e)  the Company  will  deduct the amount  requested  plus any  Surrender
            Charge from each  Subaccount  of the  Variable  Account and from the
            Guaranteed  Account  either as specified or in the  proportion  that
            each  Subaccount  and the  Guaranteed  Account bears to the Contract
            Value; and

       We reserve the right to consider any withdrawal request that would reduce
the Value of the  Accumulation  Account to less than  $2,000 to be a request for
Surrender.  In  this  event,  the  Surrender  Value  will be paid to You and the
Contract will terminate.

       Each  withdrawal  is  subject  to  Federal  income  taxes on the  taxable
portion. Unless otherwise directed by You, We must withhold federal income taxes
from  each  withdrawal.  In  addition,  a 10%  penalty  tax may be  assessed  on
withdrawals  if You are under age 59 1/2.  This includes  withdrawals  under the
Systematic  Withdrawal program (described below) and withdrawals You may make to
pay fees to Your investment advisor, if any.

Systematic Withdrawal

       The systematic  withdrawal  program involves making  regularly  scheduled
withdrawals  from Your value in the Contract.  In order to initiate the program,
your total Contract  Value must be at least  $24,000.  The program allows You to
prearrange  the  withdrawal  of a specified  dollar  amount of at least $200 per
withdrawal,  on a monthly or quarterly  payment  basis.  A maximum of 10% of the
Contract  Value may be withdrawn in a Contract Year.  Surrender  Charges are not
imposed on withdrawals  under this program.  If you elect this program Surrender
Charges will be imposed on any  withdrawal,  other than  withdrawals  made under
Your systematic  withdrawal program, when the withdrawal is from Premium paid in
the last six  years.  You may not elect  this  program if you have taken a prior
withdrawal  during the same Contract Year. (See  "Withdrawals"  on page ___, and
"Surrender Charges" on page ___.)

       Systematic  withdrawals will begin on the first scheduled withdrawal date
selected  by You  following  the date We process  Your  request.  If the day You
designate is not a Valuation  Date, the withdrawal will be made on the following
Valuation  Date.  In the event that Your value in a specified  Subaccount or the
Guaranteed  Account is not  sufficient to deduct a withdrawal or if Your request
for systematic  withdrawal does not specify the Guaranteed Account or from which
Subaccounts  withdrawals  are  to be  deducted,  withdrawals  will  be  deducted
proportionally  based  on Your  value  in  each  Subaccount  and the  Guaranteed
Account.
    


                                       38

<PAGE>



   
       All parties to the Contract are  cautioned  that the rights of any person
to implement the systematic  withdrawal program under Qualified Contracts may be
subject to the terms and  conditions of the retirement  plan,  regardless of the
terms and conditions of the Qualified  Contract issued in connection with such a
retirement plan. (See "Federal Tax Matters" on page .)

       The systematic  withdrawal program may be canceled at any time by written
request or automatically  by Us should the Contract Value fall below $1,000.  In
the event the systematic withdrawal program is canceled, the Owner may not elect
to participate in such program until the next Contract Anniversary.

       An Owner may change once per  Contract  Year the amount or  frequency  of
withdrawals on a systematic basis.

       The Free  Withdrawal  Amount (see "Charges and Deductions - Deduction for
Surrender  Charge"  on page ) is not  available  while  an  Owner  is  receiving
systematic withdrawals.  An Owner will be entitled to the free withdrawal amount
on and after the Contract  Anniversary  next  following the  termination  of the
systematic withdrawal program.

       Implementation of the systematic  withdrawal program may subject an Owner
to adverse tax consequences,  including a 10% tax penalty.  (See "Taxes Taxation
of  Annuities in General" on page for a discussion  of the tax  consequences  of
withdrawals.)

The Company reserves the right to discontinue this program at any time.

Surrender

       Prior  to the  Annuity  Date  you  may  Surrender  the  Contract  for the
Surrender  Value by withdrawing  the entire  Contract  Value.  You must submit a
written request for Surrender and return the Contract to Us. The Surrender Value
will be based on the Contract  Value at the end of the  Valuation  Period during
which the Surrender request is received as described below. The Contract may not
be surrendered after the Annuity Date.

Surrender Value

       The  Surrender  Value of the  Contract  varies each day  depending on the
investment results of the Subaccounts  selected by the Owner.  Contract Value in
the Guaranteed Account may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. (See "Market
Value  Adjustment",  Appendix .) The Surrender Value will be the Contract Value,
subject to any applicable  Market Value  Adjustment,  as of the date the Company
receives Your surrender  request,  reduced by the following:  (1) any applicable
taxes not  previously  deducted;  (2) any  applicable  portion  of the  Contract
Maintenance Charge; and (3) any applicable Surrender Charge.

Payment of Withdrawals and Surrender Values

       Payments of Withdrawals  and Surrender  Values will ordinarily be sent to
the Owner within seven (7) days of receipt of the written request, but see
    

                                       39

<PAGE>



   
the  Deferment of Payment  discussion  below.  (Also see Statement of Additional
Information - "Delay of Payments.")

       The Company  reserves the right to ensure that an Owner's  check or other
form of Premium has been cleared for payment prior to processing  any withdrawal
or redemption request occurring shortly after a Premium payment.

       If, at the time You make a request for a Withdrawal  or a Surrender,  You
have not provided Us with a written  election  not to have Federal  income taxes
withheld,  We must by law withhold  such taxes from the taxable  portion of Your
payment and remit that amount to the IRS.  Mandatory  withholding rules apply to
distributions   from  qualified   plans  and  Code  section  403(b)   annuities.
Additionally, the Code provides that a 10% penalty tax may be imposed on certain
early  Withdrawals and  Surrenders.  (See "Federal Tax Matters" on page ___, and
"Qualified Contracts" on page ___.)

Deferral of Payment

       Payment of any Withdrawal, Surrender, or lump sum death proceeds from the
Variable  Account will usually  occur within seven days.  We may be permitted to
defer such payment if: (1) the New York Stock  Exchange is closed for other than
usual weekends or holidays,  or trading on the Exchange is otherwise restricted;
(2) an emergency  exists as defined by the SEC or the SEC requires  that trading
be restricted;  (3) the SEC permits a delay for protection of Owners; or (4) the
check used to pay any Premium has not cleared  through the banking  system (this
may take up to 15 days).

       We may defer payment of any  Withdrawal or Surrender  from the Guaranteed
Account for up to six months from the date we receive Your written request.

                                      TAXES

Introduction

       The Contracts are designed to accumulate  Contract  Values for retirement
plans which,  except for IRAs and 403(b) Plans, are generally not  tax-qualified
plans  ("Qualified  Plans").  The ultimate effect of Federal income taxes on the
amounts held under a Contract, on annuity payments, and on the economic benefits
to the Owner,  Annuitant or  Beneficiary  depend on the Company's tax status and
upon the tax status of the  individual  concerned.  Accordingly,  each potential
Owner should consult a competent tax adviser  regarding the tax  consequences of
purchasing a Contract.

       The following  discussion is general in nature and is not intended as tax
advice.  No attempt is made to consider any applicable  state or other tax laws.
Moreover,  the  discussion  is based  upon the  Company's  understanding  of the
Federal income tax laws as they are currently interpreted.  No representation is
made  regarding the likelihood of  continuation  of the Federal income tax laws,
the Treasury Regulations, or the current interpretations by the Internal Revenue
Service (the "Service"). For a discussion of Federal income taxes as they relate
to the Funds, please see the accompanying relevant Fund Prospectus.
    

                                       40

<PAGE>


   
Company Tax Status

       The  Company  is taxed as a life  insurance  company  under the  Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). Since the Variable Account is not
a  separate  entity  from  the  Company  and its  operations  form a part of the
Company,  it will not be taxed  separately as a "regulated  investment  company"
under Subchapter M of the Code.  Investment income and realized capital gains on
the assets of the  Variable  Account are  reinvested  and taken into  account in
determining  the Contract  Value.  Under  existing  Federal  income tax law, the
Variable Account's  investment income,  including realized net capital gains, is
not taxed to the Company. The Company reserves the right to make a deduction for
taxes from the  assets of the  Variable  Account  should  they be  imposed  with
respect to such items in the future.

Taxation of Annuities in General - Non-Qualified Plans

       Code Section 72 governs the taxation of annuities.  In general,  an Owner
is not  taxed  on  increases  in  value  under a  Contract  until  some  form of
withdrawal or  distribution is made under the Contract.  However,  under certain
circumstances,  the  increase  in value may be  subject to tax  currently.  (See
"Contracts Owned by Non-Natural Persons," and "Diversification Standards".)

       Withdrawals prior to the Annuity Date

          Code  Section 72 provides  that a total or partial  withdrawal  from a
       Contract  prior to the Annuity Date will be treated as taxable  income to
       the extent the amounts held under the Contract on the date of  withdrawal
       exceed the  "investment  in the  contract," as that term is defined under
       the Code. The  "investment in the contract" can generally be described as
       the  cost  of the  Contract.  It  generally  constitutes  the  sum of all
       purchase  payments made for the contract less any amounts  received under
       the Contract that are excluded from gross income.  The taxable portion is
       taxed as  ordinary  income.  For  purposes  of this  rule,  a  pledge  or
       assignment of a Contract is treated as a payment received on account of a
       partial withdrawal of a Contract.

       Withdrawals on or after the Annuity Date

          Upon  receipt of a lump sum  payment or an annuity  payment  under the
       Contract,  the  recipient  is taxed on the  portion of the  payment  that
       exceeds the investment in the Contract.  Ordinarily,  the taxable portion
       of payments under the Contract will be taxed as ordinary income.

          For fixed  annuity  payments,  the taxable  portion of each payment is
       generally  determined by using a formula known as the "exclusion  ratio",
       which  establishes the ratio that the investment in the Contract bears to
       the  total  expected  amount  of  annuity  payments  for the  term of the
       Contract.  That ratio is then applied to each  payment to  determine  the
       nontaxable portion of the payment.  The remaining portion of each payment
       is taxed as ordinary income.  For variable annuity payments,  the taxable
       portion is determined  by a formula  which establishes a  specific dollar
    

                                       41

<PAGE>


   
       amount of each payment that is not taxed. The dollar amount is determined
       by  dividing  the  investment  in the  Contract  by the  total  number of
       expected  periodic  payments.  The  remaining  portion of each payment is
       taxed as ordinary income.

          The Company is obligated to withhold Federal income taxes from certain
       payments  unless  the  recipient  elects  otherwise.  Prior to the  first
       payment,  the Company  will notify the payee of the right to elect out of
       withholding  and will  furnish a form on which the  election may be made.
       The payee must properly notify the Company of that election in advance of
       the payment in order to avoid withholding.

       Penalty Tax on Certain Withdrawals

          With respect to amounts  withdrawn or distributed  before the taxpayer
       reaches age 59 1/2, a 10% penalty tax is imposed upon the portion of such
       amount which is includable in gross income. However, the penalty tax will
       not apply to withdrawals: (i) made on or after the death of the Owner (or
       where  the  Owner  is not  an  individual,  the  death  of  the  "primary
       annuitant",  who is defined as the individual,  the events in the life of
       whom are of primary  importance  in affecting the timing or amount of the
       payout under the Contract);  (ii) attributable to the taxpayer's becoming
       totally disabled within the meaning of Code Section 72(m)(7); (iii) which
       are part of a series of substantially  equal periodic  payments (not less
       frequently  than annually) made for the life (or life  expectancy) of the
       taxpayer, or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the taxpayer
       and his beneficiary;  (iv) allocable to investment in the Contract before
       August 14, 1982; (v) under a qualified  funding asset (as defined in Code
       Section 130(d));  (vi) under an immediate annuity contract; or (vii) that
       are purchased by an employer on termination of certain types of qualified
       plans and which are held by the  employer  until the  employee  separates
       from service.

          If the penalty tax does not apply to a  withdrawal  as a result of the
       application  of  item  (iii)  above,  and  the  series  of  payments  are
       subsequently modified (other than by reason of death or disability),  the
       tax for the first year in which the modification occurs will be increased
       by an amount  equal to the tax that would have been  imposed but for item
       (iii) above as determined under Treasury  Regulations,  plus interest for
       the deferral period. The foregoing rule applies if the modification takes
       place:  (a) before  the close of the period  which is five years from the
       date of the first  payment and after the taxpayer  attains age 59 1/2; or
       (b) before the taxpayer reaches age 59 1/2.

       Assignments

          Any  assignment or pledge of the Contract as collateral for a loan may
       result in a taxable event and the excess of the Contract Value over total
       Premium will be taxed to the assignor as ordinary income.  Please consult
       your tax adviser prior to making an assignment of the Contract.
    


                                       42

<PAGE>


   
       Distribution-at-Death Rules

          In order to be treated as an annuity  contract for Federal  income tax
       purposes,  a  Contract  must  generally  provide  for the  following  two
       distribution  rules:  (i) if the Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date,
       and before the entire interest in the Contract has been distributed,  the
       remaining  portion  of such  interest  will be  distributed  at  least as
       quickly as the method in effect on the Owner's death; and (ii) if a Owner
       dies before the Annuity  Date,  the entire  interest  must  generally  be
       distributed within five years after the date of death. To the extent such
       interest is payable to a designated  Beneficiary,  however, such interest
       may be annuitized over the life of that  Beneficiary or over a period not
       extending  beyond the life  expectancy  of that  Beneficiary,  so long as
       distributions  commence  within one year after the date of death.  If the
       Beneficiary  is the spouse of the Owner,  the  Contract  may be continued
       unchanged in the name of the spouse as Owner.

          If the Owner is not an individual, the "primary annuitant" (as defined
       under the Code) is considered the Owner.  In addition,  when the Owner is
       not an  individual,  a change in the primary  annuitant is treated as the
       death of the Owner.

       Gifts of Contracts

          Any  transfer of a Contract  prior to the  Annuity  Date for less than
       full and adequate consideration will generally trigger tax on the gain in
       the  Contract.  The  transferee  will  receive a step-up in basis for the
       amount included in the transferor's income. This provision, however, does
       not apply to those  transfers  between  spouses or  incident to a divorce
       which are governed by Code Section 1041(a).

       Contracts Owned by Non-Natural Persons

          If the  Contract  is held by a  non-natural  person  (for  example,  a
       corporation or trust) the Contract is generally not treated as an annuity
       contract for Federal income tax purposes,  and the income on the Contract
       (generally the excess of the Contract  Value over the purchase  payments)
       is  includable  in income  each year.  The rule does not apply  where the
       non-natural  person is only the  nominal  owner  such as a trust or other
       entity  acting as an agent for a natural  person.  The rule also does not
       apply when the Contract is acquired by the estate of a decedent, when the
       Contract is held under certain  qualified  plans,  when the Contract is a
       qualified funding asset for structured settlements,  when the Contract is
       purchased on behalf of an employee upon  termination of a qualified plan,
       and in the case of an immediate annuity.

       Section 1035 Exchanges

          Code Section 1035 provides that no gain or loss shall be recognized on
       the  exchange of an annuity  contract  for another  annuity  contract.  A
       replacement  contract  obtained  in  a  tax-free  exchange  of  contracts
       succeeds to the status of the  surrendered  contract.  Special  rules and
       procedures
    

                                       43

<PAGE>


   
       apply to Code Section 1035  transactions.  Prospective  owners wishing to
       take advantage of Code Section 1035 should consult their tax advisers.

       Multiple Contracts

          Annuity contracts that are issued by the Company (or affiliate) to the
       same Owner  during  any  calendar  year will be  treated  as one  annuity
       contract in determining  the amount  includable in the  taxpayer's  gross
       income.  Thus,  any amount  received under any such contract prior to the
       contract's annuity starting date will be taxable (and possibly subject to
       the 10%  penalty  tax) to the extent of the  combined  income in all such
       contracts.  The  Treasury  has  broad  regulatory  authority  to  prevent
       avoidance of the purposes of this aggregation  rule. It is possible that,
       under this  authority,  Treasury  may apply this rule to amounts that are
       paid as annuities (on or after the starting date) under annuity contracts
       issued by the same  company to the same Owner  during any  calendar  year
       period.  In this  case,  annuity  payments  could be fully  taxable  (and
       possibly  subject to the 10% penalty  tax) to the extent of the  combined
       income in all such  contracts and  regardless of whether any amount would
       otherwise  have been  excluded from income.  Owners should  consult a tax
       adviser  before  purchasing  more  than one  Contract  or  other  annuity
       contracts.

Diversification Standards

       To comply with the  diversification  regulations  promulgated  under Code
Section 817(h) (the  "Diversification  Regulations"),  after a start-up  period,
each Subaccount is required to diversify its  investments.  The  Diversification
Regulations generally require that on the last day of each quarter of a calendar
year no more than 55% of the value of the assets of a Subaccount is  represented
by any one investment,  no more than 70% is represented by any two  investments,
no more than 80% is represented by any three  investments,  and no more than 90%
is represented by any four investments. A "look-through" rule applies so that an
investment  in a Fund is not  treated  as one  investment  but is  treated as an
investment  in a pro-rata  portion of each  underlying  asset of such Fund.  All
securities of the same issuer are treated as a single investment. In the case of
government securities, each Government agency or instrumentality is treated as a
separate issuer.

       In  connection  with the  issuance  of the  Diversification  Regulations,
Treasury announced that such regulations do not provide guidance  concerning the
extent to which Owners may direct their investments to particular divisions of a
separate account. It is possible that if and when additional  regulations or IRS
pronouncements  are issued,  the Contract may need to be modified to comply with
such rules.  For these  reasons,  the Company  reserves  the right to modify the
Contract, as necessary,  to prevent the Owner from being considered the owner of
the assets of the Variable Account.

       The Company  intends to comply with the  Diversification  Regulations  to
assure  that the  Contracts  continue  to be treated as  annuity  contracts  for
Federal income tax purposes.
    

                                       44

<PAGE>


   
Qualified Plans

       The  Contracts  may be used to  create  an IRA.  The  Contracts  are also
available for use in connection  with a previously  established  403(b) Plan. No
attempt is made herein to provide more than general information about the use of
the Contracts with IRAs or 403(b) Plans. The information  herein is not intended
as tax advice. A prospective  Owner considering use of the Contract to create an
IRA or in  connection  with a 403(b) Plan should first  consult a competent  tax
adviser with regard to the suitability of the Contract as an investment  vehicle
for their qualified plan.

       A Contract  may be used as the  investment  medium for  several  types of
retirement  plans.  Under  amendments to the Internal  Revenue Code which became
effective in 1993,  distributions  from a qualified plan (other than non-taxable
distributions  representing  a return  of  capital,  distributions  meeting  the
minimum distribution requirement,  distributions for the life or life expectancy
of the recipient(s) or distributions that are made over a period of more than 10
years)  are  eligible  for  tax-free  rollover  within  60 days  of the  date of
distribution,  but are also subject to federal  income tax  withholding at a 20%
rate unless paid directly to another  qualified plan. If the recipient is unable
to take full advantage of the tax-free rollover provisions, there may be taxable
income,  and the  imposition  of a 10% penalty if the  recipient is under age 59
1/2. We make no attempt to provide  more than general  information  about use of
Qualified  Contracts  with the various  types of  retirement  plans.  Owners and
participants  under retirement plans as well as Annuitants and Beneficiaries are
cautioned  that  the  rights  of any  person  to any  benefits  under  Qualified
Contracts  may be subject to the terms and  conditions of the  retirement  plan,
regardless  of the terms and  conditions  of the  Qualified  Contract  issued in
connection with such a retirement  plan.  Purchasers of Qualified  Contracts for
use with any retirement  plan should consult their legal counsel and tax adviser
regarding the suitability of a Qualified Contract for their retirement plan.

Individual Retirement Annuities

       Section 408 of the Code permits eligible  individuals to contribute to an
IRA.  Contracts  issued in connection  with an IRA are subject to limitations on
eligibility, maximum contributions, and time of distribution. Distributions from
certain  retirement  plans  qualifying  for federal tax advantages may be rolled
over  into an IRA.  Sales of the  Contracts  for use with  IRAs are  subject  to
special  requirements  imposed by the Service,  including the  requirement  that
informational  disclosure be given to each person  desiring to establish an IRA.
The IRAs offered by this Prospectus are not available in all states.

403(b) Plans

       Code  Section  403(b)(11)  imposes  certain  restrictions  on an  Owner's
ability to make partial  withdrawals  from Code  Section  403(b)  Contracts,  if
attributable to Premium paid under a salary reduction  agreement.  Specifically,
Code  Section  403(b)(11)  allows  an  Owner  to  make a  surrender  or  partial
withdrawal only (a) when the employee attains age 59 1/2, separates
    

                                       45

<PAGE>


   
from service,  dies, or becomes disabled (as defined in the Code), or (b) in the
case of hardship. In the case of hardship,  only an amount equal to the purchase
payments may be withdrawn.  In addition,  under Code Section 403(b) the employer
must comply with certain non-discrimination requirements.  Owners should consult
their employers to determine whether the employer has complied with these rules.
The 403(b) Plan offered by this Prospectus is not available in all states.
    

                                       46

<PAGE>



          TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----

General Information............................................................
       The Company.............................................................
       Independent Accountants.................................................
       Legal Counsel...........................................................
       Distributor.............................................................
       Calculation of Performance Related Information..........................
       Delay of Payments.......................................................
       Transfers...............................................................
Method of Determining Contract Values..........................................
Annuity Provisions.............................................................
Annuity Benefits...............................................................
       Annuity Options.........................................................
       Variable Annuity Payment Values.........................................
       Annuity Unit............................................................
       Net Investment Factor...................................................
       Additional Provisions...................................................
Financial Statements...........................................................


<PAGE>


   
                                    APPENDIX

GUARANTEED ACCOUNT OPTION

       Under this  Guaranteed  Account  option,  Contract Values are held in the
Company's  General  Account.  The General  Account  includes  all of Our assets,
except those assets  segregated in Our separate  accounts.  Because of exemptive
and  exclusionary  provisions,  interests  in the General  Account have not been
registered  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  nor is  the  General  Account
registered as an investment  company under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940.
The Company understands that the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission
has not reviewed the disclosures in this  Prospectus  relating to the Guaranteed
Account portion of the Contract.  Disclosures  regarding the Guaranteed  Account
may,  however,  be subject to certain  generally  applicable  provisions  of the
federal  securities laws relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements
made in prospectuses.

       During  the  Accumulation  Period the Owner may  allocate  amounts to the
Guaranteed  Account.  The initial  Premium  will be  invested in the  Guaranteed
Account if selected by the Owner at the time of application.  Additional Premium
will be allocated in accordance  with the selection  made in the  application or
the most recent instruction  received at the Company Office. If the Owner elects
to withdraw  amounts from the Guaranteed  Account,  such  withdrawal,  except as
otherwise  provided in this Appendix,  will be subject to the same conditions as
imposed on withdrawals from the Variable Account. The Company reserves the right
to delay any payment from the  Guaranteed  Account for up to six (6) months from
the date it receives such request at its Office.

GUARANTEE PERIODS

       The period(s) for which a guaranteed  interest rate is credited is called
a  Guarantee  Period.  Guarantee  Periods  may be  offered or  withdrawn  at the
Company's  discretion.  The  initial  guarantee  period(s)  and  the  guaranteed
interest rate(s) applicable to the initial Premium are as shown in the Contract.
At least 15 days but no more than 75 days prior to the expiration of a Guarantee
Period,  the  Owner  will be  mailed a notice of the  guaranteed  interest  rate
applicable  to a renewal  of the  Guarantee  Period.  At the  expiration  of any
Guarantee Period  applicable to any portion of the Contract Value,  that portion
of the Contract Value will be automatically renewed for another Guarantee Period
for the same  duration  as the  expired  Guarantee  Period and will  receive the
guaranteed interest rate then in effect for that Guarantee Period,  unless other
Guarantee  Periods or one or more  Subaccounts  are  requested in writing by the
Owner.  All  requests  to change a  Guarantee  Period at the end of an  existing
Guarantee  Period must be received in writing at the Company's  Office within 30
days prior to the end of that Guarantee Period.

ALLOCATIONS TO THE GUARANTEED ACCOUNT

       The minimum  amount that may be allocated to a Guarantee  Period,  either
from the initial or a subsequent  Premium,  is $3,000.  Amounts  invested in the
Guaranteed  Account  are  credited  with  interest  on a daily basis at the then
applicable effective guarantee rate. The effective guarantee rate is that
    


<PAGE>


   
rate in effect when the Owner  allocates or transfers  amounts to the Guaranteed
Account. If the Owner has allocated or transferred amounts at different times to
the Guaranteed Account,  each allocation or transfer may have a unique effective
guarantee rate and Guarantee Period  associated with that amount.  The effective
guarantee  rate will not be changed more than once per year and the minimum rate
will not be less than 3%.

GUARANTEED ACCOUNT TRANSFERS

       During the accumulation period the Owner may transfer, by written request
or  telephone  authorization,  Contract  Values to or from a  subaccount  of the
Variable Account to or from a Guarantee Period of the Guaranteed  Account at any
time,  subject to the  conditions  set out under  Transfer  of  Contract  Values
Section.

       Prior  to the  end of a  Guarantee  Period  the  Owner  may  specify  the
Subaccount(s) of the Variable Account or the applicable  Guarantee Period of the
Guaranteed  Account to which the Owner  wants the  amounts  from the  Guaranteed
Account  transferred at the end of the Guarantee  Period.  If the Owner does not
notify us prior to the end of the Guarantee  Period, we will reapply that amount
to a new Guarantee Period of the same duration,  provided it is available.  If a
new Guarantee Period of the same duration is not available, that portion of Your
Contract  Value shall be  transferred  to the Guarantee  Period next shortest in
duration.  The amount so applied is then subject to the same  conditions  as the
original  Guarantee  Period,  including the condition that the amount may not be
transferred  until  the  end  of  that  Guarantee  Period.  In  the  event  of a
non-specified renewal, there is a grace period of 30 days within which the Owner
can have transferred amounts reapplied.  The effective guarantee rate applicable
to the new Guarantee Period may be different from the effective  guaranteed rate
applicable to the original Guarantee Period.  These transfers will be handled at
no charge to the Owner.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

       Unless  accomplished  on the  expiration  date of a  Guarantee  Period or
during the grace period, a transfer,  withdrawal,  surrender or annuitization of
amounts  allocated  to the  Guaranteed  Account may be subject to a Market Value
Adjustment.  The adjusted  value is determined by  multiplying  the amount to be
transferred, withdrawn, surrendered or annuitized from a Guarantee Period by the
following formula:

       .75 x (A-B) x [N/12], where:

       A =     The guaranteed interest rate applicable to a Guarantee Period for
               that   portion  of   proceeds   being   transferred,   withdrawn,
               surrendered or annuitized.

       B =     The  guaranteed  interest rate  currently  available for the same
               length  of  Guarantee  Period  as that  remaining  in the  period
               applicable  to  that  portion  of  proceeds  being   transferred,
               withdrawn, surrendered or annuitized. If no such Guarantee Period
    

                                      A - 2

<PAGE>

   
               is then offered,  the guaranteed interest rate will be calculated
               by straight line  interpolation of the guaranteed  interest rates
               of available Guarantee Periods.

       N =     The number of complete and partial months remaining to the end of
               the Guarantee Period applicable to that portion of proceeds being
               transferred, withdrawn, surrendered or annuitized.

       The Market Value  Adjustment  is not  applicable  on the date a Guarantee
Period  expires;  however,  a  Withdrawal  or  Surrender on such date may remain
subject to Surrender Charges. Applicable Surrender Charges will be applied after
any Market Value Adjustment to Guaranteed Account values.

MINIMUM SURRENDER VALUE

       The minimum  Surrender  Value for  amounts  allocated  to the  Guaranteed
Account  equals  the  amounts  so  allocated  less  withdrawals,  with  interest
compounded  annually  at the rate of 3%,  reduced  by any  applicable  Surrender
Charge.
    

                                      A - 3

<PAGE>










                                     PART B










<PAGE>




   
                                     PART B
                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


                       DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS



                                    issued by



                               VARIABLE ACCOUNT I



                                       and



                           AIG LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY



       THIS IS NOT A PROSPECTUS. THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SHOULD
BE READ IN CONJUNCTION  WITH THE PROSPECTUS  FOR THE DEFERRED  VARIABLE  ANNUITY
CONTRACTS WHICH ARE REFERRED TO HEREIN.

       THE  PROSPECTUS  CONCISELY  SETS  FORTH  INFORMATION  THAT A  PROSPECTIVE
INVESTOR  OUGHT TO KNOW BEFORE  INVESTING.  FOR A COPY OF THE  PROSPECTUS  DATED
________,  1996 CALL OR WRITE: AIG Life Insurance Company;  Attention:  Variable
Products, One Alico Plaza, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, 1-800-340-2765.

DATE OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:  ___________ ___, 1996
    


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

General Information.............................................................
       The Company..............................................................
       Independent Accountants..................................................
       Legal Counsel............................................................
       Distributor..............................................................
       Calculation of Performance Related Information...........................
       Delay of Payments........................................................
       Transfers................................................................
Method of Determining Contract Values...........................................
Annuity Provisions..............................................................
       Annuity Benefits.........................................................
       Annuity Options..........................................................
       Variable Annuity Payment Values..........................................
       Annuity Unit.............................................................
       Net Investment Factor....................................................
       Additional Provisions....................................................
Financial Statements............................................................
    

                                      B - 2

<PAGE>


   
                               GENERAL INFORMATION


The Company

       A description  of AIG Life  Insurance  Company (the  "Company"),  and its
ownership  is  contained  in the  Prospectus.  The Company  will provide for the
safekeeping of the assets of Variable Account I (the "Variable Account").

Independent Accountants

       The audited  financial  statements  of the Company  have been  audited by
Coopers and Lybrand,  L.L.P.,  independent  certified public accountants,  whose
offices are located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

Legal Counsel

       Legal matters relating to the Federal  securities laws in connection with
the Contracts  described  herein and in the  Prospectus are being passed upon by
the law firm of Jorden Burt Berenson & Johnson LLP, Washington, D.C..

Distributor

       AIG Equity Sales Corp.  ("AESC"),  a wholly owned  subsidiary of American
International  Group,  Inc.  and  an  affiliate  of  the  Company,  acts  as the
distributor. The offering is on a continuous basis. Commissions in the amount of
$________ were paid during 1995, none of which were retained by the Distributor.

Calculation Of Performance Related Information

          A.   Yield  and  Effective  Yield  Quotations  for  the  Money  Market
               Subaccount

       The yield  quotation  for the Money Market  Subaccount to be set forth in
the  Prospectus  will be for the seven days ended on the date of the most recent
balance sheet of the Variable Account  included in the  registration  statement,
and will be  computed  by  determining  the net  change,  exclusive  of  capital
changes, in the value of a hypothetical pre-existing account having a balance of
one  Accumulation  Unit in the Money Market  Subaccount  at the beginning of the
period,  subtracting a  hypothetical  charge  reflecting  deductions  from Owner
accounts,  and  dividing  the  difference  by the  value of the  account  at the
beginning of the base period to obtain the base period return,  and  multiplying
the base period return by (365/7) with the resulting  figure carried to at least
the nearest hundredth of one percent.

       Any effective yield  quotation for the Money Market  Subaccount to be set
forth in the Prospectus will be for the seven days ended on the date of the most
recent  balance  sheet of the  Variable  Account  included  in the  registration
statement, and will be carried at least to the nearest hundredth of one percent,
and will be  computed  by  determining  the net  change,  exclusive  of  capital
changes, in the value of a hypothetical pre-existing account
    

                                      B - 3

<PAGE>


   
having a balance of one Accumulation  Unit in the Money Market Subaccount at the
beginning of the period, subtracting a hypothetical charge reflecting deductions
from Owner accounts,  and dividing the difference by the value of the account at
the  beginning  of the base  period to obtain the base period  return,  and then
compounding the base period return by adding 1, raising the sum to a power equal
to  365  divided  by 7 and  subtracting  1 from  the  result,  according  to the
following formula:

          EFFECTIVE YIELD = [(BASE PERIOD RETURN + 1)365/7]-1.

       For  purposes  of  the  yield  and  effective  yield  computations,   the
hypothetical  charge  reflects  all  deductions  that are  charged  to all Owner
accounts in proportion to the length of the base period.  For any fees that vary
with the size of the account, the account size is assumed to be the Money Market
Subaccount's  mean account size. The yield and effective yield quotations do not
reflect the  Surrender  Charge that may be assessed at the time of withdrawal in
an amount ranging up to 6% of the requested withdrawal amount, with the specific
percentage applicable to a particular withdrawal depending on the length of time
the purchase  payment was held under the Contract  and whether  withdrawals  had
been  previously  made during that Contract Year. (See "Charges and Deductions -
Deduction  for  Surrender  Charge" on page of the  Prospectus)  No deductions or
sales loads are assessed upon annuitization under the Contracts.  Realized gains
and  losses  from  the  sale  of  securities  and  unrealized  appreciation  and
depreciation  of the Money Market  Subaccount and the Fund are excluded from the
calculation of yield.

       B. Total Return Quotations

       The total return quotations for all of the Subaccounts to be set forth in
the Prospectus will be average annual total return quotations for the one, five,
and ten year periods (or,  where a Subaccount has been in existence for a period
of less than one, five or ten years,  for such lesser  period) ended on the date
of the most recent balance sheet of the Variable Account and for the period from
the date monies were first placed into the Subaccounts until the aforesaid date.
The quotations are computed by finding the average  annual  compounded  rates of
return over the relevant  periods that would equate the initial amount  invested
to the ending redeemable value, according to the following formula:

                                 P(1+T)^n = ERV

          Where:           P = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

                           T = average annual total return

                           n = number of years

                           ERV  =  ending  redeemable  value  of a  hypothetical
                           $1,000   payment   made  at  the   beginning  of  the
                           particular  period  at  the  end  of  the  particular
                           period.
    

                                      B - 4

<PAGE>


   
       For  the  purposes  of  the  total  return  quotations  for  all  of  the
Subaccounts,  the calculations take into effect all fees that are charged to all
Owner accounts. For any fees that vary with the size of the account, the account
size is  assumed  to be the  respective  Subaccount's  mean  account  size.  The
calculations  also  assume a total  withdrawal  as of the end of the  particular
period.

       No standardized  or  non-standardized  total return  quotations have been
provided for the Zero Coupon 2000,  Dreyfus Stock Index,  Money Market,  Growth,
Overseas, Asset Manager,  Investment Grade Bond, High Income, Worldwide Balance,
Gold and Natural Resources,  Short-Term Retirement,  Medium-Term Retirement,  or
Long-Term  Retirement  Portfolios,  because, for the fiscal year ending December
31, 1995, such portfolios were not yet in operation.

       Annualized total return for certain  Subaccounts as of December 31, 1995,
were as follows:

                                           One Year            Inception to Date
                                           --------            -----------------

       Conservative Investors
       Growth Investors
       Growth
       Growth and Income

       *Funds were first invested in the Portfolios as listed below:
          Conservative Investors
          Growth Investors
          Growth
          Growth and Income


       C.   Yield  Quotations for each  Subaccount other  than the Money  Market
          Subaccount

       The yield  quotations  for each  Subaccount  other than the Money  Market
Subaccount  will be based on a thirty-day  period.  The  computation  is made by
dividing  the net  investment  income per  Accumulation  Unit earned  during the
period  by the  Unit  Value  on the last  day of the  period,  according  to the
following formula:

                         Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd)+1)^6-1]

        Where:      a =       net investment  income earned during the period by
                              the   corresponding   portfolios   of  the   Funds
                              attributable to shares owned by the Subaccount.

                    b =       expenses   accrued   for   the   period   (net  of
                              reimbursements).
    


                                      B - 5

<PAGE>

   
                    c =       the average  daily  number of  Accumulation  Units
                              outstanding during the period.

                    d =       the maximum offering price per  Accumulation  Unit
                              on the last day of the period.

       For  the  purposes  of the  yield  quotations  for the  Subaccounts,  the
calculations  take into effect all fees that are charged to all Owner  accounts.
For any fees that vary with the size of the account, the account size is assumed
to be the respective  Subaccount's  mean account size. The  calculations  do not
take into account the Deferred Sales Charge or any transfer charges.

       A Surrender Charge may be assessed at the time of withdrawal in an amount
ranging  up to  6%  of  the  requested  withdrawal  amount,  with  the  specific
percentage applicable to a particular withdrawal depending on the length of time
the purchase  payment was held under the Contract,  and whether  withdrawals had
been  previously  made during that Contract Year. (See "Charges and Deductions -
Deduction  for  Surrender  Charge"  on  page  ___ of the  Prospectus)  There  is
currently a transfer  charge of $10 per  transfer  after a  specified  number of
transfers in each Contract Year. (See Transfer of Contract Values" on page 15 of
the Prospectus)

       D. Non - Standardized Performance Data

       1. Total Return Quotations

       The total return quotations for all of the Subaccounts to be set forth in
the Prospectus will be average annual total return quotations for the one, five,
and ten year periods (or,  where a Subaccount has been in existence for a period
of less than one, five or ten years,  for such lesser  period) ended on the date
of the most recent balance sheet of the Variable Account and for the period from
the date monies were first placed into the Subaccounts until the aforesaid date.
The quotations are computed by finding the average  annual  compounded  rates of
return over the relevant  periods that would equate the initial amount  invested
to the ending redeemable value, according to the following formula:

                                   P(1+T)^n = ERV

               Where:    P = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

                         T = average annual total return

                         n = number of years

                         ERV = ending redeemable value of a hypothetical  $1,000
                         payment made at the beginning of the
    

                                      B - 6

<PAGE>

   
                         particular period at the end of the particular period.

       For the purposes of the total return  quotations,  the calculations  take
into effect all fees that are charged to all Owner  accounts.  For any fees that
vary  with  the size of the  account,  the  account  size is  assumed  to be the
respective  Subaccount's  mean account size. The  calculations do not,  however,
assume a total withdrawal as of the end of the particular period and, therefore,
no Surrender Charge is reflected.

       Annualized total return quotations for certain Subaccounts as of December
31, 1995, were as follows:

                                           One Year           Inception to Date
                                           --------           -----------------

         Conservative Investors
         Growth Investors
         Growth
         Growth and Income


       2. The Power of Tax-Deferred Growth

       All current taxes on any income or capital gains are deferred until money
is taken out of your account.  That way all of your  earnings  contribute to the
growth  of  your  account.  And,  since  all  your  earnings  are  automatically
reinvested  to build your  investment  base,  your  account is given yet another
opportunity  to grow.  It's called the Power of  Compounding  and the  following
charts illustrate just how powerful it can be.

       The Power of Tax-Deferral $10,000 At 8% Compounded Annually* [Chart to be
inserted]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         33% TAX APPLIED
         AFTER             33% TAX APPLIED                UPON SURRENDER                TAX DEFERRED

         <S>                   <C>                            <C>                          <C>     
         10 years              $ 16,856                       $ 15,782                     $ 18,630
         20 years              $ 28,413                       $ 26,789                     $ 36,059
         30 years              $ 47,893                       $ 47,744                     $ 66,336
         40 years              $ 80,729                       $ 87,637                     $125,877
         50 years              $136,078                       $163,584                     $239,230
</TABLE>

* These illustrations are not intended to reflect the return of investments made
in your  variable  annuity  contract.  The  figures  are  calculated  on a fixed
interest rate and assume no  fluctuation in the value of principal or the impact
of any fees or sales charges. Taxes are due on tax-deferred investments whenever
money is withdrawn from that investment.

Delay of Payments

       Any payments due under the Contracts  will generally be sent to the Owner
within seven (7) days of a completed request for payment. However, the
    

                                      B - 7

<PAGE>

   
Company has reserved the right to postpone any type of payment from the Variable
Account for any period when:

     (a)  the New York  Stock  Exchange  is  closed  for  other  than  customary
          weekends  and  holidays,  or  trading  on the  Exchange  is  otherwise
          restricted;

     (b)  an  emergency  exists  as a  result  of  which  it is  not  reasonably
          practicable to dispose of securities  held in the Variable  Account or
          determine their value;

     (c)  an order of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  permits delay for
          the protection of security holders; or

     (d)  the check used to pay any Premium has not cleared  through the banking
          system (this may take up to 15 days).

       The  applicable  rules of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  shall
govern as to whether the conditions in (a) and (b) exist.


                      METHOD OF DETERMINING CONTRACT VALUES

       The Contract  Value will  fluctuate  in  accordance  with the  investment
results of the underlying  Portfolio of the Fund held within the Subaccount.  In
order to determine how these fluctuations  affect Contract Values,  Accumulation
Units are utilized.  The value of an  Accumulation  Unit  applicable  during any
Valuation Period is determined at the end of that period.

       When the first  shares of the  respective  Portfolios  of the Funds  were
purchased for the Subaccounts,  the Accumulation  Units for the Subaccounts were
valued  at $10.  The  value  of an  Accumulation  Unit for a  Subaccount  on any
Valuation Date thereafter is determined by dividing (a) by (b), where:

     (a)  is equal to:

          (i)  the total value of the net assets  attributable  to  Accumulation
               Units in the Subaccount, minus

         (ii)  the daily charge for assuming the risk of guaranteeing  mortality
               factors and expense  charges which is equal on an annual basis to
               1.25%  multiplied by the daily net asset value of the Subaccount;
               minus

        (iii)  the daily charge for providing certain  administrative  functions
               which is  equal on an

    

                                      B - 8

<PAGE>


   
               annual basis to 0.15%  multiplied by the daily net asset value of
               the Subaccount; minus or plus

          (iv) a charge  or credit  for any tax  provision  established  for the
               Subaccount. The Company is not currently making any provision for
               taxes.

     (b)  is  the  total  number  of  Accumulation   Units  applicable  to  that
          Subaccount at the end of the Valuation Period.

       The resulting value of each Subaccount Accumulation Unit is multiplied by
the  respective  number of  Subaccount  Accumulation  Units for a Contract.  The
Contract Value of the Variable  Account is the sum of all Subaccount  values for
the Contract.

       An  Accumulation  Unit may  increase or decrease in value from  Valuation
Date to Valuation Date.


                               ANNUITY PROVISIONS

Annuity Benefits

       A description of the Annuity  Benefits and Annuity Options is provided in
the prospectus

Variable Annuity Payment Values

       A  Variable  Annuity  is an  annuity  with  payments  which  (1)  are not
predetermined  as to dollar  amount  and (2) will  vary in  amount  with the net
investment results of the applicable  Subaccount(s) of the Variable Account.  At
the Annuity Date the Contract  Value in each  Subaccount  will be applied to the
applicable Annuity Tables contained in the Contract. The Annuity Table used will
depend upon the payment option chosen. The same Contract Value amount applied to
each payment option may produce a different  initial annuity payment.  If, as of
the Annuity Date,  the then current  annuity  rates  applicable to this class of
contracts will provide a larger income than that guaranteed for the same form of
annuity under the Contracts described herein, the larger amount will be paid.

       The  first  annuity   payment  for  each   Subaccount  is  determined  by
multiplying the amount of the Contract Value allocated to that Subaccount by the
factor shown in the table for the option selected, divided by 1000.

       The  dollar  amount of  Subaccount  annuity  payments  after the first is
determined as follows:

          (a)  The dollar amount of the first annuity  payment is divided by the
               value for the  Subaccount  Annuity  Unit as of the Annuity  Date.
               This  establishes  the number of Annuity  Units for each  monthly
               payment. The number of Annuity Units remains fixed during
    

                                      B - 9

<PAGE>

   
               the Annuity payment period, subject to any transfers.

          (b)  The fixed number of Annuity  Units is  multiplied  by the Annuity
               Unit value for the Valuation  Period 14 days prior to the date of
               payment.

       The total dollar  amount of each Variable  Annuity  payment is the sum of
all Subaccount  variable annuity payments less the pro-rata amount of the annual
Administrative Charge.

Annuity Unit

       The value of an Annuity  Unit for each  Subaccount  was  arbitrarily  set
initially at $10. This was done when the first Fund shares were  purchased.  The
Subaccount  Annuity Unit value at the end of any subsequent  Valuation Period is
determined by multiplying the Subaccount  Annuity Unit value for the immediately
preceding Valuation Period by the quotient of (a) and (b) where:

     (a)  is the net  investment  factor for the Valuation  Period for which the
          Subaccount Annuity Unit value is being determined; and

     (b)  is the  assumed  investment  factor  for such  Valuation  Period.  The
          assumed   investment  factor  adjusts  for  the  interest  assumed  in
          determining the first variable  annuity  payment.  Such factor for any
          Valuation  Period shall be the  accumulated  value, at the end of such
          period,  of $1.00  deposited  at the  beginning  of such period at the
          assumed investment rate of 5%.

Net Investment Factor

       The net investment factor is used to determine how investment  results of
a Fund affect the Subaccount Annuity Unit value from one Valuation Period to the
next. The net investment  factor for each Subaccount for any Valuation Period is
determined by dividing (a) by (b) and subtracting (c) from the result, where:

     (a)  is equal to:

          (i)  the net asset  value per share of the  relevant  Fund held in the
               Subaccount determined at the end of that Valuation Period; plus

         (ii)  the per share amount of any dividend or capital gain distribution
               made by such Fund  held in the  Subaccount  if the  "ex-dividend"
               date occurs during that same Valuation Period; plus or minus
    

                                     B - 10

<PAGE>


   
        (iii)  a per  share  charge  or  credit,  which  is  determined  by  the
               Company,  for changes in tax reserves  resulting from  investment
               operations of the Subaccount.

     (b)  is equal to:

          (i)  the net asset  value per share of the  relevant  Fund held in the
               Subaccount  determined  as of  the  end of  the  prior  Valuation
               Period; plus or minus

         (ii)  the per share charge or credit for any change in tax reserves for
               the prior Valuation Period.

     (c)  is equal to:

          (i)  the percentage factor representing the Mortality and Expense Risk
               Charge, plus

         (ii)  the  percentage  factor  representing  the  daily  Administrative
               Charge.

The net  investment  factor may be greater or less than the  assumed  investment
factor;  therefore,  the Subaccount  Annuity Unit value may increase or decrease
from Valuation Period to Valuation Period.

Additional Provisions

       The Company may require proof of the age of the  Annuitant  before making
any  life  annuity  payment  provided  for by the  Contract.  If the  age of the
Annuitant has been  misstated the Company will compute the amount  payable based
on the correct age. If annuity payments have begun, any  underpayments  that may
have been made will be paid in full  with the next  annuity  payment,  including
interest at the annual rate of 5%. Any overpayments,  including  interest at the
annual rate of 5%,  unless  repaid to the  Company in one sum,  will be deducted
from future annuity payments until the Company is repaid in full.

       If a Contract  provision requires that a person be alive, the Company may
require due proof that the person is alive  before the  Company  acts under that
provision.

       The  Company  will  give the  payee  under an  annuity  payment  option a
settlement contract for the payment option.

       You may  assign  this  Contract  prior to the  Annuity  Date.  A  written
request,  dated and signed by you must be sent to our  Administrative  Office. A
duly  executed  copy of any  assignment  must be filed  with our  Administrative
Office. We are not responsible for the validity of any assignment.
    


                                     B - 11

<PAGE>


   

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

       The financial statements of the Company and the Variable Account included
herein  shall be  considered  only as bearing upon the ability of the Company to
meet its obligations under the Contracts.
    

                                     B - 12

<PAGE>


                           AIG LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                 One Alico Plaza
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19899


   
                              INDIVIDUAL AND GROUP
                       SINGLE PREMIUM AND FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
                           VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS
    


                                    issued by


                               VARIABLE ACCOUNT I

                                       and

                           AIG LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

   
     The  Individual   Deferred  Variable  Annuity  Contracts  (the  "Individual
Contracts") and Group Deferred Variable Annuity  Contracts  ("Group  Contracts")
(collectively,  the  "Contracts")  described  in  this  Prospectus  provide  for
accumulation  of Contract Values and payment of monthly  annuity  payments.  The
Contracts may be used in  retirement  plans which do not qualify for federal tax
advantages  ("Non-Qualified  Contracts") or in connection with retirement  plans
which may qualify as Individual  Retirement  Annuities ("IRA") under Section 408
of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") or Section 403(b)
of the Code ("403(b) Plans").  The Contracts will not be available in connection
with  retirement  plans designed by AIG Life Insurance  Company (the  "Company")
which qualify for the federal tax  advantages  available  under Sections 401 and
457 of the Code. Purchasers intending to use the Contracts in connection with an
IRA or 403(b) Plan should seek competent tax advice.
    

     Purchase  payments  for the  Contracts  will be  allocated  to a segregated
investment  account of the Company  which account has been  designated  Variable
Account I (the "Variable  Account").  The Variable  Account invests in shares of
Alliance  Variable  Products Series Fund,  Inc. (the "Fund").  The Fund has made
available sixteen Portfolios:  Money Market Portfolio;  Short-Term  Multi-Market
Portfolio;  Growth  Portfolio;   Growth  and  Income  Portfolio;   International
Portfolio;  U.S.  Government/High  Grade  Securities  Portfolio;  North American
Government Income Portfolio; Global Dollar Government Portfolio;  Utility Income
Portfolio;  Global  Bond  Portfolio;  Premier  Growth  Portfolio;  Total  Return
Portfolio;   Conservative  Investors  Portfolio;   Growth  Investors  Portfolio;
Worldwide  Privatization  Portfolio;  and Technology  Portfolio.  (See "Alliance
Variable  Products  Series  Fund,  Inc. on Page __.) The Fund  consists of other
Portfolios which are not currently available for use by Variable Account I.

   
     This Prospectus concisely sets forth the information a prospective investor
ought to know before  investing.  Additional  information about the Contracts is
contained in the "Statement of Additional  Information" which is available at no
charge.  The  Statement  of  Additional  Information  has  been  filed  with the
Securities and Exchange Commission and is hereby incorporated by reference.  The
Table of Contents of the  Statement of  Additional  Information  can be found on
page of this  Prospectus.  For the  Statement of  Additional  Information  dated
___________ 1996, call or write AIG Life Insurance Company; Attention:  Variable
Products, One Alico Plaza, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, 1-800-340-2765.
    

INQUIRIES:  Purchaser  inquiries  can be made by calling the  service  office at
1-800-255-8402.

     THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  NOR HAS THE  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE  ACCURACY OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.

     PLEASE  READ  THIS  PROSPECTUS  CAREFULLY  AND  RETAIN  IT FOR YOUR  FUTURE
REFERENCE.

     THE CONTRACTS OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS ARE NOT AVAILABLE IN ALL STATES.

   
                                             Date of Prospectus: _________, 1996
    


<PAGE>



                                 TABLE CONTENTS

                                                                          PAGE

Definitions...................................................................
Highlights....................................................................
Summary of Expenses...........................................................
Condensed Financial Information...............................................

         Calculation of Performance Data......................................
The Company...................................................................
The Variable Account..........................................................
The Fund......................................................................

         Money Market.........................................................
         Short-Term Multi-Market..............................................
         Growth...............................................................
         Growth and Income....................................................
         International........................................................
         U.S. Government/High Grade Securities................................
         North American Government Income Portfolio...........................
         Global Dollar Government Portfolio...................................
         Utility Income Portfolio.............................................
         Global Bond..........................................................
         Premier Growth.......................................................
         Total Return.........................................................
         Conservative Investors...............................................
         Growth Investors.....................................................
         Worldwide Privatization..............................................
         Technology...........................................................
         Voting Rights........................................................
         Substitution of Shares...............................................
         Allocation of Purchase Payment to Sub-accounts.......................
         Transfer of Contract Values..........................................
         Dollar Cost Averaging................................................

Charges and Deductions........................................................
         Deduction for Premium and Other Taxes................................
         Deduction for Mortality and Expense Risk Charge......................
         Deduction for Deferred Sales Charge..................................
         Deduction for Administrative Charge..................................
         Deduction for Income Taxes...........................................
         Other Expenses.......................................................

Administration of the Contracts...............................................
Rights under the Contracts....................................................
Annuity Period................................................................

         Annuity Benefits.....................................................
         Annuity Date.........................................................
         Annuity Options......................................................
         Annuity Payments.....................................................

                                        2


<PAGE>



                                                                          PAGE

Death Benefit.................................................................
         Death Benefit........................................................
         Death of the Purchaser...............................................

Purchasing a Contract.........................................................
         Application..........................................................
         Purchase Payments....................................................
         Discount Purchase Programs...........................................
         Distributor..........................................................

Contract Value................................................................
Withdrawals...................................................................

         Partial Withdrawal...................................................
         Total Withdrawal.....................................................
         Systematic Withdrawal Program........................................
         Payment of Withdrawals...............................................

Taxes.........................................................................
         Introduction.........................................................
         Company Tax Status...................................................
         Taxation of Annuities In General.....................................
         Diversification Standards............................................
         Qualified Plans......................................................
         Individual Retirement Annuities......................................
         403(b) Plans.........................................................

Appendix - General Account Option.............................................
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information..................

                                        3


<PAGE>



                                   DEFINITIONS

Accumulation Period - The period prior to the Annuity Date.

Accumulation  Unit - Accounting  unit of measure used to calculate  the Contract
Value prior to the Annuity Date.

Age - Age means age last birthday.

Annuitant  - The person  upon whose  continuation  of life any  annuity  payment
involving life contingencies depends. The Annuitant is named in the application.

Annuity Date - The date at which annuity payments are to begin.

Annuity Unit - Accounting  unit of measure  used to calculate  variable  annuity
payments.

Beneficiary  - The person or persons named in the  application  who will receive
any benefit upon the death of the Owner (or  Annuitant as  applicable)  prior to
the Annuity Date.

Contingent  Owner - The  Contingent  Owner,  if any,  must be the  spouse of the
Purchaser as named in the application, unless changed.

Contract  Anniversary  - The  same  month  and date as the Date of Issue in each
subsequent year of the Contract or Certificate.

Contract  Value - The value of all  amounts  accumulated  under the  Contract or
Certificate.

Contract  Year - Any period of twelve  (12) months  commencing  with the Date of
Issue and each Contract or Certificate Anniversary thereafter.

Date of Issue - The date when the initial purchase payment was invested.

Deferred  Sales  Charge - The sales charge that may be applied  against  amounts
withdrawn  prior to the  Annuity  Date if  withdrawal  is within  six years of a
purchase payment.

General  Account - All of the  Company's  assets  other  than the  assets of the
Variable Account and any other separate accounts of the Company.

Office  - The  Annuity  Service  Office  of the  Company:  c/o  Delaware  Valley
Financial Services,  Inc., 300 Berwyn Park, P.O. Box 3031, Berwyn,  Pennsylvania
19312-0031.

Owner - The person  designated  as contract  owner or  certificate  owner in the
application, unless changed.

   
Premium  Year - any  period of 12  months  commencing  with the date a  Purchase
Payment is made and ending on the same date in each  succeeding  12 month period
thereafter.
    

Valuation Date - Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

Valuation  Period - The period  commencing as of the close of the New York Stock
Exchange  (presently 4 P.M., New York time) on each Valuation Date and ending as
of the close of the New York Stock  Exchange  on the next  succeeding  Valuation
Date.

Variable  Account - A separate  investment  account of the  Company,  designated
Variable Account I, into which purchase payments will be allocated.

                                        4


<PAGE>



                                   HIGHLIGHTS

Purchase payments for the Individual Contracts or Group Contracts (collectively,
the  "Contracts")  will be allocated to a segregated  investment  account of the
Company  which account has been  designated  Variable  Account I (the  "Variable
Account").  The Variable  Account  invests in shares of the Fund.  (See Alliance
Variable Product Series Fund, Inc." on page    .)

   
The Contracts provide that in the event that an Owner withdraws all or a portion
of the Contract  Value within the first six contract years there may be assessed
a  Deferred  Sales  Charge.  The  Deferred  Sales  Charge is based on a table of
charges,  of which the maximum  charge is  currently  6% of premium to which the
charge is  applicable  for flexible  premium  contracts,  and 6% of the Contract
Value for single  premium  Contracts,  subject to a maximum of 8.5% of  purchase
payments. (See "Charges and Deductions - Deduction for Deferred Sales Charge" on
page    .)
    

Any premium or other taxes levied by any governmental entity with respect to the
Contracts  will be charged  against the  purchase  payments  or Contract  Value.
Premium taxes currently imposed by certain states on the Contracts range from 0%
to 3.5%.  The  Company  will  also  deduct  from any  amount  payable  under the
Contracts  any income  taxes a  governmental  authority  requires the Company to
withhold with respect to that amount. (See "Charges and Deductions-Deduction for
Premium and Other Taxes" on page    .)

The Company  deducts  from the Contract  Value  and/or the Variable  Account any
Federal income taxes resulting from the operation of the Variable  Account.  The
Company does not currently  anticipate incurring any income taxes. (See "Charges
and Deductions - Deduction for Income Taxes" on page    .)

The Company  deducts for each  Valuation  Period a  Mortality  and Expense  Risk
Charge which is equal on an annual basis to 1.25% of the average daily net asset
value of the Variable  Account.  (See  "Charges and  Deductions - Deduction  for
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge" on page    .)

The Company deducts for each Valuation Period an Administrative  Charge which is
equal on an annual  basis to 0.15% of the  average  daily net asset value of the
Variable  Account.  In addition,  the Company  deducts an annual  Administrative
Charge  which  is  currently  $30  per  year,  from  the  Contract  Value.   The
Administrative  Charges are designed to reimburse the Company for administrative
expenses relating to maintenance of the Contract and the Variable  Account.  The
Company may increase the annual Administrative Charge to an amount not to exceed
$100 per year.  (See  "Charges  and  Deductions - Deduction  for  Administrative
Charge" on page    .)

There are  deductions  and expenses paid out of the assets of the Fund which are
described in the accompanying Prospectus for the Fund.

There is a 10% tax  penalty  applied  to the  income  portion  of any  premature
distribution from the Contracts.  However, the penalty is not imposed on certain
distributions  including  but not  limited  to amounts  received:  (a) after the
taxpayer  reaches age 59 1/2; (b) after the death of the Annuitant (or Owner, as
applicable);  (c) if the  taxpayer  is  totally  disabled;  (d) in a  series  of
substantially  equal periodic  payments made for the life of the taxpayer or for
the joint lives of the  taxpayer  and his  beneficiary;  (e) under an  immediate
annuity;  (f) which are allocable to purchase  payments made prior to August 14,
1982; (g) under a qualified  funding asset (as defined in Code Section  130(d));
or (h) that are  purchased by an employer upon  termination  of certain types of
qualified plans and which are held by the employer until the employee  separates
from service.  Withdrawals are deemed to be on a  last-in-first-out  basis. (See
"Taxes - Taxation of Annuities in General" on page    )

                                        5


<PAGE>



The Owner may  return  the  Contract  within  twenty  (20) days (the  "Free Look
Period")  after it is  received  by  delivering  or mailing it to the  Company's
Office.  The return of the Contract by mail will be effective  when the postmark
is affixed to a properly  addressed and postage  prepaid  envelope.  The Company
will refund the Contract  Value.  In the case of Contracts  issued in connection
with an IRA the Company  will refund the greater of the purchase  payment,  less
any withdrawals,  or the Contract Value. However, if the laws of a state require
that the Company  refund,  during the Free Look  Period,  an amount equal to the
purchase  payment  paid less any  withdrawals,  the Company  will refund such an
amount.

                               SUMMARY OF EXPENSES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                       <C>                                                       <C>
Contract Owner Transaction Expenses

                                                                                                                    All Sub-Accounts

Sales Load Imposed on Purchases                                                                                                 None

   
    Deferred Sales Charge (as a percentage of amount surrendered):

         Single Premium Contracts                    Flexible Premium Contracts
         ------------------------                    --------------------------

             Contract Year 1                              Premium Year 1                                                          6%
             Contract Year 2                              Premium Year 2                                                          5%
             Contract Year 3                              Premium Year 3                                                          4%
             Contract Year 4                              Premium Year 4                                                          3%
             Contract Year 5                              Premium Year 5                                                          2%
             Contract Year 6                              Premium Year 6                                                          1%
             Contract Year 7 and thereafter               Premium Year 7 and thereafter                                         None
    

Exchange Fee Currently:

         First 12 Per Contract Year                                                                                             None
         Thereafter                                                                                                             $ 10

Annual Contract Fee                                                                                                             $ 30

Separate Account Expenses
(as a percentage of average account value)

         Mortality and Expense Risk Fees                                                                                       1.25%
         Account Fees and Expenses                                                                                             0.15%

Total Separate Account Annual Expenses                                                                                         1.40%
</TABLE>

                                        6


<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       SHORT
ALLIANCE                          PREMIER                    GROWTH &                  TERM            ALL
                                  GROWTH                     INCOME                   MULTI-MK         OTHERS
<S>                                 <C>                       <C>                       <C>             <C> 
Fund Annual Exp
  After Exp. Reimb
         Management Fees            0.55                      0.62                      0.50            0.00
         Other Expenses             0.40                      0.28                      0.44            0.95
                                    ----                      ----                      ----            ----
Total                               0.95                      0.90                      0.94            0.95
</TABLE>


Expenses on a hypothetical $1,000 policy, assuming 5% growth:

<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                        <C>                       <C>                       <C>               <C>
If you Surrender:
         1 Year                     80                        79                        80                80
         3 Year                    114                       113                       114               114
         5 Year                    150                       147                       149               150
         10 Years                  276                       271                       275               276

If you Annuitize:
         1 Year                     25                        24                        24                25
         3 Year                     75                        74                        75                75
         5 Year                    129                       127                       129               129
         10 Years                  276                       271                       275               276

If you do not Surrender:
         1 Year                     25                        24                        24                25
         3 Year                     75                        74                        75                75
         5 Year                    129                       127                       129               129
         10 Years                  276                       271                       275               276
</TABLE>


     The  purpose  of the table set forth  above is to assist the  Purchaser  in
understanding  the various costs and expenses that a Owner will bear directly or
indirectly.  The table reflects  expenses of the Variable Account as well as the
Fund.  (See  "Charges  and  Deductions"  on  page      of  this  Prospectus  and
"Management of the Fund" in the Fund Prospectus.)

     Any premium or other taxes levied by any  governmental  entity with respect
to the Contracts will be charged against the purchase payments or Contract Value
based on a percentage  of premiums  paid.  Premium  taxes  currently  imposed by
certain  states on the Contracts  range from 0% to 3.5% of premiums  paid.  (See
"Charges and Deductions - Deduction for Premium and Other Taxes" on page    .)

     "Other  Expenses"  are based upon the expenses  outlined  under the section
entitled "Management of the Fund" in the Fund Prospectus.

                                        7


<PAGE>



     *Fund operating expenses for each Series before reimbursement by the Fund's
investment adviser were estimated to be 4.46% for the Money Market; .99% for the
Short-Term  Multi-Market;  .91% for the Growth and Income; 4.19% for the Growth;
7.26%  for  the  International;   3.73%  for  the  U.S.   Government/High  Grade
Securities;  2.05% for the Global Bond; 4.43% for the North American  Government
Income; 15.00% for the Global Dollar Government;  15.98% for the Utility Income;
1.40% for the  Premier  Growth;  19.49%  for the Total  Return;  20.35%  for the
Conservative  Investors;  41.62%  for  the  Growth  Investors;  18.47%  for  the
Worldwide Privatization and 2.55% for the Technology Portfolios,  of the average
daily net assets.

     In the event that an Owner withdraws all or a portion of the Contract Value
in excess of the Free Withdrawal  Amount for the first  withdrawal in a Contract
Year,  or makes  subsequent  withdrawals  in a Contract  Year, a Deferred  Sales
Charge  may be  imposed.  The  Free  Withdrawal  Amount  is  equal to 10% of the
Purchase  Payment paid,  less any prior  withdrawals  at the time of withdrawal.
(See "Charges and Deductions - Deduction for Deferred Sales Charge" on page   .)

     THE EXAMPLE  SHOULD NOT BE  CONSIDERED A  REPRESENTATION  OF PAST OR FUTURE
EXPENSES AND ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN.

                                        8


<PAGE>



                         CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

                            ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES*

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1995                   1994                      1993                      1992
                                                 ----                   ----                      ----                      ----
<S>                                                               <C>                         <C>                       <C>     
MONEY MARKET
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                           10.08                     10.00                       N/A
         End of Period                                                 10.26                     10.08                       N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                               431,319.86                  8,487.20                       N/A

GROWTH
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                           10.00                       N/A                       N/A
         End of Period                                                 10.48                       N/A                       N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                               467,688.06                       N/A                       N/A

GROWTH & INCOME
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                           11.88                     10.78                     10.00
         End of Period                                                 11.67                     11.88                     10.78
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                               438,680.32                 28,041.82                    800.00

INTERNATIONAL
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                           10.17                     10.00                       N/A
         End of Period                                                 10.71                     10.17                       N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                               447,407.41                 21,717.14                       N/A

SHORT-TERM MULTI-MARKET
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                           10.29                      9.79                     10.00
         End of Period                                                  9.49                     10.29                      9.79
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                                95,717.60                 14,511.57                  5,161.58

GLOBAL BOND
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                           11.00                      9.96                     10.00
         End of Period                                                 10.28                     11.00                      9.96
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                                85,875.16                 18,846.45                  5,444.00
</TABLE>



                                        9


<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1995                   1994                      1993                      1992
                                                 ----                   ----                      ----                      ----
<S>                                                               <C>                         <C>                       <C>     
US GOVERNMENT HIGH GRADE
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                            9.95                     10.00                       N/A
         End of Period                                                  9.42                      9.95                       N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                               320,574.64                 41,210.45                       N/A

NORTH AMERICAN GOVERNMENT INCOME
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                           10.00                       N/A                       N/A
         End of Period                                                  8.70                       N/A                       N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                               340,817.36                       N/A                       N/A

UTILITY INCOME
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                           10.00                       N/A                       N/A
         End of Period                                                  9.87                       N/A                       N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                               111,604.02                       N/A                       N/A

GLOBAL DOLLAR GOVERNMENT
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                           10.00                       N/A                       N/A
         End of Period                                                  9.74                       N/A                       N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                                69,320.82                       N/A                       N/A

PREMIER GROWTH
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                           11.13                     10.00                     10.00
         End of Period                                                 10.15                     11.13                     10.00
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                               223,550.22                 35,271.53                   2081.43

TOTAL RETURN
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                           10.00                       N/A                       N/A
         End of Period                                                  9.65                       N/A                       N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                                34,684.53                       N/A                       N/A

CONSERVATIVE INVESTORS
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                           10.00                       N/A                       N/A
         End of Period                                                 10.02                       N/A                       N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                                62,868.02                       N/A                       N/A

GROWTH INVESTORS
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                           10.00                       N/A                       N/A
         End of Period                                                  9.81                       N/A                       N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                                29,492.78                       N/A                       N/A
</TABLE>


                                       10


<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1995                   1994                      1993                      1992
                                                 ----                   ----                      ----                      ----
<S>                                                               <C>                              <C>                       <C> 
WORLDWIDE PRIVATIZATION
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                           10.00                       N/A                       N/A
         End of Period                                                 10.05                       N/A                       N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                               105,674.08                       N/A                       N/A

TECHNOLOGY
    Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                                                       N/A                       N/A
         End of Period                                                                             N/A                       N/A
    Accum Units o/s @ end of period                                                                N/A                       N/A
</TABLE>

TECHNOLOGY

  *Funds were first invested in the Portfolios as listed below:

     Premier Growth Portfolio                                  December 7, 1992
     Growth & Income Portfolio                                 April 17, 1992
     Short-Term Multi-Market Portfolio                         June 25, 1992
     Global Bond Portfolio                                     May 10, 1993
     Money Market Portfolio                                    May 13, 1993
     International Portfolio                                   June 1, 1993
     U.S. Government/High Yield Securities Portfolio           June 14, 1993
     North American Government Income Portfolio                April 11, 1994
     Global Dollar Government Portfolio                        April 20, 1994
     Utility Income Portfolio                                  April 20, 1994
     Conservative Investors Portfolio                          August 24, 1994
     Growth Investors Portfolio                                August 16, 1994
     Growth Portfolio                                          August 16, 1994
     Total Return Portfolio                                    August 26, 1994
     Worldwide Privatization Portfolio                         August 16, 1994
     Technology Portfolio                                      January 2, 1996


Calculation of Performance Data

     The Company may, from time to time,  advertise certain  performance related
information concerning one or more of the Sub-accounts, including information as
to total return and yield.  Performance information about a Sub-account is based
on the Sub-account's  past performance only and is not intended as an indication
of future performance.

     When  the  Company   advertises  the  average  annual  total  return  of  a
Sub-account,  it will usually be calculated  for one, five, and ten year periods
or, where a  Sub-account  has been in existence for a period less than one, five
or ten years, for such lesser period. Average annual total return is measured by
comparing the value of the  investment in a Sub-account  at the beginning of the
relevant period to the

                                       11


<PAGE>



value of the investment at the end of the period  (assuming the deduction of any
Deferred Sales Charge which would be payable if the account were redeemed at the
end of the period) and calculating the average annual  compounded rate of return
necessary to produce the value of the  investment at the end of the period.  The
Company may  simultaneously  present returns that do not assume a surrender and,
therefore, do not deduct the Deferred Sales Charge.

     When  the  Company  advertises  the  yield  of a  Sub-account  it  will  be
calculated  based  upon a 30-day  period  ended  on the date of the most  recent
balance sheet of the Company included in its registration  statement.  The yield
is determined by dividing the net investment income per Accumulation Unit earned
during the period by the maximum  offering price per unit on the last day of the
period.

     When the Company advertises the performance of the Money Market Sub-account
it may  advertise  in  addition  to the  total  return  either  the yield or the
effective yield. The yield of the Money Market  Sub-account refers to the income
generated by an  investment in that  Sub-account  over a seven-day  period.  The
income  is  then  annualized  (i.e.,  the  amount  of  income  generated  by the
investment  during that week is assumed to be generated each week over a 52-week
period and is shown as a percentage of the  investment).  The effective yield is
calculated  similarly but when  annualized the income earned by an investment in
the Money Market  Sub-account is assumed to be reinvested.  The effective  yield
will be slightly higher than the yield because of the compounding effect of this
assumed reinvestment during a 52-week period.

     Total  return at the  Variable  Account  level is reduced  by all  contract
charges:   sales   charges,   mortality  and  expense  risk  charges,   and  the
administrative charges, and is therefore lower than the total return at the Fund
level, which has no comparable charges.  Likewise,  yield and effective yield at
the Variable Account level take into account all recurring charges (except sales
charges), and are therefore lower than the yield and effective yield at the Fund
level, which has no comparable charges.

   
     Performance  information  for a  Sub-account  may be  compared  to: (i) the
Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index, Dow Jones Industrial Average,  Donoghue Money
Market Institutional  Averages,  indices measuring corporate bond and government
security  prices as prepared by Lehman  Brothers,  Inc. and Salomon  Brothers or
other indices  measuring  performance of a pertinent group of securities so that
investors  may  compare  a  Sub-account's  results  with  those  of a  group  of
securities  widely  regarded by investors as  representative  of the  securities
markets in  general;  (ii) other  variable  annuity  separate  accounts or other
investment  products  tracked  by  Lipper  Analytical  Services,  a widely  used
independent  research  firm  which  ranks  mutual  funds  and  other  investment
companies by overall performance,  investment objectives, and assets, or tracked
by other ratings services, companies, publications, or persons who rank separate
accounts or other investment  products on overall performance or other criteria;
(iii) the Consumer  Price Index  (measure for inflation) to assess the real rate
of return from an investment  in the  Contract;  and (iv) indices or averages of
alternative financial products available to prospective investors, including the
Bank Rate Monitor which monitors average returns of various bank instruments.
    

Financial Data

     Financial  Statements of the Company and the Variable  Account may be found
in the Statement of Additional Information.

                                       12


<PAGE>



                                   THE COMPANY

     The Company is a stock life insurance  company which is organized under the
laws of the  State  of  Delaware.  The  Company  provides  a full  range of life
insurance  and  annuity   plans.   The  Company  is  a  subsidiary  of  American
International  Group,  Inc., which serves as the holding company for a number of
companies  engaged  in the  international  insurance  business,  both  life  and
general, in over 130 countries and jurisdictions around the world.

       

                              THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT

   
     The Board of Directors of the Company adopted a resolution to establish the
Variable Account pursuant to Delaware  insurance law. The Company has caused the
Variable Account to be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
a unit investment trust pursuant to the provisions of the Investment Company Act
of 1940.
    

     The  assets  of the  Variable  Account  are the  property  of the  Company.
However,  the assets of the  Variable  Account,  equal to the reserves and other
contract  liabilities with respect to the Variable  Account,  are not chargeable
with  liabilities  arising out of any other  business  the Company may  conduct.
Income, gains and losses,  whether or not realized,  are, in accordance with the
Contracts, credited to or charged against the Variable Account without regard to
other income, gains or losses of the Company. The Company's  obligations arising
under the  Contracts  are general  corporate  obligations  of the  Company.  The
Variable Account may be subject to liabilities  arising from Sub-accounts  whose
assets are  attributable  to other  variable  annuity  contracts  offered by the
Variable Account which are not described in this Prospectus.

     The Variable Account is divided into Sub-accounts,  with the assets of each
Sub-account  invested in one Series of the Fund.  The Company may,  from time to
time,  add  additional  series to the Fund,  and, when  appropriate,  additional
mutual funds to act as the funding vehicles for the Contracts.

   
                                    THE FUND

     Alliance  Variable Products Series Fund, Inc., (the "Fund") will act as the
funding  vehicle  for the  Contracts  offered  hereby.  The Fund is  managed  by
Alliance Capital  Management L.P., (the  "Investment  Manager").  The Fund is an
open-end,  diversified  management investment company, which is intended to meet
differing  investment  objectives.  The Fund has made  available  the  following
Portfolios:  Money Market Portfolio;  Short-Term Multi-Market Portfolio;  Growth
Portfolio;   Growth  and  Income  Portfolio;   International   Portfolio;   U.S.
Government/High  Grade  Securities  Portfolio;   Global  Bond  Portfolio;  North
American  Government  Income  Portfolio;  Global  Dollar  Government  Portfolio;
Utility Income  Portfolio;  Premier Growth  Portfolio;  Total Return  Portfolio;
Conservative   Investors  Portfolio;   Growth  Investors  Portfolio;   Worldwide
Privatization  Portfolio;  and  Technology  Portfolio.  The fund includes  other
portfolios  which  are  not  available  for  use by the  Variable  Account.  The
Investment  Manager has entered into a  sub-advisory  agreement  with AIG Global
Investors,  Inc. (the  "Sub-Adviser"),  a subsidiary  of American  International
Group,  Inc. and an affiliate of the Company,  to provide  investment advice for
the Global Bond  Portfolio.  A summary of investment  objectives is contained in
the  description  of the Fund below.  More  detailed  information  including the
investment  advisory fee and other charges assessed by the Fund, may be found in
the current Prospectus for the Fund which contains a discussion of the risks
    

                                       13


<PAGE>



involved in investing in the Fund.  The Prospectus for the Fund is included with
this  Prospectus.  Additional  Prospectuses  and  the  Statement  of  Additional
Information  can be  obtained  by  calling  the number on the cover page of this
Prospectus. Please read both Prospectuses carefully before investing.

     The investment objectives of the are as follows:

Money Market Portfolio

     This  Portfolio  seeks safety of  principal,  maintenance  of liquidity and
maximum current income by investing in a broadly diversified  portfolio of money
market securities.

Short-Term Multi-Market Portfolio

     This Portfolio seeks the highest level of current  income,  consistent with
what the  Investment  Manager  considers to be prudent  investment  risk that is
available from a portfolio of  high-quality  debt  securities  having  remaining
maturities of not more than three years.

Growth Portfolio

     This  Portfolio  seeks  growth of capital  rather than current  income.  In
pursuing its investment  objective,  the Growth Portfolio will employ aggressive
investment  policies.  Since investments will be made based upon their potential
for capital appreciation,  current income will be incidental to the objective of
capital growth.  Because of the risks involved in any investment,  the selection
of securities  on the basis of their  appreciation  possibilities  cannot ensure
against possible loss in value.  Moreover,  to the extent the Portfolio seeks to
achieve its objective through such aggressive  investment policies,  the risk of
loss  increases.  The Portfolio is therefore  not intended for  investors  whose
principal objective is assured income or preservation of capital.

Growth and Income Portfolio

     This Portfolio seeks to balance the objectives of reasonable current income
and reasonable  opportunities for appreciation through investments  primarily in
dividend-paying common stocks of good quality.

International Portfolio

     This Portfolio  seeks to obtain a total return on its assets from long-term
growth of capital  and from  income  principally  through a broad  portfolio  of
marketable  securities of  established  non-United  States  companies (or United
States  companies  having their principal  activities and interests  outside the
United States),  companies participating in foreign economies with prospects for
growth, and foreign government securities.

North American Government Income Portfolio

     This Portfolio seeks the highest level of current  income,  consistent with
what the adviser considers to be prudent investment risk, that is available from
a portfolio of debt  securities  issued or guaranteed by the  governments of the
United  States,  Canada and  Mexico,  their  political  subdivisions  (including
Canadian  Provinces but excluding  the States of the United  States),  agencies,
instrumentalities

                                       14


<PAGE>



or  authorities.  The  Portfolio  seeks  high  current  yields by  investing  in
government securities denominated in local currency and U.S. Dollars.  Normally,
the  Portfolio  expects to  maintain  at least 25% of its  assets in  securities
denominated in the U.S. Dollar.

Global Dollar Government Portfolio

     This  portfolio  seeks a high level of  current  income  through  investing
substantially  all of its assets in U.S.  and non-U.S.  fixed income  securities
denominated only in U.S. Dollars. As a secondary objective,  the Portfolio seeks
capital  appreciation.  Substantially  all of the  Portfolio's  assets  will  be
invested in high yield,  high risk  securities that are low-rated  (i.e.,  below
investment grade), or of comparable quality and unrated, and that are considered
to be predominately speculative as regards the issuer's capacity to pay interest
and repay principal.

Utility Income Portfolio

     This Portfolio  seeks current income and capital  appreciation by investing
primarily  in  the  equity  and  fixed-income  securities  of  companies  int he
"utilities  industry."  The  Portfolio's  investment  objective and policies are
designed to take advantage of the characteristics and historical  performance of
securities of utilities companies.  The utilities industry consists of companies
engaged in the manufacture,  production,  generation,  provision,  transmission,
sale and distribution of gas, electric energy, and communications  equipment and
services,  and in the  provision of other utility or  utility-related  goods and
services.

U.S. Government/High Grade Securities Portfolio

     This  Portfolio  seeks a high  level  of  current  income  consistent  with
preservation  of  capital  by  investing  principally  in a  portfolio  of  U.S.
Government Securities, and other high grade debt securities.

Global Bond Portfolio

     This  Portfolio  seeks to  provide  the  highest  level of  current  income
consistent with what the Fund's Adviser and  Sub-Adviser  consider to be prudent
investment  risk that is  available  from a multi-  currency  portfolio  of high
quality debt securities of varying maturities.

Premier Growth Portfolio

     This  Portfolio  seeks  growth of capital  rather than current  income.  In
pursuing its  investment  objective,  the Premier  Growth  Portfolio will employ
aggressive  investment  policies.  Since investments will be made based on their
potential  for capital  appreciation,  current  income will be incidental to the
objective of capital  growth.  The Portfolio is not intended for investors whose
principal objective is assured income or preservation of capital.

Total Return Portfolio

     This  Portfolio  seeks to achieve a high return  through a  combination  of
current income and capital appreciation by investing in a diversified  portfolio
of common and preferred  stocks,  senior  corporate  debt  securities,  and U.S.
Government and Agency obligations, bonds and senior debt securities.

                                       15


<PAGE>



Conservative Investors Portfolio

     This Portfolio seeks the highest total return  without,  in the view of the
Fund's  Adviser,  undue risk to principal by investing in a  diversified  mix of
publicly traded equity and fixed-income securities.

Growth Investors Portfolio

     This  Portfolio  seeks the highest  total return  consistent  with what the
Fund's Adviser considers to be reasonable risk by investing in a diversified mix
of publicly traded equity and fixed-income securities.

Worldwide Privatization Portfolio

     This  Portfolio   seeks   long-term   capital   appreciation  by  investing
principally in equity securities  issued by enterprises that are undergoing,  or
have  undergone,  privatization.  The  balance  of  the  Portfolio's  investment
portfolio will include  equity  securities of companies that are believed by the
Fund's Adviser to be beneficiaries of the privatization process.

Technology Portfolio

     This  Portfolio  seeks growth of capital  through  investment  in companies
expected  to benefit  from  advances in  technology.  The  Technology  Portfolio
invests principally in a diversified  portfolio of securities of companies which
use  technology  extensively in the  development of new or improved  products or
processes.

     There is no assurance that the investment objectives of the Portfolios will
be met.

Voting Rights

     The Fund does not hold regular meetings of  shareholders.  The Directors of
the Fund may call Special  Meetings of  Shareholders  for action by  shareholder
vote as may be required by the Investment Company Act of 1940 or the Articles of
Incorporation  of the Fund.  In accordance  with its view of present  applicable
law, the Company  will vote the shares of the Fund held in the Variable  Account
at  special  meetings  of  the  shareholders  of the  Fund  in  accordance  with
instructions  received from persons  having the voting  interest in the Variable
Account. The Company will vote shares for which it has not received instructions
from Owners and those  shares which it owns in the same  proportion  as it votes
shares for which it has received instructions from Owners.

     The number of shares which a person has a right to vote will be  determined
as of a date to be chosen by the  Company not more than sixty (60) days prior to
the  meeting  of the Fund.  Voting  instructions  will be  solicited  by written
communication  at least  fourteen  (14) days prior to such  meeting.  The person
having such voting rights will be the Owner before the Annuity Date or the death
of the Annuitant (or Owner, as applicable),  and thereafter,  the payee entitled
to receive payments under the Contract. During the Annuity Period, voting rights
attributable  to a  Contract  will  generally  decrease  as the  Contract  Value
attributable to an Annuitant decreases.

     The voting rights relate only to amounts invested in the Variable  Account.
There are no  voting  rights  with  respect  to funds  invested  in the  General
Account.

                                       16


<PAGE>


     Shares of the Fund are sold only to  separate  accounts  of life  insurance
companies.  The  shares of the Fund  will be sold to  separate  accounts  of the
Company and its affiliate,  American International Life Assurance Company of New
York, as well as to separate  accounts of other affiliated or unaffiliated  life
insurance  companies to fund variable  annuity  contracts  and/or  variable life
insurance  policies.   It  is  conceivable  that,  in  the  future,  it  may  be
disadvantageous  for  variable  life  insurance  separate  accounts and variable
annuity separate accounts to invest in the Fund simultaneously. Although neither
the Company nor the Fund currently  foresees any such  disadvantages,  either to
variable life insurance  policyowners or to variable annuity Owners,  the Fund's
Board of  Directors  will  monitor  events  in order to  identify  any  material
irreconcilable  conflicts which may possibly arise and to determine what action,
if any,  should  be taken in  response  thereto.  If a  material  irreconcilable
conflict were to occur, the relevant participating life insurance companies will
take whatever steps are necessary,  at their expense, to remedy or eliminate the
irreconcilable  material conflict. If such a conflict were to occur, one or more
insurance  company separate accounts might withdraw its investments in the Fund.
This might force the Fund to sell securities at disadvantageous prices.

Substitution Of Shares

     If the shares of the Fund (or any Series  within the Fund) should no longer
be available for  investment  by the Variable  Account or if, in the judgment of
the Company,  further  investment in such shares should become  inappropriate in
view of the  purpose of the  Contracts,  the Company  may  substitute  shares of
another  mutual  fund (or  Series  within  the  Fund)  for Fund  shares  already
purchased  or to be  purchased  in the  future by  purchase  payments  under the
Contracts.  No  substitution  of securities  may take place without any required
prior  approval  of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  under  such
requirements as it may impose.

Allocation Of Purchase Payments to Sub-accounts

   
     Initial purchase payments are allocated to the  Sub-account(s)  selected by
the Owner in the  application  except  that in those  states  which  require the
Company to deduct  premium taxes upon receipt of a purchase  payment the Company
will deduct the premium tax prior to  allocating  the  purchase  payment to such
Sub-account(s).  The selection  must specify a percentage  for each  Sub-account
that is a whole  number,  and must be either 0% or a number  equal to or greater
than 10%.  Subsequent  purchase payments under flexible premium Contracts may be
made at any  time  prior  to the  Annuity  Date  and  will be  allocated  to the
Sub-accounts selected by the Owner. If no selection is made, subsequent purchase
payments will be allocated to the Sub-account(s) selected by the Owner according
to the most recent selection  request received at the Company's  Office.  At the
time of the  allocation  the  purchase  payment  is  divided by the value of the
Accumulation Unit for the particular Sub-account for the Valuation Period during
which such  allocation  occurs to  determine  the number of  Accumulation  Units
attributable to the purchase payment.

     The initial  purchase  payment  under an IRA plan will be  allocated to the
Money Market  Sub-account  until the expiration of twenty (20) days from the day
the Contract is mailed from the Company's office. Thereafter, the Contract Value
shall  be  reallocated  in  accordance  with   instructions   specified  in  the
application.  In the case of flexible  premium  Contracts,  subsequent  purchase
payments will be directly allocated to the Sub-account(s)  selected by the Owner
according to the most recent selection request received at the Company's Office.
    

                                       17


<PAGE>



Transfer Of Contract Values

     Before the Annuity  Date,  the Owner may  transfer,  by written  request or
telephone  authorization,  Contract  Values  from  one  Sub-account  to  another
Sub-account, subject to the following conditions:

     (a)  the amount  transferred  from any Sub-account  must be at least $1,000
          (or the entire Sub-account value, if less);

     (b)  if  less  than  $1,000  would  remain  in the  Sub-account  after  the
          transfer,   the  Company  will  transfer  the  entire  amount  in  the
          Sub-account;

     (c)  the Company may reject any more than twelve (12) transfer requests per
          Contract Year;

          and  

     (d)  The  Company  will  deduct  any  transfer   charge   assessed  on  the
          transaction. The Company is currently not assessing a transfer fee for
          the first  twelve (12)  transfers  per Contract  Year.  The Company is
          assessing a transfer fee of $10 per transfer  thereafter.  The Company
          may  increase  the  transfer  fee to an amount  not to exceed  $30 per
          transfer.   The  transfer  fee  will  be  deducted   from  either  the
          Sub-account  which is the  source of the  transfer  or from the amount
          transferred  if the entire value in the  Sub-account  is  transferred.
          (See also "Appendix - General Account").

     Transfer by telephone is authorized by and described in the application for
the Contract.  The Company will undertake reasonable  procedures to confirm that
instructions  communicated by telephone are genuine. All calls will be recorded.
All transfers performed by telephone  authorization will be confirmed in writing
to the Contract Owner.  The Company is not liable for any loss, cost, or expense
for  action on  telephone  instructions  which are  believed  to be  genuine  in
accordance with these procedures.

     After the Annuity Date, the payee of the annuity  payments may transfer the
Contract Value allocated to the Variable Account from one Sub-account to another
Sub-account. However, the Company reserves the right to refuse any more than one
transfer per month.  The  transfer  fee is the same as before the Annuity  Date.
This  transfer  fee will be deducted  from the next  annuity  payment  after the
transfer.  If following the  transfer,  the units  remaining in the  Sub-account
would  generate  a monthly  payment  of less than  $100,  then the  Company  may
transfer the entire amount in the Sub-account.

     Once the transfer is effected,  the Company  will  recompute  the number of
Annuity  Units  for each  Sub-account.  The  number  of  Annuity  Units for each
Sub-account  will remain the same for the remainder of the payment period unless
the payee requests another change.

                             CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS

     Various  charges  and  deductions  are made from  Contract  Values  and the
Variable Account. These charges and deductions are as follows:

Deduction for Premium and Other Taxes

     Any premium or other taxes levied by any  governmental  entity with respect
to the  Contracts  will be charged  against  the  purchase  payments or Contract
Value. Premium taxes currently imposed by

                                       18


<PAGE>



certain  states on the Contracts  range from 0% to 3.5% of premiums  paid.  Some
states  assess  premium  taxes at the time  purchase  payments are made;  others
assess premium taxes at the time of annuitization.  Premium taxes are subject to
being changed or amended by state legislatures,  administrative  interpretations
or judicial acts.

     The Company will also deduct from any amount  payable  under the  Contracts
any income taxes a governmental  authority requires the Company to withhold with
respect to that amount.

Deduction for Mortality and Expense Risk Charge

     The Company deducts for each Valuation  Period a Mortality and Expense Risk
Charge which is equal on an annual basis to 1.25% of the average daily net asset
value of the Variable Account  (consisting of  approximately  .90% for mortality
risks and approximately  .35% for expense risks). The mortality risks assumed by
the Company arise from its contractual obligation to make annuity payments after
the Annuity  Date for the life of the  Annuitant,  to waive the  Deferred  Sales
Charge in the  event of the  death of the  Annuitant  and to  provide  the death
benefit  prior to the Annuity  Date.  The expense risk assumed by the Company is
that the costs of  administering  the  Contracts  and the Variable  Account will
exceed the amount received from any Administrative Charge.

     If the  Mortality  and  Expense  Risk Charge is  insufficient  to cover the
actual costs, the loss will be borne by the Company.  Conversely,  if the amount
deducted proves more than sufficient, the excess will be profit to the Company.

     The  Mortality  and Expense  Risk Charge is  guaranteed  by the Company and
cannot be increased.

     The Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is deducted  during the  Accumulation
Period and after the Annuity Date.

     The Company  currently  offers annuity  payment options that are based on a
life  contingency.  (See "Annuity Period - Annuity  Options" on page    .) It is
possible  that in the future the Company may offer  additional  payment  options
which are not based on a life  contingency.  If this should occur and if a Owner
should elect a payment option not based on a life contingency, the Mortality and
Expense Risk Charge is still deducted but the Owner receives no benefit from it.

Deduction for Deferred Sales Charge

   
     In the  event  that an  Owner  makes a  withdrawal  in  excess  of the Free
Withdrawal  Amount  for the  first  withdrawal  in a  Contract  Year,  or  makes
subsequent  withdrawals in a Contract Year,  other than by way of the Systematic
Withdrawal  Program  (See  "Withdrawals-Systematic  Withdrawal  Program" on page
_____), a Deferred Sales Charge may be imposed.  The Free Withdrawal  Amount for
flexible premium  Contracts is equal to 10% of the purchase  payments paid, less
any prior  withdrawals  at the time of withdrawal;  however,  the Deferred Sales
Charge applies only to those purchase  payments received within six (6) years of
the date of surrender. (See, however, "Purchasing a Contract - Discount Purchase
Programs"  on page  ____.)  The Free  Withdrawal  Amount  for a  Single  Premium
Contract is equal to 10% of the Contract Value at the time of withdrawal.

     The Deferred Sales Charge will vary in amount depending upon the time which
has elapsed since the date on which a purchase  payment was made. In calculating
the Deferred Sales Charge, Premium
    

                                       19


<PAGE>



is  allocated  to the amount  surrendered  on a first-in,  first out basis.  The
amount of any  withdrawal  which  exceeds  the Free  Withdrawal  Amount  will be
subject to the following charges:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                                        Applicable Deferred
                                                                                            Sales Charge
         Single Premium Contracts                    Flexible Premium Contracts              Percentage
         ------------------------                    --------------------------              ----------
         <S>                                         <C>                                        <C>
         Contract Year 1                             Premium Year 1                                6%
         Contract Year 2                             Premium Year 2                                5%
         Contract Year 3                             Premium Year 3                                4%
         Contract Year 4                             Premium Year 4                                3%
         Contract Year 5                             Premium Year 5                                2%
         Contract Year 6                             Premium Year 6                                1%
         Contract Year 7 and thereafter              Premium Year 7 and thereafter               None
</TABLE>
    


     The aggregate  Deferred Sales Charges paid with respect to a Contract shall
not exceed 8.5% of the purchase payments for such Contract.

     The Deferred Sales Charge is intended to reimburse the Company for expenses
incurred  which are related to Contract  sales.  The Company does not expect the
proceeds from the Deferred Sales Charge to cover all distribution  costs. To the
extent such charge is insufficient to cover all distribution  costs, the Company
may use any of its corporate assets,  including potential profit which may arise
from the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, to make up any difference.

     Certain  restrictions  on  surrenders  are imposed on  Contracts  issued in
connection  with  retirement  plans which qualify  under Code Section  403(b) (a
"403(b) Plan"). (See "Taxes - 403(b) Plans" on page ___.)

Deduction for Administrative Charge

     The Company deducts for each Valuation Period a daily Administrative Charge
which is equal on an annual  basis to .15% of the average  daily net asset value
of the  Variable  Account.  The Company  also  deducts an annual  Administrative
Charge which is currently $30 per year, from the Contract Value. The Company may
increase  the annual  Administrative  Charge to an amount not to exceed $100 per
year. The  Administrative  Charges are designed to reimburse the Company for the
costs it  incurs  relating  to  maintenance  of the  Contract  and the  Variable
Account.

     The daily Administrative  Charge is deducted during the Accumulation Period
and after the Annuity Date.

     Prior to the Annuity  Date,  the annual  Administrative  Charge is deducted
from the Contract Value on each Contract  Anniversary.  If the Annuity Date is a
date other than a Contract Anniversary,  the Company will also deduct a pro-rata
portion of the annual  Administrative  Charge  from the  Contract  Value for the
fraction of the Contract Year preceding the Annuity Date.

     The annual  Administrative  Charge is also  deducted in full on the date of
any total  withdrawal.  The annual  Administrative  Charge will be deducted from
each Sub-account of the Variable Account in

                                       20


<PAGE>



the proportion that the value of each  Sub-account  attributable to the Contract
bears to the total Contract Value.

     After the Annuity Date, the annual  Administrative  Charge is deducted on a
pro-rata basis from each annuity payment and is guaranteed to remain at the same
amount as at the Annuity Date.

Deduction for Income Taxes

     The Company deducts from the Contract Value and/or the Variable Account any
Federal income taxes resulting from the operation of the Variable  Account.  The
Company does not currently anticipate incurring any income taxes.

Other Expenses

     There are  deductions  from and expenses paid out of the assets of the Fund
which are described in the accompanying Prospectus for the Fund.

                         ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACTS

     While the Company has primary  responsibility for all administration of the
Contracts  and the  Variable  Account,  it has retained the services of Delaware
Valley  Financial   Services,   Inc.  ("DVFS")  pursuant  to  an  administrative
agreement.  Such  administrative  services include issuance of the Contracts and
maintenance  of Owner's  records.  DVFS serves as the  administrator  to various
insurance companies offering variable contracts.

                           RIGHTS UNDER THE CONTRACTS

     The Owner has all rights and may receive all benefits  under the  Contract.
The Owner is named in the  application.  Ownership  may be changed  prior to the
Annuity Date through the submission of written notification of the change to the
Company on a form acceptable to the Company.  On and after the Annuity Date, the
Annuitant and Owner shall be one in the same person , unless otherwise  provided
for. In the case of Contracts  issued in connection  with an IRA, the Owner must
be the Annuitant.

     The Owner's spouse is the only person eligible to be the Contingent  Owner.
(See "Death Benefit - Death of the Owner" on page .) Any new choice of Annuitant
or Contingent Owner will automatically revoke any prior choices.

     The Owner may,  except in the case of a Contract  issued in connection with
either an IRA or a 403(b) Plan, assign a Contract at any time before the Annuity
Date and while the Annuitant is alive.  A copy of any  assignment  must be filed
with the  Company.  The  Company  is not  responsible  for the  validity  of any
assignment.  If the Contract is  assigned,  the rights of the Owner and those of
any revocable Beneficiary will be subject to the assignment.  An assignment will
not affect any  payments the Company may make or action it may take before it is
recorded.  Inasmuch as an  assignment  or change of  ownership  may be a taxable
event,  Owners should consult  competent tax advisers should they wish to assign
their Contracts.

                                       21


<PAGE>



     The Contract may be modified only with the consent of the Owner,  except as
may be required by applicable law.

                                 ANNUITY PERIOD

Annuity Benefits

     If the Annuitant and Owner are alive on the Annuity Date,  the Company will
begin making  payments to the Annuitant  under the annuity option or options the
Owner has chosen.

     The Owner  may  choose or  change  an  annuity  payment  option by making a
written request at least thirty (30) days prior to the Annuity Date.

     The amount of the  payments  will be  determined  by applying  the Contract
Value on the Annuity Date. The amount of the annuity payments will depend on the
age of the payee at the time the settlement  contract is issued.  At the Annuity
Date the Contract  Value in each  Sub-account  will be applied to the applicable
annuity tables contained in the Contract.  The amount of the Sub-account annuity
payments are determined through a calculation described in the Section captioned
"Annuity Provisions" in the Statement of Additional Information.

Annuity Date

     The Annuity Date for the Annuitant is:

          (a)  the first day of the calendar  month  following  the later of the
               Annuitant's 85th birthday or the 10th Contract Anniversary; or

          (b)  such earlier date as may be set by applicable law.

     The Owner may  designate an earlier date in the  application  or may change
the Annuity Date by making a written  request at least thirty (30) days prior to
the Annuity Date being changed. However, any Annuity Date must be:

          (a)  no later than the date defined in (a) above; and

          (b)  the first day of a calendar month.

Annuity Options

     The Owner may choose to receive annuity  payments which are fixed, or which
are based on the Variable  Account,  or a  combination  of the two. If the Owner
elects annuity payments which are based on the Variable  Account,  the amount of
the  payments  will be  variable.  The Owner may not  transfer  Contract  Values
between the General Account and the Variable Account after the Annuity Date, but
may,  subject  to  certain   conditions,   transfer  Contract  Values  from  one
Sub-account to another  Sub-account.  (See "Alliance  Variable  Products  Series
Fund, Inc. - Transfer of Contract Values" on page    .)

                                       22


<PAGE>



     If the Owner  has not made any  annuity  payment  option  selection  at the
Annuity  Date,  the  Contract  Value will be applied to purchase  Option 2 fixed
basis  annuity  payments  and  Option 2  variable  basis  annuity  payments,  in
proportion  to the  amount of  Contract  Value in the  General  Account  and the
Variable Account, respectively.

     The annuity payment options are:

     Option 1: Life Income.  The Company will pay an annuity during the lifetime
of the payee.

     Option 2: Life  Income with 10 Years of  Payments  Guaranteed.  The Company
will pay an annuity  during the  lifetime of the payee.  If, at the death of the
payee, payments have been made for less than 10 years:

     (a)  payments  will be continued  during the remainder of the period to the
          successor payee;

     (b)  the  successor  payee may elect to receive  in a lump sum the  present
          value of the remaining payments, commuted at the interest rate used to
          create the annuity factor for this Option; or

     (c)  the  guaranteed  period  will not in the case of  Contracts  issued in
          connection  with an IRA exceed the life expectancy of the Annuitant at
          the time the first payment is due.

     Option 3: Joint and Last Survivor  Income.  The Company will pay an annuity
for as long as either the payee or a designated  second person is alive.  In the
event that the  Contract is issued in  connection  with an IRA,  the payments in
this Option will be made only to the Annuitant and the Annuitant's spouse.

     The annuity  payment  options are more fully  explained in the Statement of
Additional Information. The Company may also offer additional options at its own
discretion.

Annuity Payments

     If the  Contract  Value  applied  to annuity  payment  options is less than
$2,000,  the  Company  has the right to pay the  amount in a lump sum in lieu of
annuity payments. The Company makes all other annuity payments monthly. However,
if the total monthly annuity payment would be less than $100 the Company has the
right to make payments semi-annually or annually.

     If fixed annuity payments are selected, the amount of each fixed payment is
determined by multiplying the Contract Value allocated to purchase fixed annuity
payments by the factor shown in the annuity table  specified in the Contract for
the option selected, divided by 1,000.

     If variable annuity payments are selected, the Annuitant receives the value
of a fixed  number of Annuity  Units each  month.  The actual  dollar  amount of
variable  annuity payments is dependent upon: (i) the Contract Value at the time
of  annuitization;  (ii) the annuity table specified in the Contract;  (iii) the
Annuity  Option  selected;  (iv) the investment  performance of the  Sub-account
selected; and (v) the pro-rata portion of the annual Administrative charge.

                                       23


<PAGE>



     The annuity  tables  contained  in the  Contract  are based on a 5% assumed
investment  rate. If the actual net  investment  rate exceeds 5%,  payments will
increase.  Conversely, if the actual rate is less than 5%, annuity payments will
decrease.

                                  DEATH BENEFIT

Death Benefit

     If the Annuitant (or Owner,  if  applicable)  dies before the Annuity Date,
the Company will pay a death  benefit  equal to the greater of: (a) the purchase
payments paid less  withdrawals;  (b) the Contract  Value;  or, (c) the greatest
Contract  Value  at any  sixth  contract  anniversary  increment  (i.e.,  sixth,
twelfth,  eighteenth,  etc.) plus any additional  purchase payment paid less any
subsequent withdrawals.

     Before the Company will pay any death benefit, the Company will require due
proof of death.  The Company will determine the value of the death benefit as of
the Valuation  Period  following  receipt of due proof of death at the Company's
Office.  The Company will pay the death benefit to the Beneficiary in accordance
with any applicable laws governing the payment of death proceeds.

     Payment of the death  benefit may be made in one lump sum or applied  under
one of the annuity payment  options.  (See "Annuity Period - Annuity Options" on
page .) The Owner may by  written  request  elect  that any death  benefit of at
least $2,000 be received by the  Beneficiary  under an annuity  payment  option.
(See "Annuity Period - Annuity Options" on page .) If no payment option had been
selected by the Owner,  the  Beneficiary  has sixty (60) days in which to make a
written  request  to elect  either a lump sum  payment  or any  annuity  payment
option.  Any lump sum  payment  will be made  within  seven  (7) days  after the
Company  has  received  due  proof  of death  and the  written  election  of the
Beneficiary,  unless a delay of payments provision is in effect.  (See Statement
of Additional Information - "General Information - Delay of Payments.")

Death of the Owner

     If an Owner dies before the Annuity Date, the entire Contract Value must be
distributed within five (5) years of the date of death, unless:

     (a)  it is payable  over the  lifetime  of a  designated  Beneficiary  with
          distributions beginning within one (1) year of the date of death; or

     (b)  the Contingent Owner, if any, continues the Contract in his or her own
          name.

     In the  case of  Contracts  issued  in  connection  with an IRA  plan,  the
Beneficiary  or Contingent  Owner may elect to accelerate  these  payments.  Any
method of acceleration chosen must be approved by the Company.

     If the Owner dies after the Annuity Date,  distribution will be as provided
in the annuity payment option selected.

                                       24


<PAGE>



                              PURCHASING A CONTRACT

Application

     In order to acquire a Contract, an application provided by the Company must
be completed and submitted to the Company's  Office for acceptance.  The Company
must also receive the initial purchase payment. Upon acceptance, the Contract is
issued to the Owner and the  purchase  payment is then  credited to the Variable
Account and converted into Accumulation  Units, except in those states where the
applicable  premium tax is deducted from the purchase  payment.  (See  "Alliance
Variable  Products  Series  Fund,  Inc.  -  Allocation  of  Purchase  Payment to
Sub-accounts" on page .) If the application for a Contract is in good order, the
Company will apply the purchase  payment to the Variable  Account and credit the
Contract with  Accumulation  Units within two (2) business  days of receipt.  In
addition to the underwriting  requirements of the Company, good order means that
the Company has received federal funds (monies credited to a bank's account with
its regional  Federal Reserve Bank). If the application for a Contract is not in
good order,  the Company  will  attempt to get it in good order  within five (5)
business  days or the  Company  will  return the  application  and the  purchase
payment,  unless the prospective  owner  specifically  consents to the Company's
retaining them until the application is made complete.

Purchase Payments

     The minimum initial purchase payment is $5,000 for Non-Qualified  Contracts
and $2,000 for a Contract purchased in connection with an IRA or 403(b) Plan.

   
     Owners of flexible premium contracts may make additional  purchase payments
prior to the Annuity Date. The minimum  additional  purchase payment the Company
will accept is $1,000.  The Company  reserves  the right to refuse to accept any
additional purchase payments.
    

Discount Purchase Programs

     Purchases made by officers,  directors and employees of either the Company,
an affiliate of the Company or any individual, firm or company that has executed
the  necessary  agreements  to sell the  Contracts  and members of each of their
immediate  families  will not be  subject to the  Deferred  Sales  Charge.  (See
"Charges and  Deductions - Deduction for Deferred  Sales Charge" on page _____.)
Such purchases include retirement  accounts and must be for accounts in the name
of the individual or qualifying family member.

Distributor

     AIG Equity Sales Corp. ("AESC"),  formerly known as American  International
Fund  Distributors,  Inc.,  80 Pine  Street,  New York,  New  York,  acts as the
distributor  of the  Contracts.  AESC is a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of American
International Group, Inc. and an affiliate of the Company.

     Commissions not to exceed 6% of purchase  payments will be paid to entities
which sell the Contracts. Additional payments may be made for other services not
directly  related to the sale of the Contracts,  including the  recruitment  and
training  of  personnel,  production  of  promotional  literature,  and  similar
services.

                                       25


<PAGE>



     Under the Glass-Steagall  Act and other laws, certain banking  institutions
may be prohibited from distributing  variable annuity contracts.  If a bank were
prohibited  from  performing  certain  agency  or  administrative  services  and
receiving fees from AESC, Owners who purchased  Contracts through the bank would
be permitted to retain their  Contracts and alternate  means for servicing those
Owners would be sought.  It is not expected,  however,  that Owners would suffer
any loss of services  or adverse  financial  consequences  as a result of any of
these occurrences.

                                 CONTRACT VALUE

     The Contract Value is the sum of the value of all Sub-account  Accumulation
Units attributable to the Contract and amounts contributed to a guarantee period
of the General Account. (See "Appendix-General Account Option"). The value of an
Accumulation Unit will vary from Valuation Period to Valuation Period. The value
of an  Accumulation  Unit is determined  at the end of the Valuation  Period and
reflects the investment earnings,  or loss, and the deductions for the Valuation
Period.

                                   WITHDRAWALS

Partial Withdrawal

     The Owner may partially  withdraw Contract Value from the Contract prior to
the Annuity Date. Any partial withdrawal is subject to the following conditions:

     (a)  the Company must receive a written request;

     (b)  the amount requested must be at least $500;

     (c)  any applicable Deferred Sales Charge will be deducted;

     (d)  the amount  withdrawn will be the sum of the amount  requested and the
          amount of any applicable Deferred Sales Charge; and

     (e)  the Company will deduct the amount  requested  plus any Deferred Sales
          Charge  from  each  Sub-account  of the  Variable  Account  either  as
          specified or in the proportion that the Sub-account bears to the total
          Contract Value.

Systematic Withdrawal Program

     During the Accumulation Period an Owner may at any time elect in writing to
take  systematic  withdrawals  from  one or more of the  Sub-accounts  or from a
guarantee period of the General Account (See "Appendix-General  Account Option")
for a period of time not to exceed 12 months. In order to initiate this program,
the amount to be systematically  withdrawn must be equal to or greater than $200
provided  that the  Contract  Value is equal to or greater  than $24,000 and the
amount to be withdrawn does not exceed the Free  Withdrawal  Amount.  Systematic
withdrawals  will be made without the  imposition of the Deferred  Sales Charge.
Systematic withdrawals may occur monthly or quarterly.

                                       26


<PAGE>



     The systematic  withdrawal  program may be cancelled at any time by written
request or  automatically  should the Contract  Value fall below $1,000.  In the
event the systematic withdrawal program is cancelled, the Owner may not elect to
participate in such program until the next Contract Anniversary.

     An Owner may change once per Contract Year the amount or frequency  subject
to be withdrawn on a systematic basis.

     The  systematic  withdrawal  program is annually  renewable,  although  the
limitations set forth above shall continue to apply.

     The Free  Withdrawal  Amount (see  "Charges and  Deductions - Deduction for
Deferred  Sales Charge" on page ) and Dollar Cost  Averaging  (See  Statement of
Additional Information-"General Information- Transfers") are not available while
a Owner is  receiving  systematic  withdrawals.  A Owner will be entitled to the
Free  Withdrawal  Amount and Dollar  Cost  Averaging  on and after the  Contract
Anniversary next following the termination of the systematic withdrawal program.

     Implementation of the systematic  withdrawal program may subject a Owner to
adverse  tax  consequences,  including  a 10% tax  penalty  tax.  (See  "Taxes -
Taxation  of  Annuities  in  General"  on page ___ for a  discussion  of the tax
consequences of withdrawals.)

Total Withdrawal

     The Owner may withdraw the entire Contract Value prior to the Annuity Date.
A total withdrawal will cancel the Contract. The total withdrawal value is equal
to the Contract Value next  calculated  after receipt of the written  withdrawal
request,   less  any  applicable   Deferred   Sales  Charge,   less  the  annual
Administrative  Charge and less any  applicable  premium  taxes,  and,  less any
applicable charges assessed to amounts in the General Account. (See "Charges and
Deductions" on page    and "Appendix-General Account Option".)

Payment of Withdrawals

     Any Contract  Values  withdrawn  will be sent to the Owner within seven (7)
days of receipt of the written request,  unless the Delay of Payments  provision
is in effect. (See Statement of Additional  Information - "General Information -
Delay of Payments.") (See "Taxes - Taxation of Annuities in General" on page for
a discussion of the tax consequences of withdrawals.)

     The Company reserves the right to ensure that a Owner's check or other form
of  purchase  payment  has been  cleared for  payment  prior to  processing  any
withdrawal or redemption request occurring shortly after a purchase payment.

     Certain  restrictions  on  withdrawals  are imposed on Contracts  issued in
connection with 403(b) Plans. (See "Taxes - 403(b) Plans" on page    .)

                                       27


<PAGE>



                                      TAXES

Introduction

     The Contracts are designed to accumulate  Contract  Values with  retirement
plans which,  except for IRAs and 403(b) Plans, are generally not  tax-qualified
plans  ("Qualified  Plans").  The ultimate effect of Federal income taxes on the
amounts held under a Contract, on annuity payments, and on the economic benefits
to the Owner,  Annuitant or  Beneficiary  depend on the Company's tax status and
upon the tax and  employment  status of the individual  concerned.  Accordingly,
each potential  Owner should  consult a competent tax adviser  regarding the tax
consequences of purchasing a Contract.

     The  following  discussion  is general in nature and is not intended as tax
advice.  No attempt is made to consider any applicable  state or other tax laws.
Moreover,  the  discussion  is based  upon the  Company's  understanding  of the
Federal income tax laws as they are currently interpreted.  No representation is
made  regarding the likelihood of  continuation  of the Federal income tax laws,
the Treasury Regulations, or the current interpretations by the Internal Revenue
Service (the "Service"). For a discussion of Federal income taxes as they relate
to the Fund, please see the accompanying Prospectus for the Fund.

Company Tax Status

     The Company is taxed as a life insurance company under Part I of Subchapter
L of the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended  (the  "Code").  Since the
Variable  Account is not a separate  entity from the Company and its  operations
form a part of the  Company,  it will not be taxed  separately  as a  "regulated
investment  company"  under  Subchapter  M of the Code.  Investment  income  and
realized  capital gains on the assets of the Variable Account are reinvested and
taken into account in determining  the Contract  Value.  Under existing  Federal
income tax law, the Variable Account's investment income, including realized net
capital gains,  is not taxed to the Company.  The Company  reserves the right to
make a deduction for taxes from the assets of the Variable  Account  should they
be imposed with respect to such items in the future.

Taxation of Annuities in General - Non-Qualified Plans

     Code Section 72 governs the taxation of annuities.  In general,  a Owner is
not taxed on increases in value under a Contract  until some form of  withdrawal
or   distribution   is  made  under  the   Contract.   However,   under  certain
circumstances,  the  increase  in value may be  subject to tax  currently.  (See
"Contracts Owned by Non-Natural Persons," and "Diversification Standards".)

     Withdrawals prior to the Annuity Date

          Code  Section 72 provides  that a total or partial  withdrawal  from a
     Contract prior to the Annuity Date will be treated as taxable income to the
     extent the amounts held under the Contract on the date of withdrawal exceed
     the  "investment  in the contract," as that term is defined under the Code.
     The  "investment in the contract" can generally be described as the cost of
     the Contract.  It generally  constitutes  the sum of all purchase  payments
     made for the contract less any amounts received under the Contract that are
     excluded  from gross  income.  The  taxable  portion  is taxed as  ordinary
     income.  For purposes of this rule, a pledge or assignment of a Contract is
     treated  as a payment  received  on account  of a partial  withdrawal  of a
     Contract.

                                       28


<PAGE>




     Withdrawals on or after the Annuity Date

          Upon  receipt of a lump sum  payment or an annuity  payment  under the
     Contract, the recipient is taxed on the portion of the payment that exceeds
     the investment in the Contract. Ordinarily, the taxable portion of payments
     under the Contract will be taxed as ordinary income.

          For fixed  annuity  payments,  the taxable  portion of each payment is
     generally  determined  by using a formula known as the  "exclusion  ratio",
     which  establishes  the ratio that the  investment in the Contract bears to
     the total expected amount of annuity payments for the term of the Contract.
     That ratio is then  applied to each  payment to  determine  the  nontaxable
     portion of the payment.  The remaining  portion of each payment is taxed as
     ordinary  income.  For variable  annuity  payments,  the taxable portion is
     determined by a formula which  establishes a specific dollar amount of each
     payment that is not taxed.  The dollar amount is determined by dividing the
     investment  in the  Contract  by the  total  number  of  expected  periodic
     payments.  The  remaining  portion  of each  payment  is taxed as  ordinary
     income.

          The Company is obligated to withhold Federal income taxes from certain
     payments unless the recipient elects otherwise. Prior to the first payment,
     the Company will notify the payee of the right to elect out of  withholding
     and will furnish a form on which the  election may be made.  The payee must
     properly  notify the Company of that  election in advance of the payment in
     order to avoid withholding.

     Penalty Tax on Certain Withdrawals

          With respect to amounts  withdrawn or distributed  before the taxpayer
     reaches age 59 1/2, a 10%  penalty tax is imposed  upon the portion of such
     amount which is includable in gross income.  However,  the penalty tax will
     not apply to  withdrawals:  (i) made on or after the death of the Owner (or
     where the Owner is not an individual, the death of the "primary annuitant",
     who is  defined  as the  individual,  the events in the life of whom are of
     primary  importance  in affecting  the timing or amount of the payout under
     the  Contract);  (ii)  attributable  to  the  taxpayer's  becoming  totally
     disabled within the meaning of Code Section 72(m)(7);  (iii) which are part
     of a series of substantially  equal periodic  payments (not less frequently
     than annually) made for the life (or life  expectancy) of the taxpayer,  or
     the joint  lives (or  joint  life  expectancies)  of the  taxpayer  and his
     beneficiary; (iv) allocable to investment in the Contract before August 14,
     1982;  (v) under a  qualified  funding  asset (as  defined in Code  Section
     130(d));  (vi)  under an  immediate  annuity  contract;  or (vii)  that are
     purchased by an employer on termination of certain types of qualified plans
     and  which  are held by the  employer  until the  employee  separates  from
     service.

          If the penalty tax does not apply to a  withdrawal  as a result of the
     application   of  item  (iii)  above,   and  the  series  of  payments  are
     subsequently  modified (other than by reason of death or  disability),  the
     tax for the first year in which the  modification  occurs will be increased
     by an amount  equal to the tax that  would have been  imposed  but for item
     (iii) above as determined under Treasury Regulations, plus interest for the
     deferral  period.  The  foregoing  rule applies if the  modification  takes
     place: (a) before the close of the period which is five years from the date
     of the first  payment  and after the  taxpayer  attains  age 59 1/2; or (b)
     before the taxpayer reaches age 59 1/2.

     Assignments

                                       29


<PAGE>




          Any  assignment or pledge of the Contract as collateral for a loan may
     result  in a taxable  event  and the  excess  of the  Contract  Value  over
     purchase payments will be taxed to the assignor as ordinary income.  Please
     consult your tax adviser prior to making an assignment of the Contract.

     Distribution-at-Death Rules

          In order to be treated as an annuity  contract for Federal  income tax
     purposes,   a  Contract  must  generally  provide  for  the  following  two
     distribution rules: (i) if the Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date, and
     before  the entire  interest  in the  Contract  has been  distributed,  the
     remaining  portion of such interest will be distributed at least as quickly
     as the  method in effect on the  Owner's  death;  and (ii) if a Owner  dies
     before the Annuity Date, the entire  interest must generally be distributed
     within five years after the date of death.  To the extent such  interest is
     payable  to  a  designated  Beneficiary,  however,  such  interest  may  be
     annuitized over the life of that Beneficiary or over a period not extending
     beyond the life expectancy of that  Beneficiary,  so long as  distributions
     commence within one year after the date of death. If the Beneficiary is the
     spouse of the Owner, the Contract may be continued unchanged in the name of
     the spouse as Owner.

          If the Owner is not an individual, the "primary annuitant" (as defined
     under the Code) is considered the Owner. In addition, when the Owner is not
     an individual, a change in the primary annuitant is treated as the death of
     the Owner.

     Gifts of Contracts

          Any  transfer of a Contract  prior to the  Annuity  Date for less than
     full and adequate  consideration  will generally trigger tax on the gain in
     the Contract. The transferee will receive a step-up in basis for the amount
     included in the  transferor's  income.  This provision,  however,  does not
     apply to those transfers between spouses or incident to a divorce which are
     governed by Code Section 1041(a).

     Contracts Owned by Non-Natural Persons

          If the  Contract  is held by a  non-natural  person  (for  example,  a
     corporation  or trust) the Contract is generally  not treated as an annuity
     contract for Federal  income tax  purposes,  and the income on the Contract
     (generally the excess of the Contract Value over the purchase  payments) is
     includable  in  income  each  year.  The rule  does  not  apply  where  the
     non-natural  person  is only  the  nominal  owner  such as a trust or other
     entity  acting  as an agent for a  natural  person.  The rule also does not
     apply when the  Contract is acquired by the estate of a decedent,  when the
     Contract is held under  certain  qualified  plans,  when the  Contract is a
     qualified  funding asset for structured  settlements,  when the Contract is
     purchased on behalf of an employee upon  termination  of a qualified  plan,
     and in the case of an immediate annuity.

     Section 1035 Exchanges

          Code Section 1035 provides that no gain or loss shall be recognized on
     the  exchange  of an annuity  contract  for  another  annuity  contract.  A
     replacement  contract obtained in a tax-free exchange of contracts succeeds
     to the status of the  surrendered  contract.  Special rules and  procedures
     apply to Code Section 1035 transactions. Prospective owners wishing to take
     advantage of Code Section 1035 should consult their tax advisers.

                                       30


<PAGE>




     Multiple Contracts

          Annuity  contracts  that are issued by the same company (or affiliate)
     to the same Owner during any  calendar  year will be treated as one annuity
     contract in  determining  the amount  includable  in the  taxpayer's  gross
     income.  Thus,  any amount  received  under any such contract  prior to the
     contract's  annuity  starting date will be taxable (and possibly subject to
     the 10%  penalty  tax) to the  extent  of the  combined  income in all such
     contracts. The Treasury has broad regulatory authority to prevent avoidance
     of the purposes of this  aggregation  rule. It is possible that, under this
     authority,  Treasury  may  apply  this  rule to  amounts  that  are paid as
     annuities (on or after the starting date) under annuity contracts issued by
     the same company to the same Owner during any calendar year period. In this
     case,  annuity payments could be fully taxable (and possibly subject to the
     10% penalty tax) to the extent of the combined income in all such contracts
     and  regardless  of whether any amount would  otherwise  have been excluded
     from income.  Owners should  consult a tax adviser before  purchasing  more
     than one Contract or other annuity contracts.

Diversification Standards

     To comply  with the  diversification  regulations  promulgated  under  Code
Section 817(h) (the  "Diversification  Regulations"),  after a start-up  period,
each Sub-account is required to diversify its investments.  The  Diversification
Regulations generally require that on the last day of each quarter of a calendar
year no more than 55% of the value of the assets of a Sub-account is represented
by any one investment,  no more than 70% is represented by any two  investments,
no more than 80% is represented by any three  investments,  and no more than 90%
is represented by any four investments. A "look-through" rule applies so that an
investment  in the Fund is not  treated as one  investment  but is treated as an
investment  in a pro-rata  portion  of each  underlying  asset of the Fund.  All
securities of the same issuer are treated as a single investment. In the case of
government securities, each Government agency or instrumentality is treated as a
separate issuer.

     In connection  with the issuance of the proposed and  temporary  version of
the Diversification Regulations, Treasury announced that such regulations do not
provide  guidance  concerning  the  extent  to which  Owners  may  direct  their
investments to particular  divisions of a separate account.  It is possible that
if and  when  additional  regulations  or IRS  pronouncements  are  issued,  the
Contract may need to be modified to comply with such rules.  For these  reasons,
the Company reserves the right to modify the Contract, as necessary,  to prevent
the Owner from being considered the owner of the assets of the Variable Account.

     The  Company  intends to comply  with the  Diversification  Regulations  to
assure  that the  Contracts  continue  to be treated as  annuity  contracts  for
Federal income tax purposes.

Qualified Plans

     The  Contracts  may be used  to  create  an IRA.  The  Contracts  are  also
available for use in connection  with a previously  established  403(b) Plan. No
attempt is made herein to provide more than general information about the use of
the Contracts with IRAs or 403(b) Plans. The information  herein is not intended
as tax advice. A prospective  Owner considering use of the Contract to create an
IRA or in  connection  with a 403(b) Plan should first  consult a competent  tax
adviser with regard to the suitability of the Contract as an investment  vehicle
for their qualified plan.

                                       31


<PAGE>



     While the  Contract  will not be available in  connection  with  retirement
plans  designed by the  Company  which  qualify  for the federal tax  advantages
available  under Sections 401 and 457 of the Code, a Contract can be used as the
investment  medium for an individual  Owner's  separately  qualified  retirement
plan.  Under  amendments to the Internal  Revenue Code which became effective in
1993, distributions from a qualified plan (other than non-taxable  distributions
representing a return of capital, distributions meeting the minimum distribution
requirement,  distributions  for the life or life expectancy of the recipient(s)
or distributions that are made over a period of more than 10 years) are eligible
for tax-free  rollover within 60 days of the date of distribution,  but are also
subject to federal income tax  withholding at a 20% rate unless paid directly to
another qualified plan. If the recipient is unable to take full advantage of the
tax-free rollover provisions, there may be taxable income, and the imposition of
a 10%  penalty  if the  recipient  is  under  age 59 1/2.  A  prospective  Owner
considering  use of the Contract in this manner  should  consult a competent tax
adviser with regard to the  suitability of the Contract for this purpose and for
information concerning the provisions of the Code applicable to qualified plans.

Individual Retirement Annuities

     Section 408 of the Code permits  eligible  individuals  to contribute to an
IRA.  Contracts  issued in connection  with an IRA are subject to limitations on
eligibility, maximum contributions, and time of distribution. Distributions from
certain  retirement  plans  qualifying  for federal tax advantages may be rolled
over  into an IRA.  Sales of the  Contracts  for use with  IRAs are  subject  to
special  requirements  imposed by the Service,  including the  requirement  that
informational  disclosure be given to each person  desiring to establish an IRA.
The IRAs offered by this Prospectus are not available in all states.

403(b) Plans

     Code Section 403(b)(11)  imposes certain  restrictions on a Owner's ability
to make partial withdrawals from Code Section 403(b) Contracts,  if attributable
to purchase payments made under a salary reduction agreement. Specifically, Code
Section 403(b)(11) allows a Owner to make a surrender or partial withdrawal only
(a) when the employee  attains age 59 1/2,  separates  from  service,  dies,  or
becomes  disabled (as defined in the Code),  or (b) in the case of hardship.  In
the case of  hardship,  only an amount  equal to the  purchase  payments  may be
withdrawn. In addition,  under Code Section 403(b) the employer must comply with
certain non-discrimination  requirements.  Owners should consult their employers
to determine whether the employer has complied with these rules. The 403(b) Plan
offered by this Prospectus is not available in all states.

                                       32


<PAGE>



          TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                                                           Page

General Information............................................................
        The Company............................................................
        Independent Accountants................................................
        Legal Counsel..........................................................
        Distributor............................................................
        Calculation of Performance Related Information.........................
        Delay of Payments......................................................
        Transfers..............................................................

Method of Determining Contract Values..........................................
Annuity Provisions.............................................................
Annuity Benefits...............................................................

        Annuity Options........................................................
        Variable Annuity Payment Values........................................
        Annuity Unit...........................................................
        Net Investment Factor..................................................
        Additional Provisions..................................................

Financial Statements...........................................................


<PAGE>



                                    APPENDIX

GENERAL ACCOUNT OPTION

     Under the General Account option, Contract Values are held in the Company's
General Account. Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions,  interests in
the General  Account have not been  registered  under the Securities Act of 1933
nor is the  General  Account  registered  as an  investment  company  under  the
Investment  Company Act of 1940. The Company  understands  that the staff of the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  has not reviewed the  disclosures  in this
Prospectus relating to the General Account portion of the Contract.  Disclosures
regarding  the General  Account may,  however,  be subject to certain  generally
applicable  provisions of the federal  securities  laws relating to the accuracy
and completeness of statements made in prospectuses.  The General Account option
is not available in all states.

   
     During  the  Accumulation  Period  the Owner may  allocate  amounts  to the
General Account.  The General Account is an account  maintained by us into which
all of our assets  have been  allocated  other  than the assets of the  Variable
Account and any other  separate  accounts  we  maintain.  The  initial  Purchase
Payment will be invested in the General Account in accordance with the selection
made by the Owner in the application. In the case of flexible premium contracts,
additional  Purchase Payments will be allocated to General Account in accordance
with the  selection  made by the  Owner in the  application  or the most  recent
selection  received at the Company  Office,  unless  otherwise  specified by the
Owner.  If the Owner elects to withdrawal  amounts from the General Account such
withdrawal,  except as otherwise  provided in this Appendix,  will be subject to
the same  conditions as imposed on withdrawals  from the Variable  Account.  The
Company  reserves the right to delay any payment from the General Account for up
to six (6) months from the date it receives such request at its Office.
    

INVESTMENTS IN THE GENERAL ACCOUNT

   
     An allocation of the initial  Purchase  Payment to a guarantee  period must
equal the  greater  of (a) or (b)  where:  (a) is a  percentage  that is a whole
number,  equal to or greater than 10% and (b) is a dollar  amount which is equal
to or greater than $3,000.  Subsequent  Purchase Payments under flexible premium
Contracts  allocated  to a  guarantee  period  must be equal to or greater  than
$3,000.  Amounts invested in the General Account are credited with interest on a
daily basis at the then  applicable  effective  guarantee  rate.  The  effective
guarantee  rate is that rate in effect  when the Owner  allocates  or  transfers
amounts  to the  General  Account.  If the Owner has  allocated  or  transferred
amounts at different times to the General  Account,  each allocation or transfer
may have a unique effect  guarantee rate and guarantee  period  associated  with
that amount. We guarantee that the effective  guarantee rate will not be changed
more than once per year and will not be less than 3%.
    

GENERAL ACCOUNT TRANSFERS

     During the Accumulation  Period the Owner may transfer,  by written request
or telephone  authorization,  Contract  Values to or from a  sub-account  of the
Variable  Account to or from a guarantee  period of the  General  Account at any
time,  subject to the  conditions  set out under  Transfer  of  Contract  Values
Section.


<PAGE>



     Prior  to  the  end  of a  guarantee  period  the  Owner  may  specify  the
sub-account(s) of the Variable Account or the applicable guarantee period of the
General  Account to which the Owner wants the amounts  from the General  Account
transferred at the end of the guarantee  period. If the Owner does not notify us
prior to the end of the  guarantee  period,  we will apply that  amount to a new
guarantee  period in the  General  Account,  which is then  subject  to the same
conditions as the original  guarantee  period,  including the condition that the
amount cannot be  transferred  out of the General  Account until the end of that
guarantee period.  The effective  guarantee rate applicable to the new guarantee
period may be different  from the  effective  guarantee  rate  applicable to the
original  guarantee period.  These transfers will be handled at no charge to the
Owner.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

     A transfer,  withdrawal,  payment of a death benefit,  or  annuitization of
amounts  allocated  to the  General  Account  may be subject  to a Market  Value
Adjustment which will be applied to the amount transferred,  withdrawn,  paid or
annuitized.  The Market Value Adjustment is made by multiplying the amount to be
transferred, withdrawn, paid or annuitized by the following formula:

     1 + .75 x (A-B) x [N/12], where:

     A    = The Guaranteed  Interest Rate applicable to the guarantee  period of
          that  portion  of  proceeds  being  transferred,  withdrawn,  paid  or
          annuitized.

     B    = The Guaranteed Interest Rate currently available for the same length
          of guarantee period as that remaining in the period applicable to that
          portion of proceeds being transferred,  withdrawn, paid or annuitized.
          If no such guarantee period exists, the Guaranteed  Interest Rate will
          be  calculated  by  straight  line  interpolation  of  the  Guaranteed
          Interest Rates of available guarantee periods.

     N    = The number of complete  and partial  months  remaining to the end of
          the  guarantee  period  applicable  to that portion of proceeds  being
          transferred, withdrawn, paid or annuitized.

GUARANTEE PERIODS

     The  period(s)  for which a Guaranteed  Interest Rate is credited is called
the  guarantee  period.  Guarantee  periods may be offered or  withdrawn  at the
Company's  discretion.  The  initial  guarantee  period(s)  and  the  applicable
Guaranteed  Interest  Rate(s)  applicable to the initial  Purchase Payment is as
shown on the  application,  unless  such  purchase  payment is made under an IRA
plan. At the expiration of any guarantee  period  applicable to all or a portion
of the Contract Value,  that portion of the Contract Value will be automatically
renewed  for  another  Guarantee  Period for the same  duration  as the  expired
guarantee  period and will receive the  Guaranteed  Interest Rate then in effect
for that guarantee period,  unless other guarantee periods are available and are
requested in writing by the Owner.  All requests to change a guarantee period at
the end of an  existing  guarantee  period  must be  received  in writing at the
Company's  Office no  earlier  than 30 days  prior to the end of that  guarantee
period.

                                      A - 2


<PAGE>



MINIMUM SURRENDER VALUE

     The Minimum  Surrender Value for amounts allocated to a guarantee period of
the General  Account equals the amounts  allocated to a guarantee  period of the
General Account paid (less withdrawals) with interest compounded annually at the
rate of 3%, reduced by any applicable Deferred Sales Charge.

                                      A - 3


<PAGE>










                                     PART B










<PAGE>



                                     PART B
                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


                       DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS

                                    issued by

                               VARIABLE ACCOUNT I

                                       and

                           AIG LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

     THIS IS NOT A PROSPECTUS.  THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION SHOULD
BE READ IN CONJUNCTION  WITH THE PROSPECTUS  FOR THE DEFERRED  VARIABLE  ANNUITY
CONTRACTS WHICH ARE REFERRED TO HEREIN.

   
     THE PROSPECTUS CONCISELY SETS FORTH INFORMATION THAT A PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR
OUGHT TO KNOW BEFORE  INVESTING.  FOR A COPY OF THE PROSPECTUS  DATED  ________,
1996, CALL OR WRITE: AIG Life Insurance Company;  Attention:  Variable Products,
One Alico Plaza, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, 1-800-340-2765.

DATE OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:  _________, 1996.
    


<PAGE>



                                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           PAGE

General Information............................................................
        The Company............................................................
        Independent Accountants................................................
        Legal Counsel..........................................................
        Distributor............................................................
        Calculation of Performance Related Information.........................
        Delay of Payments......................................................
        Transfers..............................................................

Method of Determining Contract Values..........................................
Annuity Provisions.............................................................

        Annuity Benefits.......................................................
        Annuity Options........................................................
        Variable Annuity Payment Values........................................
        Annuity Unit...........................................................
        Net Investment Factor..................................................
        Additional Provisions..................................................

Financial Statements...........................................................

                                      B - 2


<PAGE>



                               GENERAL INFORMATION

The Company

     A  description  of AIG Life  Insurance  Company  (the  "Company"),  and its
ownership  is  contained  in the  Prospectus.  The Company  will provide for the
safekeeping of the assets of Variable Account I (the "Variable Account").

Independent Accountants

     The  audited  financial  statements  of the  Company  have been  audited by
Coopers and Lybrand,  L.L.P.,  independent  certified public accountants,  whose
offices are located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

Legal Counsel

   
     Legal matters  relating to the Federal  securities  laws in connection with
the Contracts  described  herein and in the  Prospectus are being passed upon by
the law firm of Jorden Burt Berenson & Johnson LLP, Washington, D.C..
    

Distributor

   
     AIG Equity Sales Corp. ("AESC"),  formerly known as American  International
Fund  Distributors,  Inc., a wholly owned  subsidiary of American  International
Group,  Inc.  and an  affiliate of the  Company,  acts as the  distributor.  The
offering is on a continuous basis. Commissions in the amount of ___________ were
paid during 1995, none of which were retained by the Distributor.
    

Calculation Of Performance Related Information

     A. Yield and Effective Yield Quotations for the Money Market Sub-account

     The yield quotation for the Money Market Sub-account to be set forth in the
Prospectus  will be for the  seven  days  ended on the  date of the most  recent
balance sheet of the Variable Account  included in the  registration  statement,
and will be  computed  by  determining  the net  change,  exclusive  of  capital
changes, in the value of a hypothetical pre-existing account having a balance of
one  Accumulation  Unit in the Money Market  Sub-account at the beginning of the
period,  subtracting a  hypothetical  charge  reflecting  deductions  from Owner
accounts,  and  dividing  the  difference  by the  value of the  account  at the
beginning of the base period to obtain the base period return,  and  multiplying
the base period return by (365/7) with the resulting  figure carried to at least
the nearest hundredth of one percent.

     Any effective  yield  quotation for the Money Market  Sub-account to be set
forth in the Prospectus will be for the seven days ended on the date of the most
recent  balance  sheet of the  Variable  Account  included  in the  registration
statement, and will be carried at least to the nearest hundredth of one percent,
and will be  computed  by  determining  the net  change,  exclusive  of  capital
changes, in the value of a hypothetical pre-existing account having a balance of
one  Accumulation  Unit in the Money Market  Sub-account at the beginning of the
period,  subtracting a  hypothetical  charge  reflecting  deductions  from Owner
accounts,  and  dividing  the  difference  by the  value of the  account  at the
beginning  of the base  period  to  obtain  the  base  period  return,  and then
compounding the base period return by adding 1, raising

                                      B - 3


<PAGE>



the sum to a power equal to 365 divided by 7 and  subtracting 1 from the result,
according to the following formula:

             EFFECTIVE YIELD = [(BASE PERIOD RETURN + 1)^(365/7)]-1.

     For  purposes  of  the  yield  and  effective   yield   computations,   the
hypothetical  charge  reflects  all  deductions  that are  charged  to all Owner
accounts in proportion to the length of the base period.  For any fees that vary
with the size of the account, the account size is assumed to be the Money Market
Sub-account's mean account size. The yield and effective yield quotations do not
reflect the Deferred Sales Charge that may be assessed at the time of withdrawal
in an amount  ranging  up to 6% of the  requested  withdrawal  amount,  with the
specific  percentage  applicable  to a  particular  withdrawal  depending on the
length of time the  purchase  payment  was held under the  Contract  and whether
withdrawals  had been  previously  made during that Contract Year. (See "Charges
and Deductions - Deduction for Deferred Sales Charge" on page of the Prospectus)
No  deductions  or  sales  loads  are  assessed  upon  annuitization  under  the
Contracts.  Realized gains and losses from the sale of securities and unrealized
appreciation and  depreciation of the Money Market  Sub-account and the Fund are
excluded from the calculation of yield.

     B. Total Return Quotations

     The total return  quotations for all of the Sub-accounts to be set forth in
the Prospectus will be average annual total return quotations for the one, five,
and ten year periods (or, where a Sub-account has been in existence for a period
of less than one, five or ten years,  for such lesser  period) ended on the date
of the most recent balance sheet of the Variable Account and for the period from
the date monies  were first  placed into the  Sub-accounts  until the  aforesaid
date. The quotations are computed by finding the average annual compounded rates
of return  over the  relevant  periods  that  would  equate the  initial  amount
invested to the ending redeemable value, according to the following formula:

                                 P(1+T)^n = ERV

        Where:           P = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

                         T = average annual total return

                         n = number of years

                         ERV = ending redeemable value of a hypothetical  $1,000
                         payment made at the beginning of the particular  period
                         at the end of the particular period.

     For  the  purposes  of  the  total  return   quotations   for  all  of  the
Sub-accounts, the calculations take into effect all fees that are charged to all
Owner accounts. For any fees that vary with the size of the account, the account
size is  assumed to be the  respective  Sub-account's  mean  account  size.  The
calculations  also  assume a total  withdrawal  as of the end of the  particular
period.

                                      B - 4


<PAGE>


   
        Annualized  total  return for certain  Sub-accounts  as of December  31,
1995, were as follows:

                                               One Year       Inception to Date
                                               --------       -----------------

     Money Market
     Premier Growth
     Growth & Income International
     Short Term Multi
     Global Bond
     Us Gov't Securities
     Global Dollar Gov't
     North American Gov't
     Utility Income
     Conservative Investor
     Growth Investors Growth
     Total Return
     World Wide Privatization
     Technology Portfolio
    

*Funds were first invested in the Portfolios as listed below:

     Premier Growth Portfolio                               December 7, 1992
     Growth & Income Portfolio                              April 17, 1992
     Short-Term Multi-Market Portfolio                      June 25, 1992
     Global Bond Portfolio                                  May 10, 1993
     Money Market Portfolio                                 May 13, 1993
     International Portfolio                                June 1, 1993
     US Government/High Yield Securities Portfolio          June 14, 1993
     North American Government Income Portfolio             April 8, 1994
     Global Dollar Government Portfolio                     May 26, 1994
     Utility Income Portfolio                               June 15, 1994
     Conservative Investors Portfolio                       September 8, 1994
     Growth Investors Portfolio                             October 12, 1994
     Growth Portfolio                                       August 12, 1994
     Total Return Portfolio                                 September 12, 1994
     Worldwide Privatization Portfolio                      October 17, 1994
     Technology Portfolio                                   January 2, 1996


                                      B - 5


<PAGE>


     C.   Yield Quotations for the Short-Term Multi-Market, U.S. Government/High
          Grade Securities and Global Bond Sub-accounts

     The yield quotations for the Short-Term Multi-Market,  U.S. Government/High
Grade  Securities  and Global  Bond  Sub-accounts  that will be set forth in the
Prospectus will be based on the thirty-day  period ended on the date of the most
recent  balance  sheet of the  Variable  Account  included  in the  registration
statement,   and  are  computed  by  dividing  the  net  investment  income  per
Accumulation  Unit earned  during the period by the maximum  offering  price per
unit on the last day of the period, according to the following formula:

                                Yield = 2[((a-b)/(cd))+1)^6-1]

      Where:      a =    net  investment  income earned during the period by the
                         corresponding Series of the Fund attributable to shares
                         owned by the Sub-account.

                  b =    expenses    accrued    for   the    period    (net   of
                         reimbursements).

                  c =    the  average   daily  number  of   Accumulation   Units
                         outstanding during the period.

                  d =    the maximum offering price per Accumulation Unit on the
                         last day of the period.

     For the purposes of the yield  quotations for the Short-Term  Multi-Market,
U.S.  Government/High  Grade  Securities  and  Global  Bond  Sub-accounts,   the
calculations  take into effect all fees that are charged to all Owner  accounts.
For any fees that vary with the size of the account, the account size is assumed
to be the respective  Sub-account's  mean account size. The  calculations do not
take into account the Deferred Sales Charge or any transfer charges.

     A Deferred  Sales  Charge may be assessed at the time of  withdrawal  in an
amount ranging up to 6% of the requested  withdrawal  amount,  with the specific
percentage applicable to a particular withdrawal depending on the length of time
the purchase  payment was held under the Contract,  and whether  withdrawals had
been  previously  made during that Contract  Year.  (See "Charges and Deductions
Deduction  for Deferred  Sales  Charge" on page 17 of the  Prospectus)  There is
currently a transfer  charge of $10 per  transfer  after a  specified  number of
transfers in each Contract Year. (See "Alliance  Variable  Products Series Fund,
Inc., - Transfer of Contract Values" on page 15 of the Prospectus.)

     D.   Non - Standardized Performance Data

          1. Total Return Quotations

     The total return  quotations for all of the Sub-accounts to be set forth in
the Prospectus will be average annual total return quotations for the one, five,
and ten year periods (or, where a Sub-account has been in existence for a period
of less than one, five or ten years,  for such lesser  period) ended on the date
of the most recent balance sheet of the Variable Account and for the period from
the date monies  were first  placed into the  Sub-accounts  until the  aforesaid
date. The quotations are computed by finding the average

                                      B - 6


<PAGE>



annual  compounded  rates of return over the relevant  periods that would equate
the initial amount  invested to the ending  redeemable  value,  according to the
following formula:

                                 P(1+T)^n = ERV

      Where:      P =    a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

                  T =    average annual total return

                  n =    number of years

               ERV  =    ending  redeemable  value  of  a  hypothetical   $1,000
                         payment made at the beginning of the particular  period
                         at the end of the particular period.

     For the purposes of the total return quotations, the calculations take into
effect all fees that are charged to all Owner  accounts.  For any fees that vary
with the size of the account,  the account size is assumed to be the  respective
Sub-account's  mean account size. The  calculations  do not,  however,  assume a
total  withdrawal  as of the end of the  particular  period  and  therefore,  no
Surrender Charge is reflected.

   
     Annualized total return quotations for certain  Sub-accounts as of December
31, 1995, were as follows:

                                            One Year           Inception to Date
                                            --------           -----------------

      Money Market
      Premier Growth
      Growth & Income
      International
      Short Term Multi Market
      Global Bond
      US Gov't Securities
      Global Dollar Gov't
      North American Gov't
      Utility Income
      Conservative Investor
      Growth Investors
      Growth
      Total Return
      Worldwide Privatization
      Technology
    

                                      B - 7


<PAGE>



     2.   The Power of Tax-Deferred Growth

     All current taxes on any income or capital  gains are deferred  until money
is taken out of your account.  That way all of your  earnings  contribute to the
growth  of  your  account.  And,  since  all  your  earnings  are  automatically
reinvested  to build your  investment  base,  your  account is given yet another
opportunity  to grow.  It's called the Power of  Compounding  and the  following
charts illustrate just how powerful it can be.

          The Power of Tax-Deferral $10,000 At 8% Compounded Annually*

     [Insert Chart]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               33% TAX APPLIED
     AFTER                     33% TAX APPLIED                 UPON SURRENDER             TAX DEFERRED

     <S>                       <C>                             <C>                        <C>     
     10 years                  $ 16,856                        $ 15,782                   $ 18,630
     20 years                  $ 28,413                        $ 26,789                   $ 36,059
     30 years                  $ 47,893                        $ 47,744                   $ 66,336
     40 years                  $ 80,729                        $ 87,637                   $125,877
     50 years                  $136,078                        $163,584                   $239,230
</TABLE>




* These illustrations are not intended to reflect the return of investments made
in your  variable  annuity  contract.  The  figures  are  calculated  on a fixed
interest rate and assume no  fluctuation in the value of principal or the impact
of any fees or sales charges. Taxes are due on tax-deferred investments whenever
money is withdrawn from that investment.

                                      B - 8


<PAGE>


Delay of Payments

     Any payments due under the  Contracts  will  generally be sent to the Owner
within seven (7) days of a completed request for payment.  However,  the Company
has reserved the right to postpone any type of payment from the Variable Account
for any period when:

     (a)  the New York  Stock  Exchange  is  closed  for  other  than  customary
          weekends and holidays;

     (b)  trading on the Exchange is restricted;

     (c)  an  emergency  exists  as a  result  of  which  it is  not  reasonably
          practicable to dispose of securities  held in the Variable  Account or
          determine their value; or

     (d)  an order of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  permits delay for
          the protection of security holders.

     The applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission shall govern
as to whether the conditions in (b) and (c) exists.

Transfers

     An Owner may deposit prior to the Annuity Date, all or part of his Contract
Value into the Money Market or Short-Term Multi-Market  Sub-account (the Sending
Sub-account"),  and then automatically transfer those assets into one or more of
the other  Sub-accounts  on a systematic  basis.  The amount  transferred to the
Sending  Sub-account  must be at least $12,000 in order to initiate this option.
This process is called Automatic Dollar Cost Averaging.

     The Automatic Dollar Cost Averaging option is available for use with any of
the investment options, other than the General Account.

     Automatic  Dollar Cost Averaging  transfers may occur monthly or quarterly.
The Owner may designate the dollar amount to be transferred  each month or elect
to have a percentage transferred each month, up to a maximum of 60 months.

     The Company will make all Automatic Dollar Cost Averaging  transfers on the
15th calendar day of each month,  or the next day the New York Stock Exchange is
open for business if the 15th calendar day of the month should fall on a day the
New York Stock Exchange is closed.  In order to process an Automatic Dollar Cost
Averaging  transfer,  the Company must have  received a request in writing by no
later than the 6th calendar day of the month.

     The Automatic  Dollar Cost Averaging option may be cancelled at any time by
written request or automatically if the value of the Sending Sub-account subject
to the Automatic Dollar Cost Averaging option is less than $1,000.

     An  Owner  may  change  his  Automatic  Dollar  Cost  Averaging  investment
allocation only once during any 12 month period.

                                      B - 9


<PAGE>


     Any transfers  made under this section are subject to the conditions of the
section  entitled  "Alliance  Variable  Products Series Fund, Inc. - Transfer of
Contract Values" on page 15 of the Prospectus,  except that the Company will not
deem the election of the Automatic Dollar Cost Averaging option to count towards
a Owner's twelve (12) free transfers.

                      METHOD OF DETERMINING CONTRACT VALUES

     The Contract Value will fluctuate in accordance with the investment results
of the underlying Portfolio of the Fund held within the Sub-account. In order to
determine how these fluctuations affect Contract Values,  Accumulation Units are
utilized.  The value of an  Accumulation  Unit  applicable  during any Valuation
Period is determined at the end of that period.

     When the  first  shares  of the  respective  Portfolios  of the  Fund  were
purchased for the Sub-accounts, the Accumulation Units for the Sub-accounts were
valued  at $10.  The  value of an  Accumulation  Unit for a  Sub-account  on any
Valuation Date thereafter is determined by dividing (a) by (b), where:

     (a)  is equal to:

          (i) the total  value of the net assets  attributable  to  Accumulation
          Units in the Sub-account, minus

          (ii) the daily charge for assuming the risk of guaranteeing  mortality
          factors and expense charges which is equal on an annual basis to 1.25%
          multiplied by the daily net asset value of the Sub-account; minus

          (iii) the daily charge for providing certain administrative  functions
          which is equal on an annual basis to 0.15% multiplied by the daily net
          asset value of the Sub-account; minus or plus

          (iv) a charge  or credit  for any tax  provision  established  for the
          Sub-account.  The Company is not  currently  making any  provision for
          taxes.

     (b)  is  the  total  number  of  Accumulation   Units  applicable  to  that
     Sub-account at the end of the Valuation Period.

     The resulting value of each Sub-account  Accumulation Unit is multiplied by
the respective  number of  Sub-account  Accumulation  Units for a Contract.  The
Contract Value is the sum of all Sub-account values for the Contract.

     An Accumulation  Unit may increase or decrease in value from Valuation Date
to Valuation Date.

                                     B - 10


<PAGE>


                               ANNUITY PROVISIONS

Annuity Benefits

     If the Annuitant is alive on the Annuity Date the Company will begin making
payments to the  Annuitant  under the payment  option or options  selected.  The
amount of the annuity  payments  will depend on the age of the payee at the time
the settlement contract is issued.

Annuity Options

     The annuity options are as follows:

     Option 1: Life Income.  The Company will pay an annuity during the lifetime
     of the payee.

     Option 2: Income with 10 Years of Payments Guaranteed. The Company will pay
     an annuity during the lifetime of the payee. If, at the death of the payee,
     payments have been made for less than 10 years:

          (a) payments  will be continued  during the remainder of the period to
          the successor payee; or

          (b) the successor payee may elect to receive in a lump sum the present
          value of the remaining payments, commuted at the interest rate used to
          create the annuity factor for this Option.

     Option 3: Joint and Last Survivor  Income.  The Company will pay an annuity
     for as long as either payee or a designated second person is alive.

     Annuity options are available on a fixed and/or a variable basis. The Owner
may allocate  Contract  Values to purchase  only fixed annuity  payments,  or to
purchase only variable  annuity  payments,  or to purchase a combination  of the
two.  Contract Values which purchase fixed annuity  payments will be invested in
the General  Account.  Contract Values which purchase  variable annuity payments
will be  invested  in the  Variable  Account.  The Owner  may make no  transfers
between the General Account and the Variable Account after the Annuity Date. The
Company also may offer additional options at its discretion.

Variable Annuity Payment Values

     A  Variable  Annuity  is  an  annuity  with  payments  which  (1)  are  not
predetermined  as to dollar  amount  and (2) will  vary in  amount  with the net
investment results of the applicable  Sub-account(s) of the Variable Account. At
the Annuity Date the Contract Value in each  Sub-account  will be applied to the
applicable Annuity Tables contained in the Contract. The Annuity Table used will
depend upon the payment option chosen. The same Contract Value amount applied to
each payment option may produce a different  initial annuity payment.  If, as of
the Annuity Date,  the then current  annuity  rates  applicable to this class of
contracts will provide a larger income than that guaranteed for the same form of
annuity under the Contracts described herein, the larger amount will be paid.

                                     B - 11


<PAGE>


     The first annuity payment for each Sub-account is determined by multiplying
the amount of the Contract  Value  allocated to that  Sub-account  by the factor
shown in the table for the option selected, divided by 1000.

     The  dollar  amount  of  Sub-account  annuity  payments  after the first is
determined as follows:

          (a) The dollar amount of the first  annuity  payment is divided by the
          value for the  Sub-account  Annuity Unit as of the Annuity Date.  This
          establishes the number of Annuity Units for each monthly payment.  The
          number of Annuity  Units  remains  fixed  during the  Annuity  payment
          period, subject to any transfers.

          (b) The fixed  number of Annuity  Units is  multiplied  by the Annuity
          Unit  value  for the  Valuation  Period  14 days  prior to the date of
          payment.

     The total dollar amount of each Variable  Annuity payment is the sum of all
Sub-account  variable  annuity  payments less the pro-rata  amount of the annual
Administrative Charge.

Annuity Unit

     The value of an  Annuity  Unit for each  Sub-account  was  arbitrarily  set
initially at $10. This was done when the first Fund shares were  purchased.  The
Sub-account Annuity Unit value at the end of any subsequent  Valuation Period is
determined by multiplying the Sub-account Annuity Unit value for the immediately
preceding Valuation Period by the quotient of (a) and (b) where:

          (a) is the net  investment  factor for the Valuation  Period for which
          the Sub-account Annuity Unit value is being determined; and

          (b) is the assumed  investment factor for such Valuation  Period.  The
          assumed   investment  factor  adjusts  for  the  interest  assumed  in
          determining the first variable  annuity  payment.  Such factor for any
          Valuation  Period shall be the  accumulated  value, at the end of such
          period,  of $1.00  deposited  at the  beginning  of such period at the
          assumed investment rate of 5%.

Net Investment Factor

     The net investment  factor is used to determine how  investment  results of
the Fund  affect  Variable  Account  Values  within  the  Sub-accounts  from one
Valuation Period to the next. The net investment factor for each Sub-account for
any Valuation  Period is determined by dividing (a) by (b) and  subtracting  (c)
from the result, where:

          (a) is equal to:

               (i) the  net  asset  value  per  share  of the  Fund  held in the
          Sub-account determined at the end of that Valuation Period; plus

               (ii)  the per  share  amount  of any  dividend  or  capital  gain
          distribution  made  by  the  Fund  held  in  the  Sub-account  if  the
          "ex-dividend"  date occurs during that same Valuation Period;  plus or
          minus

                                     B - 12


<PAGE>


               (iii) a per share charge or credit,  which is  determined  by the
          Company,  for  changes  in  tax  reserves  resulting  from  investment
          operations of the Sub-account.

          (b) is equal to:

               (i) the  net  asset  value  per  share  of the  Fund  held in the
          Sub-account  determined as of the end of the prior  Valuation  Period;
          plus or minus

               (ii)  the per  share  charge  or  credit  for any  change  in tax
          reserves for the prior Valuation Period.

          (c) is equal to:

               (i) the percentage factor  representing the Mortality and Expense
          Risk Charge, plus

               (ii) the percentage factor representing the daily  Administrative
          Charge.

The net  investment  factor may be greater or less than the  assumed  investment
factor;  therefore,  the  Annuity  Unit  value may  increase  or  decrease  from
Valuation Period to Valuation

Additional Provisions

     The Company may require proof of the age of the Annuitant before making any
life annuity payment  provided for by the Contract.  If the age of the Annuitant
has been  misstated  the Company  will compute the amount  payable  based on the
correct age. If annuity  payments have begun,  any  underpayments  that may have
been made will be paid in full with the next annuity payment.  Any overpayments,
unless repaid to the Company in one sum,  will be deducted  from future  annuity
payments until the Company is repaid in full.

     If a Contract  provision  requires that a person be alive,  the Company may
require due proof that the person is alive  before the  Company  acts under that
provision.

     The  Company  will  give  the  payee  under  an  annuity  payment  option a
settlement contract for the payment option.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The financial  statements of the Company and the Variable  Account included
herein  shall be  considered  only as bearing upon the ability of the Company to
meet its obligations under the Contracts.

                                     B - 13


<PAGE>

                           AIG LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                 One Alico Plaza
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19899

   
                          INDIVIDUAL SINGLE PREMIUM AND
                           FLEXIBLE PREMIUM AND GROUP
                           VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS
    

                                    issued by

                               VARIABLE ACCOUNT I

                                       and

                           AIG LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

     The Individual Deferred Variable Annuity Contracts (the "Individual
Contracts") and Group Deferred Variable Annuity Contracts ("Group Contracts")
(collectively, the "Contracts") described in this Prospectus provide for
accumulation of Contract Values and payment of monthly annuity payments. The
Contracts may be used in retirement plans which do not qualify for federal tax
advantages ("Non-Qualified Contracts") or in connection with retirement plans
which may qualify as Individual Retirement Annuities ("IRA") under Section 408
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") or Section 403(b)
of the Code ("403(b) Plans"). The Contracts will not be available in connection
with retirement plans designed by AIG Life Insurance Company (the "Company")
which qualify for the federal tax advantages available under Sections 401 and
457 of the Code. Purchasers intending to use the Contracts in connection with an
IRA or 403(b) Plan should seek competent tax advice.

   
     Purchase payments for the Contracts will be allocated to a segregated
investment account of the Company which account has been designated Variable
Account I (the "Variable Account"). The assets of each sub-account within the
Variable Account are invested in a corresponding portfolio as selected by the
Owner from the following 17 choices: the Conservative Investors Portfolio,
Growth Investors Portfolio, Growth Portfolio, or Growth and Income Portfolio of
the ALLIANCE VARIABLE PRODUCTS SERIES FUND, INC. ("Alliance Funds"); the High
Income Portfolio, Growth Portfolio, Money Market Portfolio, Overseas Portfolio,
Asset Manager Portfolio, or Investment Grade Bond Portfolio of the FIDELITY
INVESTMENTS VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUNDS ("Fidelity Funds"); the Zero
Coupon Portfolio of the DREYFUS VARIABLE INVESTMENT FUND ("Dreyfus Fund"); the
Gold and Natural Resources Portfolio, or Worldwide Balanced Portfolio of the VAN
ECK WORLDWIDE INSURANCE TRUST ("Van Eck Funds"); the DREYFUS STOCK INDEX FUND;
or the Short-Term Retirement Portfolio, Medium- Term Retirement Portfolio or the
Long-Term Retirement Portfolio of the TOMORROW FUNDS RETIREMENT TRUST ("Tomorrow
Funds").
    


<PAGE>

     This Prospectus concisely sets forth the information a prospective investor
ought to know before investing. Additional information about the Contracts is
contained in the "Statement of Additional Information" which is available at no
charge. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission and is hereby incorporated by reference. The
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information can be found on
page ___ of this Prospectus. For the Statement of Additional Information dated
__________ ___, 1996, call or write AIG Life Insurance Company; Attention:
Variable Products, One Alico Plaza, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, 1-800-340- 2765.

     INQUIRIES: Purchaser inquiries can be made by calling the service office at
1-800-340-2765.

     THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.

     PLEASE READ THIS PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY AND RETAIN IT FOR YOUR FUTURE
REFERENCE.

     THE CONTRACTS OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS ARE NOT AVAILABLE IN ALL STATES.


                    Date of Prospectus: __________ __, 1996

                                        2

<PAGE>

                                 TABLE CONTENTS

                                                                           PAGE
   
Definitions................................................................
Highlights.................................................................
Summary of Expenses........................................................
Condensed Financial Information............................................
         Calculation of Performance Data...................................
The Company................................................................
The Variable Account.......................................................
The Funds..................................................................
Charges and Deductions.....................................................
         Deduction for Premium and Other Taxes.............................
         Deduction for Mortality and Expense Risk Charge...................
         Deduction for Deferred Sales Charge...............................
         Deduction for Administrative Charge...............................
         Deduction for Income Taxes........................................
         Other Expenses....................................................
Rights under the Contracts.................................................
Annuity Period.............................................................
         Annuity Benefits..................................................
         Annuity Date......................................................
         Annuity Options...................................................
         Annuity Payments..................................................
Death Benefit..............................................................
         Death Benefit.....................................................
         Death of the Purchaser............................................
Purchasing a Contract......................................................
         Application.......................................................
         Purchase Payments.................................................
         Discount Purchase Programs........................................
         Distributor.......................................................
Contract Value.............................................................
Withdrawals................................................................
         Partial Withdrawal................................................
         Total Withdrawal..................................................
         Systematic Withdrawal Program.....................................
         Payment of Withdrawals............................................
Taxes......................................................................
         Introduction......................................................
         Company Tax Status................................................
         Taxation of Annuities In General..................................
         Diversification Standards.........................................
         Qualified Plans...................................................
         Individual Retirement Annuities...................................
         403(b) Plans......................................................

Appendix - General Account Option..........................................
Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information...............
    


                                        3

<PAGE>

                                   DEFINITIONS

Accumulation Period - The period prior to the Annuity Date.

Accumulation Unit - Accounting unit of measure used to calculate the Contract
Value prior to the Annuity Date.

Age - Age means age last birthday.

Annuitant - The person upon whose continuation of life any annuity payment
involving life contingencies depends. The Annuitant is named in the application.

Annuity Date - The date at which annuity payments are to begin.

Annuity Unit - Accounting unit of measure used to calculate variable annuity
payments.

Beneficiary - The person or persons named in the application who will receive
any benefit upon the death of the Owner (or Annuitant as applicable) prior to
the Annuity Date.

Contingent Owner - The Contingent Owner, if any, must be the spouse of the
Purchaser as named in the application, unless changed.

Contract Anniversary - The same month and date as the Date of Issue in each
subsequent year of the Contract or Certificate.

Contract Value - The value of all amounts accumulated under the Contract or
Certificate.

Contract Year - Any period of twelve (12) months commencing with the Date of
Issue and each Contract or Certificate Anniversary thereafter.


Date of Issue - The date when the initial purchase payment was invested.

Deferred Sales Charge - The sales charge that may be applied against amounts
withdrawn prior to the Annuity Date if withdrawal is within six years of a
purchase payment.

General Account - All of the Company's assets other than the assets of the
Variable Account and any other separate accounts of the Company.

Office - The Annuity Service Office of the Company: One Alico Plaza, 600 King
Street, P.O. Box 8718, Wilmington, DE 19899.


                                        4

<PAGE>


Owner - The person designated as contract owner or certificate owner in the
application, unless changed.

   
Premium Year - any period of 12 months commencing with the date a Purchase
Payment is made and ending on the same date in each succeeding 12 month period
thereafter.
    

Valuation Date - Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

Valuation Period - The period commencing as of the close of the New York Stock
Exchange (presently 4 P.M., New York time) on each Valuation Date and ending as
of the close of the New York Stock Exchange on the next succeeding Valuation
Date.

Variable Account - A separate investment account of the Company, designated
Variable Account I, into which purchase payments will be allocated.

                                        5

<PAGE>

                                   HIGHLIGHTS

   
Purchase payments for the Individual Contracts or Group Contracts (collectively,
the "Contracts") will be allocated to a segregated investment account of the
Company which account has been designated Variable Account I (the "Variable
Account"). The Variable Account invests in shares of the Portfolios of the
available Funds.

The Contracts provide that in the event that an Owner withdraws all or a portion
of the Contract Value within the first six contract years there may be assessed
a Deferred Sales Charge. The Deferred Sales Charge is based on a table of
charges, of which the maximum charge is currently 6% of premium to which the
charge is applicable for flexible premium Contracts, and 6% of the Contract
Value for Single Premium Contracts, subject to a maximum of 8.5% of purchase
payments. (See "Charges and Deductions - Deduction for Deferred Sales Charge" on
page ____.)
    

Any premium or other taxes levied by any governmental entity with respect to the
Contracts will be charged against the purchase payments or Contract Value.
Premium taxes currently imposed by certain states on the Contracts range from 0%
to 3.5%. The Company will also deduct from any amount payable under the
Contracts any income taxes a governmental authority requires the Company to
withhold with respect to that amount. (See "Charges and Deductions- Deduction
for Premium and Other Taxes" on page -----.)

The Company deducts from the Contract Value and/or the Variable Account any
Federal income taxes resulting from the operation of the Variable Account. The
Company does not currently anticipate incurring any income taxes. (See "Charges
and Deductions Deduction for Income Taxes" on page ______.)

The Company deducts for each Valuation Period a Mortality and Expense Risk
Charge which is equal on an annual basis to 1.25% of the average daily net asset
value of the Variable Account. (See "Charges and Deductions - Deduction for
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge" on page ______.)

The Company deducts for each Valuation Period an Administrative Charge which is
equal on an annual basis to 0.15% of the average daily net asset value of the
Variable Account. In addition, the Company deducts an annual Administrative
Charge which is currently $30 per year, from the Contract Value. The
Administrative Charges are designed to reimburse the Company for administrative
expenses relating to maintenance of the Contract and the Variable Account. The
Company may increase the annual Administrative Charge to an amount not to exceed
$100 per year. (See "Charges and Deductions - Deduction for Administrative
Charge" on page ______.)

                                        6

<PAGE>


There are deductions and expenses paid out of the assets of the Funds which are
described in the accompanying Prospectuses for the Funds.

There is a 10% tax penalty applied to the income portion of any premature
distribution from the Contracts. However, the penalty is not imposed on certain
distributions including but not limited to amounts received: (a) after the
taxpayer reaches age 59 1/2; (b) after the death of the Annuitant (or Owner, as
applicable); (c) if the taxpayer is totally disabled; (d) in a series of
substantially equal periodic payments made for the life of the taxpayer or for
the joint lives of the taxpayer and his beneficiary; (e) under an immediate
annuity; (f) which are allocable to purchase payments made prior to August 14,
1982; (g) under a qualified funding asset (as defined in Code Section 130(d));
or (h) that are purchased by an employer upon termination of certain types of
qualified plans and which are held by the employer until the employee separates
from service. Withdrawals are deemed to be on a last-in-first-out basis. (See
"Taxes - Taxation of Annuities in General" on page _____.)

The Owner may return the Contract within twenty (20) days (the "Free Look
Period") after it is received by delivering or mailing it to the Company's
Office. The return of the Contract by mail will be effective when the postmark
is affixed to a properly addressed and postage prepaid envelope. The Company
will refund the Contract Value. In the case of Contracts issued in connection
with an IRA the Company will refund the greater of the purchase payment, less
any withdrawals, or the Contract Value. However, if the laws of a state require
that the Company refund, during the Free Look Period, an amount equal to the
purchase payment paid less any withdrawals, the Company will refund such an
amount.

                               SUMMARY OF EXPENSES

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses
                                                               All Sub-Accounts

Sales Load Imposed on Purchases..........................................  None
Surrender Charge (as a percentage of amount surrendered):

   
Single Premium Contracts          Flexible Premium Contracts
- ------------------------          --------------------------
    Contract Year 1                   Premium Year 1                        6%
    Contract Year 2                   Premium Year 2                        5%
    Contract Year 3                   Premium Year 3                        4%
    Contract Year 4                   Premium Year 4                        3%
    Contract Year 5                   Premium Year 5                        2%
    Contract Year 6                   Premium Year 6                        1%
    Contract Year 7                   Premium Year 7                      None
     and thereafter                    and thereafter
    
                                        7

<PAGE>




Sales Loan Imposed on Purchases                                           None
Deferred Sales Load (as a percentage of amount
surrendered):

Exchange Fee Currently:
         First 12 Per Contract Year                                       None
         Thereafter                                                       $ 10

Annual Contract Fee                                                       $ 30

Separate Account Expenses
(as a percentage of average account value)
         Mortality and Expense Risk Fees                                 1.25%
         Account Fees and Expenses                                       0.15%

Total Separate Account Annual Expenses                                   1.40%


Annual Fund Expenses After Expense Reimbursements*

                                                                      Total
                                 Management          Other            Portfolio
                                 Fee                 Expenses         Expenses

ALLIANCE
Conservative Investors           0.00                0.95             0.95
Growth Investors                 0.00                0.95             0.95
Growth                           0.00                0.95             0.95
Growth and Income                0.62                0.28             0.90


Expenses on a hypothetical $1,000 policy, assuming 5% growth:


If you Surrender:            1 Year        3 Years        5 Years       10 Years
ALLIANCE

Conservative Investors       80            114            150           276
Growth Investors             80            114            150           276
Growth                       80            114            150           276
Growth and Income            79            113            147           271

If you Annuitize:            1 Year        3 Years        5 Years       10 Years
ALLIANCE
Premier Growth               25            75             129           276
Growth & Income              25            75             129           276
Short Term Multi-Market      25            75             129           276
All Others                   24            74             127           271

                                        8

<PAGE>

If you do not Surrender      1 Year        3 Years        5 Years       10 Years
ALLIANCE
Premier Growth               25            75             129           276
Growth & Income              25            75             129           276
Short Term Multi-Market      25            75             129           276
All Others                   24            74             127           271


Annual Fund Expenses After Expense Reimbursements

                                                                    Total
                             Management            Other            Portfolio
                             Fee                   Expenses         Expenses


DREYFUS
Zero Coupon 2000             0.00                  0.00             0.00


Expenses on a hypothetical $1,000 policy, assuming 5% growth:


If you Surrender:                        1 Year                     3 Years
DREYFUS
Zero Coupon 2000                         69                         82

If you Annuitize:                        1 Year                     3 Years
DREYFUS
Zero Coupon 2000                         15                         46

If you do not Surrender                  1 Year                     3 Years
DREYFUS
Zero Coupon 2000                         15                         46


Annual Fund Expenses After Expense Reimbursements

                                                                    Total
                              Management           Other            Portfolio
                              Fee                  Expenses         Expenses


DREYFUS STOCK
INDEX FUND                    0.30                 0.10             0.40

                                        9

<PAGE>



Expenses on a hypothetical $1,000 policy, assuming 5% growth:

If you Surrender:                          1 Years                    3 Years

DREYFUS STOCK
INDEX FUND                                 73                         94

If you Annuitize:                          1 Year                     3 Years
DREYFUS STOCK
INDEX FUND                                 19                         58

If you do not Surrender                    1 Year                     3 Years
DREYFUS STOCK
INDEX FUND                                 19                         58


Annual Fund Expenses After Expense Reimbursements

                                                                     Total
                                  Management        Other            Portfolio
                                  Fee               Expenses         Expenses


FIDELITY
Asset Manager                     0.72              0.08             0.80
Growth                            0.62              0.03             0.69
High Income                       0.61              0.10             0.71
Overseas                          0.77              0.15             0.92
Money Market                      0.20              0.07             0.27
Investment Grade Bond             0.46              0.21             0.67


Expenses on a hypothetical $1,000 policy, assuming 5% growth:

If you Surrender:                     1 Year                     3 Years
FIDELITY
Asset Manager                         77                         107
Growth                                76                         103
High Income                           76                         104
Overseas                              78                         110
Money Market                          72                          90
Investment Grade Bond                 76                         103

If you Annuitize:                     1 Year                     3 Years
FIDELITY
Asset Manager                         23                         71
Growth                                22                         67
High Income                           22                         68
Overseas                              24                         74
Money Market                          18                         54
Investment Grade Bond                 22                         67


                                       10

<PAGE>



If you do not Surrender               1 Year                     3 Years
FIDELITY
Asset Manager                         23                         71
Growth                                22                         67
High Income                           22                         68
Overseas                              24                         74
Money Market                          18                         54
Investment Grade Bond                 22                         67


Annual Fund Expenses After Expense Reimbursements

                                                                       Total
                                    Management        Other            Portfolio
                                    Fee               Expenses         Expenses

VAN ECK
Worldwide Balance                   0.00              0.00             0.00
Gold and Natural Resources          0.96              0.00             0.96


Expenses on a hypothetical $1,000 policy, assuming 5% growth:


If you Surrender:                     1 Year                     3 Years

VAN ECK
Worldwide Balance                     69                         82
Gold & Natural Resources              79                         111

If you Annuitize:                     1 Year                     3 Years
VAN ECK
Worldwide Balance                     15                         46
Gold & Natural Resources              25                         75

If you do not Surrender               1 Year                     3 Years
VAN ECK
Worldwide Balance                     15                         46
Gold & Natural Resources              25                         75


Annual Fund Expenses After Expense Reimbursements

                                    Total
                                    Management        Other            Portfolio
                                    Fee               Expenses         Expenses

TOMORROW FUNDS
Short-Term Retirement               0.00              1.50             1.50
Medium-Term Retirement              0.00              1.50             1.50
Long-Term Retirement                0.00              1.50             1.50


                                       11

<PAGE>

   
Expenses on a hypothetical $1,000 policy, assuming 5% growth:

If you Surrender:                           1 Year            3 Years
TOMORROW FUNDS
Short-Term Retirement
Medium-Term Retirement
Long-Term Retirement

If you Annuitize or
you do not Surrender:                       1 Year            3 Years
TOMORROW FUNDS
Short-Term Retirement
Medium-Term Retirement
Long-Term Retirement

     The purpose of the table set forth above is to assist the Purchaser in
understanding the various costs and expense that a Owner will bear directly or
indirectly. The table reflects expenses of the Variable Account as well as the
Fund. (See "Charges and Deductions" on page of this Prospectus and each Fund's
Prospectus for further information.)

     Any premium or other taxes levied by any governmental entity with respect
to the Contracts will be charged against the purchase payments or Contract Value
based on a percentage of premiums paid. Premium taxes currently imposed by
certain states on the Contracts range from 0% to 3.5% of premiums paid. (See
"Charges and Deductions - Deduction for Premium and Other Taxes" on page .)

     "Other Expenses" are based upon the expenses outlined under the section
discussing the management of the Fund in each Fund's attached Prospectus.

     *Fund operating expenses for the Growth and Income Portfolio, before
reimbursement by the Fund's investment adviser, for the period ending December
31, 1995, were 0.91%. Fund operating expenses for the following Portfolios,
before reimbursement by the relevant Fund's investment adviser, for the period
ending December 31, 1995, were estimated to be: 20.35% for the Conservative
Investors; 41.62% for the Growth Investors; 04.19% for the Growth; 0.71% for the
High Income, 0.69% for the Growth; 0.27% for the Money Market; 0.92% for the
Overseas; 0.80% for the Asset Manager; 0.67% for the Investment Grade Bond;
0.00% for the Zero Coupon; 0.40% for the Dreyfus Stock Index; 0.96% for the Gold
and Natural Resources; and 78.40% for the Worldwide Balanced Portfolios, of the
average daily net assets. Fund operating expenses for the following Portfolios,
before reimbursement by the relevant Fund's investment adviser, are estimated,
for the period ending December 31, 1996, to be ___% for the Short-Term
Retirement, ___% for the Medium-Term
    
                                       12

<PAGE>


Retirement  and ___% for the  Long-Term  Retirement  Portfolios,  of the average
daily net assets.

     In the event that an Owner withdraws all or a portion of the Contract Value
in excess of the Free Withdrawal Amount for the first withdrawal in a Contract
Year, or makes subsequent withdrawals in a Contract Year, a Deferred Sales
Charge may be imposed. The Free Withdrawal Amount is equal to 10% of the
Purchase Payments less any prior withdrawals at the time of withdrawal. (See
"Charges and Deductions - Deduction for Deferred Sales Charge" on page    .)

     The Example should not be considered a representation of past or future
expenses and actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown.


                                       13

<PAGE>



                         CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                            ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES*

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1995             1994              1993             1992
<S>                                                                     <C>               <C>                 <C>   
CONSERVATIVE INVESTORS
     Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                                10.00               N/A              N/A
         End of Period                                                      10.02               N/A              N/A
     Accum Units o/s                                                    62,868.02               N/A              N/A
         @ end of period

GROWTH INVESTORS
     Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                                10.00               N/A              N/A
         End of Period                                                       9.81               N/A              N/A
     Accum Units o/s                                                    29,492.78               N/A              N/A
         @ end of period

GROWTH
     Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                                10.00               N/A              N/A
         End of Period                                                      10.48               N/A              N/A
     Accum Units o/s                                                   467,688.06               N/A              N/A
         @ end of period

GROWTH & INCOME
     Accumulation Unit Value
         Beginning of Period                                                11.88             10.78            10.00
         End of Period                                                      11.67             11.88            10.78
     Accum Units o/s                                                   438,680.32         28,041.82           800.00
         @ end of period
</TABLE>


     Funds were first invested in the Portfolios as listed below:

     Conservative Investors Portfolio                     September 8, 1994
     Growth Investors Portfolio                           October 12, 1994
     Growth (Alliance) Portfolio                          August 12, 1994
     Growth and Income Portfolio                          April 17, 1992

   
     [No financial information has been provided for the Zero Coupon 2000
Portfolio, Dreyfus Stock Index Portfolio, Money Market Portfolio, Growth
(Fidelity) Portfolio, Overseas Portfolio, Asset Manager Portfolio, Investment
Grade Bond Portfolio, High Income Portfolio, Worldwide Balance Portfolio, or
Gold and Natural Resources Portfolio, Short-Term Retirement Portfolio,
Medium-Term Retirement Portfolio or Long-Term Retirement Portfolio, because, for
the fiscal year ending December 31, 1995, the Variable Account had not commenced
operations with respect to such Portfolios.]
    

                                       14

<PAGE>

Calculation of Performance Data

     The Company may, from time to time, advertise certain performance related
information concerning one or more of the Sub-accounts, including information as
to total return and yield. Performance information about a Sub-account is based
on the Sub-account's past performance only and is not intended as an indication
of future performance.

     When the Company advertises the average annual total return of a
Sub-account, it will usually be calculated for one, five, and ten year periods
or, where a Sub-account has been in existence for a period less than one, five
or ten years, for such lesser period. Average annual total return is measured by
comparing the value of the investment in a Sub-account at the beginning of the
relevant period to the value of the investment at the end of the period
(assuming the deduction of any Deferred Sales Charge which would be payable if
the account were redeemed at the end of the period) and calculating the average
annual compounded rate of return necessary to produce the value of the
investment at the end of the period. The Company may simultaneously present
returns that do not assume a surrender and, therefore, do not deduct the
Deferred Sales Charge.

   
     When the Company advertises the yield of a Sub-account it will be
calculated based upon a given 30-day period. The yield is determined by dividing
the net investment income earned per Accumulation Unit during the period by the
value of an Accumulation Unit on the last day of the period.
    

     When the Company advertises the performance of the Money Market Sub-account
it may advertise in addition to the total return either the yield or the
effective yield. The yield of the Money Market Sub-account refers to the income
generated by an investment in that Sub-account over a seven-day period. The
income is then annualized (i.e., the amount of income generated by the
investment during that week is assumed to be generated each week over a 52-week
period and is shown as a percentage of the investment). The effective yield is
calculated similarly but when annualized the income earned by an investment in
the Money Market Sub-account is assumed to be reinvested. The effective yield
will be slightly higher than the yield because of the compounding effect of this
assumed reinvestment during a 52-week period.

     Total return at the Variable Account level is reduced by all contract
charges: sales charges, mortality and expense risk charges, and the
administrative charges, and is therefore lower than the total return at a Fund
level, which has no comparable charges. Likewise, yield and effective yield at
the Variable Account level take into account all recurring charges (except

                                       15

<PAGE>

sales charges),  and are therefore lower than the yield and effective yield at a
Fund level, which has no comparable charges.

   
     Performance information for a Sub-account may be compared to: (i) the
Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index, Dow Jones Industrial Average, Donoghue Money
Market Institutional Averages, indices measuring corporate bond and government
security prices as prepared by Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Salomon Brothers or
other indices measuring performance of a pertinent group of securities so that
investors may compare a Sub-account's results with those of a group of
securities widely regarded by investors as representative of the securities
markets in general; (ii) other variable annuity separate accounts or other
investment products tracked by Lipper Analytical Services, a widely used
independent research firm which ranks mutual funds and other investment
companies by overall performance, investment objectives, and assets, or tracked
by other ratings services, companies, publications, or persons who rank separate
accounts or other investment products on overall performance or other criteria;
(iii) the Consumer Price Index (measure for inflation) to assess the real rate
of return from an investment in the Contract; and (iv) indices or averages of
alternative financial products available to prospective investors, including the
Bank Rate Monitor which monitors average returns of various bank instruments.
    

Financial Data

     Financial Statements of the Company and the Variable Account may be found
in the Statement of Additional Information.


                                   THE COMPANY

     The Company is a stock life insurance company which is organized under the
laws of the State of Delaware. The Company provides a full range of life
insurance and annuity plans. The Company is a subsidiary of American
International Group, Inc., which serves as the holding company for a number of
companies engaged in the international insurance business, both life and
general, in over 130 countries and jurisdictions around the world.

   
                              THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT
    

     The Board of Directors of the Company adopted a resolution to maintain the
Variable Account pursuant to Delaware insurance law. The Company has caused the
Variable Account to be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
a unit investment trust pursuant to the provisions of the Investment Company Act
of 1940.



                                       16

<PAGE>


     The assets of the Variable Account are the property of the Company.
However, the assets of the Variable Account, equal to the reserves and other
contract liabilities with respect to the Variable Account, are not chargeable
with liabilities arising out of any other business the Company may conduct.
Income, gains and losses, whether or not realized, are, in accordance with the
Contracts, credited to or charged against the Variable Account without regard to
other income, gains or losses of the Company. The Company's obligations arising
under the Contracts are general corporate obligations of the Company. The
Variable Account may be subject to liabilities arising from Sub-accounts whose
assets are attributable to other variable annuity contracts offered by the
Variable Account which are not described in this Prospectus.

   
     The Variable Account is divided into Sub-accounts, with the assets of each
Sub-account invested in shares of a corresponding portfolio of the available
Funds. The Company may, from time to time, add additional Portfolios of a Fund,
and, when appropriate, additional Funds to act as the funding vehicles for the
Contracts.
    

                                    THE FUNDS

   
     Alliance Funds, Fidelity Funds, Dreyfus Funds, Van Eck Funds, and Tomorrow
Funds (collectively, the "Funds") are each registered with the SEC as a
diversified open-end management investment company under the 1940 Act. Each
includes different series funds or Portfolios ("Portfolios"). The Dreyfus Stock
Index Fund (also a "Fund" herein) is an open-end, non-diversified management
investment company, intended to be a funding vehicle for separate accounts of
life insurance companies. Shares of the Funds are sold to separate accounts of
life insurance companies and may also be sold to qualified plans. The investment
objectives of each of the Portfolios in which Subaccounts invest are set forth
below. There is, of course, no assurance that these objectives will be met. The
Fund prospectuses may include series or Portfolios which are not available under
this Contract.
    



ALLIANCE VARIABLE PRODUCTS SERIES FUND, INC.

Conservative Investors Portfolio

     This Portfolio seeks the highest total return without undue risk to
principal by investing in a diversified mix of publicly traded equity and
fixed-income securities.


                                       17

<PAGE>


Growth Investors Portfolio

     This Portfolio seeks the highest total return available with reasonable
risk by investing in a diversified mix of publicly traded equity and
fixed-income securities.

Growth Portfolio

     This Portfolio seeks the long term growth of capital by investing primarily
in common stocks and other equity securities.

Growth and Income Portfolio

     This Portfolio seeks to balance the objectives of reasonable current income
and opportunities for appreciation through investments primarily in
dividend-paying common stocks of good quality.

     Alliance Variable Products Series Fund, Inc., is managed by Alliance
Capital Management L.P., ("Alliance"). The fund also includes other portfolios
which are not available for use by the Separate Account. More detailed
information regarding management of the funds, investment objectives, investment
advisory fees and other charges, may be found in the current Alliance Funds
Prospectus which contains a discussion of the risks involved in investing. The
Alliance Funds Prospectus is included with this Prospectus.

DREYFUS VARIABLE INVESTMENT FUND

Zero Coupon 2000 Portfolio

     This Portfolio seeks to provide as high an investment return as is
consistent with the preservation of capital. This portfolio invests primarily in
debt obligations of the U.S. Treasury that have been stripped of their unmatured
interest coupons, interest coupons that have been stripped from debt obligations
issued by the U.S. Treasury, receipts and certificates for such stripped debt
obligations, and stripped coupons and zero coupon securities issued by domestic
corporations. This portfolio's assets will consist primarily of portfolio
securities which will mature on or about December 31, 2000, at which time the
portfolio will be liquidated. Prior to December 31, 2000, you will be offered
the opportunity to exchange your investment to another Subaccount.

DREYFUS STOCK INDEX FUND

     This Fund seeks to provide investment results that correspond to the price
and yield performance of publicly traded common stocks in the aggregate, as
represented by the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index. In
anticipation of taking a

                                       18

<PAGE>


market position, the fund is permitted to purchase and sell stock index futures.
The  Fund  is  neither  sponsored  by nor  affiliated  with  Standard  &  Poor's
Corporation.

     The Dreyfus Corporation serves as the investment advisor for the Zero
Coupon 2000 Portfolio which is the available portfolio of the Dreyfus Variable
Investment Fund. The fund also includes other portfolios which are not available
under this prospectus as funding vehicles for the Contract. Wells Fargo Nikko
Investment Advisers ("WFNIA") serves as the index fund manager of the Dreyfus
Stock Index Fund. More detailed information regarding management of the funds,
investment objectives, investment advisory fees and other charges assessed by
the funds, are contained in the prospectuses of the Dreyfus Variable Investment
Fund and of the Dreyfus Stock Index Fund, each of which is included with this
Prospectus.

FIDELITY INVESTMENT VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUNDS

Growth Portfolio

     This Portfolio seeks to aggressively achieve capital appreciation through
investments primarily in common stock.

High Income Portfolio

     This Portfolio seeks to obtain a high level of current income by investing
primarily in high-yielding, high-risk, lower-rated, fixed-income securities
(commonly referred to as "junk bonds"), while also considering the potential for
growth of capital. The potential for high yield is accompanied by a higher risk.
For a more detailed discussion of the investment risks associated with such
securities, please refer to the relevant Fund's attached prospectus.

Overseas Portfolio

     This  Portfolio  seeks the long-term  growth of capital  primarily  through
investments in securities of companies and economies outside the United States.

Money Market Portfolio

     This  Portfolio  seeks to  obtain as high a level of  current  income as is
consistent with preserving capital and providing liquidity. The fund will invest
only in high quality U.S. dollar-denominated money market securities of domestic
and foreign issuers.  An investment in Money Market Portfolio is neither insured
nor  guaranteed by the U.S.  government,  and there can be no assurance that the
fund will maintain a stable $1.00 share price.


                                       19

<PAGE>


Asset Manager Portfolio

     This Portfolio seeks to provide a high total return with reduced risk over
the long term by allocating its assets among stocks, bonds and short-term income
instruments.

Investment Grade Bond Portfolio

     This Portfolio seeks as high a level of current income as is consistent
with the preservation of capital by investing in a broad range of
investment-grade fixed-income securities. The Portfolio will maintain a
dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of ten years or less.

     Fidelity Management & Research Company ("FMR") is the investment advisor
for the Variable Insurance Products Funds. FMR has entered into a sub-advisory
agreement with FMR Texas, Inc., on behalf of the Money Market Portfolio. On
behalf of the Overseas Portfolio, FMR has entered into sub-advisory agreements
with Fidelity Management & Research (U.K.) Inc., (FMR U.K.), Fidelity Management
& Research (Far East) Inc. (FMR Far East), and Fidelity International Investment
Advisors (FIIA). FMR U.K. and FMR Far East also are sub-advisors to the Asset
Manager Portfolio. Fidelity Funds include other portfolios which are not
available under this prospectus as funding vehicles for the Contracts. More
detailed information regarding management of the funds, investment objectives,
investment advisory fees and other charges assessed by the Fidelity Funds, are
contained in the prospectuses of the funds, included with this Prospectus.

VAN ECK WORLDWIDE INSURANCE TRUST

Worldwide Balanced Fund

     This Portfolio seeks long term capital appreciation together with current
income by investing its assets in the United States and other countries
throughout the world, and by allocating its assets among equity securities,
fixed-income securities and short-term instruments.

Gold and Natural Resources Fund

     This Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing in equity
and debt securities of companies engaged in the exploration, development,
production and distribution of gold and other natural resources, such as
strategic and other metals, minerals, forest products, oil, natural gas and
coal. Current income is not an investment objective.

     Van Eck Associates Corporation is the investment advisor and manager of The
Van Eck Worldwide Insurance Trust ("Van Eck Funds"). Van Eck Associates
Corporation serves as investment

                                       20

<PAGE>


     advisor to the Gold and Natural Resources Fund, and has entered into
sub-advisory agreements to provide investment advice for certain portfolios.
Fiduciary International Inc. ("FII") serves as a sub-advisor to the Worldwide
Balanced Fund. Van Eck Funds include other portfolios which are not available
under this prospectus as funding vehicles for the Contracts. More detailed
information regarding management of the funds, investment objectives, investment
advisory fees and other charges assessed by the Van Eck Funds, are contained in
the prospectus for the funds included with this Prospectus.

TOMORROW FUNDS RETIREMENT TRUST

   
Short-Term Retirement Fund

     This portfolio seeks to satisfy the retirement goals of investors who are
currently between 51 and 65 years of age and with an average remaining life
expectancy in the range of 20-30 years.

Medium-Term Retirement Fund

     This portfolio seeks to satisfy the retirement goals of investors who are
currently between 36 and 50 years of age and with an average remaining life
expectancy in the range of 35-50 years.

Long-Term Retirement Fund

     This portfolio seeks to satisfy the retirement goals of investors who are
currently between 22 and 35 years of age and with an average remaining life
expectancy in the range of 50 years or more.

     Each Tomorrow Funds portfolio invests its assets, in varying amonts, in
equity and fixed-income securities of all types. The amount of assets allocated
to equity securities is currently invested, in varying amounts, among large
capitalization stocks, medium capitalization stocks, small capitalization stocks
and, indirectly through other investment companies, foreign securities.
Typically, the longer the average life expectancy of the target class of
investors in a Tomorrow Funds portfolio, the greater the allocation of assets of
that portfolio to securities with higher growth potential and, correspondingly,
more risk, such as small capitalization stocks. Conversely, the shorter the
average life expectancy of the target class of investors in a Tomorrow Funds
portfolio, the greater the emphasis on current income and capital preservation
of assets and, therefore, the greater the allocation of assets of that portfolio
to fixed-income securities. Each Tomorrow Funds portfolio will be managed more
conservatively as the average age of its target class of investors increases.
    

                                       21

<PAGE>


   
     Weiss, Peck & Greer, L.L.C. is the investment adviser for the Tomorrow
Funds portfolios. Tomorrow Funds include other portfolios which are not
available under this Prospectus as funding vehicles for the Contracts. More
detailed information regarding management of the funds, investment objectives,
investment advisory fees and other charges assesed by the Tomorrow Funds, are
contained in the prospectuses of the Tomorrow Funds, included with this
Prospectus.

     There is no assurance that the investment objectives of the Portfolios will
be met.
    

     The shares of Alliance Funds, Fidelity Funds, Dreyfus Fund, the Dreyfus
Stock Index Fund, and Van Eck Funds are sold not only to the Variable Account,
but may be sold to other separate accounts of the Company that fund benefits
under variable annuity and variable life policies. The shares of the Funds are
also sold to separate accounts of other insurance companies. It is conceivable
that in the future it may become disadvantageous for variable life and variable
annuity separate accounts to invest in the same underlying mutual fund. Although
neither we nor Alliance Funds, Fidelity Funds, Dreyfus Fund, the Dreyfus Stock
Index Fund, and Van Eck Funds currently perceive or anticipate any such
disadvantage, the Funds will monitor events to determine whether any material
conflict exists between variable annuity Owners and variable life Owners.

     Material conflicts could result from such occurrences as: (1) changes in
state insurance laws; (2) changes in federal income tax law; (3) changes in the
investment management of any Fund; or (4) differences between voting
instructions given by variable annuity Owners and those given by variable life
Owners. In the event of a material irreconcilable conflict, we will take the
steps necessary to protect our variable annuity and variable life Owners. This
could include discontinuance of investment in a Fund.

     Each Fund sells and redeems its shares at Net Asset Value without any sales
charge. Any dividends or distributions from security transactions of a Fund are
reinvested at Net Asset Value in shares of the same Portfolio; however, there
are sales and additional charges associated with the purchase of the Contracts.

     Further information about the Funds and the managers is contained in the
accompanying prospectuses, which You should read in conjunction with this
prospectus.

Substitution of Securities

     If investment in a Subaccount should no longer be possible or, if in Our
judgment, becomes inappropriate to the purposes of the Contracts, or, if in Our
judgment, investment in another

                                       22

<PAGE>


Subaccount or separate account is in the interest of Owners, We may substitute
another Subaccount separate account. No substitution may take place without
notice to Owners and prior approval of the SEC and insurance regulatory
authorities, to the 1940 Act and applicable law.

Voting Rights

     The Funds do not hold regular meetings of shareholders. The Directors of a
Fund may call Special Meetings of Shareholders for action by shareholder vote as
may be required by the Investment Company Act of 1940 or the Articles of
Incorporation of a Fund. In accordance with its view of present applicable law,
the Company will vote the shares of a Fund held in the Variable Account at
special meetings of the shareholders of the Fund in accordance with instructions
received from persons having the voting interest in the Variable Account. The
Company will vote shares for which it has not received instructions from Owners
and those shares which it owns in the same proportion as it votes shares for
which it has received instructions from Owners.

     The number of shares which a person has a right to vote will be  determined
as of a date to be chosen by the  Company not more than sixty (60) days prior to
the  meeting  of a Fund.  Voting  instructions  will  be  solicited  by  written
communication  at least  fourteen  (14) days prior to such  meeting.  The person
having  such  voting  rights  will be the Owner  before the  Annuity  Date,  and
thereafter,  the payee entitled to receive  payments under the Contract.  During
the Annuity  Period,  voting rights  attributable  to a Contract will  generally
decrease as the Contract Value attributable to an Annuitant decreases.

     The voting rights relate only to amounts invested in the Variable Account.
There are no voting rights with respect to funds invested in the General
Account.

       

Allocation Of Purchase Payments to Sub-accounts

     Initial purchase payments are allocated to the Sub-account(s) selected by
the Owner in the application except that in those states which require the
Company to deduct premium taxes upon receipt of a purchase payment the Company
will deduct the premium tax prior to allocating the purchase payment to such
Sub-account(s). The selection must specify a percentage for each Sub-account
that is a whole number, and must be either 0% or a number equal to or greater
than 10%. Subsequent purchase payments under flexible premium Contracts may be
made at any time prior to the Annuity Date and will be allocated to the
Sub-accounts selected by the Owner. If no selection is made, subsequent purchase
payments will be allocated to the Sub-account(s) selected by the Owner according
to the most recent selection request received at the Company's Office. At the
time

                                       23

<PAGE>


of the allocation the purchase payment is divided by the value of the
Accumulation Unit for the particular Sub-account for the Valuation Period during
which such allocation occurs to determine the number of Accumulation Units
attributable to the purchase payment.

     The initial purchase payment under an IRA plan will be allocated to the
Money Market Sub-account until the expiration of twenty (20) days from the day
the Contract is mailed from the Company's office. Thereafter, the Contract Value
shall be reallocated in accordance with instructions specified in the
application. In the case of flexible premium Contracts, subsequent purchase
payments will be directly allocated to the Sub-account(s) selected by the Owner
according to the most recent selection request received at the Company's Office.

Transfer Of Contract Values

     Before the Annuity  Date,  the Owner may  transfer,  by written  request or
telephone  authorization,  Contract  Values  from  one  Sub-account  to  another
Sub-account, subject to the following conditions:

     (a)      the amount transferred from any Sub-account must be at
              least $1,000 (or the entire Sub-account value, if
              less);
     (b)      if less than $1,000 would remain in the Sub-account
              after the transfer, the Company will transfer the
              entire amount in the Sub-account;

     (c)      the Company may reject any more than twelve (12)
              transfer requests per Contract Year; and

     (d)      The Company will deduct any transfer charge assessed on
              the transaction.

              The Company is currently  not assessing a transfer fee for the
         first twelve (12) transfers per Contract Year. The Company is assessing
         a transfer fee of $10 per transfer thereafter. The Company may increase
         the  transfer  fee to an amount  not to exceed  $30 per  transfer.  The
         transfer fee will be deducted from either the Sub-account  which is the
         source of the  transfer  or from the amount  transferred  if the entire
         value in the Sub-account is transferred.  (See also "Appendix - General
         Account").

     Transfer by telephone is authorized by and described in the application for
the Contract. The Company will undertake reasonable procedures to confirm that
instructions communicated by telephone are genuine. All calls will be recorded.
All transfers performed by telephone authorization will be confirmed in writing
to the Contract Owner. The Company is not liable for

                                       24

<PAGE>


any loss,  cost,  or expense  for  action on  telephone  instructions  which are
believed to be genuine in accordance with these procedures.

     After the Annuity Date, the payee of the annuity payments may transfer the
Contract Value allocated to the Variable Account from one Sub-account to another
Sub-account. However, the Company reserves the right to refuse any more than one
transfer per month. The transfer fee is the same as before the Annuity Date.
This transfer fee will be deducted from the next annuity payment after the
transfer. If following the transfer, the units remaining in the Sub-account
would generate a monthly payment of less than $100, then the Company may
transfer the entire amount in the Sub-account.

     Once the transfer is effected, the Company will recompute the number of
Annuity Units for each Sub-account. The number of Annuity Units for each
Sub-account will remain the same for the remainder of the payment period unless
the payee requests another change.


                             CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS

     Various charges and deductions are made from Contract Values and the
Variable Account. These charges and deductions are as follows:

Deduction for Premium and Other Taxes

     Any premium or other taxes levied by any governmental entity with respect
to the Contracts will be charged against the purchase payments or Contract
Value. Premium taxes currently imposed by certain states on the Contracts range
from 0% to 3.5% of premiums paid. Some states assess premium taxes at the time
purchase payments are made; others assess premium taxes at the time of
annuitization. Premium taxes are subject to being changed or amended by state
legislatures, administrative interpretations or judicial acts.

     The Company will also deduct from any amount payable under the Contracts
any income taxes a governmental authority requires the Company to withhold with
respect to that amount.

Deduction for Mortality and Expense Risk Charge

     The Company deducts for each Valuation Period a Mortality and Expense Risk
Charge which is equal on an annual basis to 1.25% of the average daily net asset
value of the Variable Account (consisting of approximately .90% for mortality
risks and approximately .35% for expense risks). The mortality risks assumed by
the Company arise from its contractual obligation to

                                       25

<PAGE>


make annuity payments after the Annuity Date for the life of the Annuitant, to
waive the Deferred Sales Charge in the event of the death of the Annuitant and
to provide the death benefit prior to the Annuity Date. The expense risk assumed
by the Company is that the costs of administering the Contracts and the Variable
Account will exceed the amount received from any Administrative Charge.

     If the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is insufficient to cover the
actual costs, the loss will be borne by the Company. Conversely, if the amount
deducted proves more than sufficient, the excess will be profit to the Company.

     The Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is guaranteed by the Company and
cannot be increased.

     The Mortality and Expense Risk Charge is deducted during the Accumulation
Period and after the Annuity Date.

     The Company currently offers annuity payment options that are based on a
life contingency. (See "Annuity Period - Annuity Options" on page     .) It is
possible that in the future the Company may offer additional payment options
which are not based on a life contingency. If this should occur and if a Owner
should elect a payment option not based on a life contingency, the Mortality and
Expense Risk Charge is still deducted but the Owner receives no benefit from it.

Deduction for Deferred Sales Charge

   
     In the event that an Owner makes a withdrawal in excess of the Free
Withdrawal Amount for the first withdrawal in a Contract Year, or makes
subsequent withdrawals in a Contract Year, other than by way of the Systematic
Withdrawal Program (See "Withdrawals-Systematic Withdrawal Program" on page
_____), a Deferred Sales Charge may be imposed. The Free Withdrawal Amount for
flexible premium Contracts is equal to 10% of the purchase payments paid, less
any prior withdrawals at the time of withdrawal; however, the Deferred Sales
Charge applies only to those purchase payments received within six (6) years of
the date of surrender. (See, however, "Purchasing a Contract - Discount Purchase
Programs" on page ____.) The Free Withdrawal Amount for a single premium
Contract is equal to 10% of the Contract Value at the time of withdrawal.
    

     The Deferred Sales Charge will vary in amount depending upon the time which
has elapsed since the date on which the purchase payment was made. In
calculating the Deferred Sales Charge purchase payments are allocated to the
amount surrendered on a first-in, first out basis. The amount of any withdrawal
which exceeds the Free Withdrawal Amount will be subject to the following
charge:

                                       26

<PAGE>

   
                                                            Applicable Deferred
                                                                Sales Charge
Single Premium Contracts    Flexible Premium Contracts           Percentage
- ------------------------    --------------------------      --------------------
     Contract Year 1                Premium Year 1                    6%
     Contract Year 2                Premium Year 2                    5%
     Contract Year 3                Premium Year 3                    4%
     Contract Year 4                Premium Year 4                    3%
     Contract Year 5                Premium Year 5                    2%
     Contract Year 6                Premium Year 6                    1%
     Contract Year 7                Premium Year 7                    None
      and thereafter                 and thereafter
    

     The aggregate Deferred Sales Charges paid with respect to a Contract shall
not exceed 8.5% of the purchase payments for such Contract.

     The Deferred Sales Charge is intended to reimburse the Company for expenses
incurred which are related to Contract sales. The Company does not expect the
proceeds from the Deferred Sales Charge to cover all distribution costs. To the
extent such charge is insufficient to cover all distribution costs, the Company
may use any of its corporate assets, including potential profit which may arise
from the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge, to make up any difference.

     Certain restrictions on surrenders are imposed on Contracts issued in
connection with retirement plans which qualify under Code Section 403(b) (a
"403(b) Plan"). (See "Taxes - 403(b) Plans" on page     .)

Deduction for Administrative Charge

     The Company deducts for each Valuation Period a daily Administrative Charge
which is equal on an annual basis to .15% of the average daily net asset value
of the Variable Account. The Company also deducts an annual Administrative
Charge which is currently $30 per year, from the Contract Value. The Company may
increase the annual Administrative Charge to an amount not to exceed $100 per
year. The Administrative Charges are designed to reimburse the Company for the
costs it incurs relating to maintenance of the Contract and the Variable
Account.

     The daily Administrative Charge is deducted during the Accumulation Period
and after the Annuity Date.

     Prior to the Annuity Date, the annual Administrative Charge is deducted
from the Contract Value on each Contract Anniversary. If the Annuity Date is a
date other than a Contract Anniversary, the Company will also deduct a pro-rata
portion of the annual Administrative Charge from the Contract Value for the
fraction of the Contract Year preceding the Annuity Date.


                                       27

<PAGE>

     The annual Administrative Charge is also deducted in full on the date of
any total withdrawal. The annual Administrative Charge will be deducted from
each Sub-account of the Variable Account in the proportion that the value of
each Sub-account attributable to the Contract bears to the total Contract Value.

     After the Annuity Date, the annual Administrative Charge is deducted on a
pro-rata basis from each annuity payment and is guaranteed to remain at the same
amount as at the Annuity Date.

Deduction for Income Taxes

     The Company deducts from the Contract Value and/or the Variable Account any
Federal income taxes resulting from the operation of the Variable Account. The
Company does not currently anticipate incurring any income taxes.

Other Expenses

     There are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the Fund
which are described in the accompanying Prospectuses for the Funds.

                         ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACTS

     While the Company has primary responsibility for all administration of the
Contracts and the Variable Account, it has retained the services of Delaware
Valley Financial Services, Inc. ("DVFS") pursuant to an administrative
agreement. Such administrative services include issuance of the Contracts and
maintenance of Contract Owners' records. DVFS serves as the administrator to
various insurance companies offering variable contracts.

                           RIGHTS UNDER THE CONTRACTS

     The Owner has all rights and may receive all benefits under the Contract.
The Owner is named in the application. Ownership may be changed prior to the
Annuity Date through the submission of written notification of the change to the
Company on a form acceptable to the Company. On and after the Annuity Date, the
Annuitant and Owner shall be one in the same person , unless otherwise provided
for. In the case of Contracts issued in connection with an IRA, the Owner must
be the Annuitant.

     The Owner's spouse is the only person eligible to be the Contingent Owner.
(See "Death Benefit - Death of the Owner" on page .) Any new choice of Annuitant
or Contingent Owner will automatically revoke any prior choices.

     The Owner may, except in the case of a Contract issued in connection with
either an IRA or a 403(b) Plan, assign a Contract

                                       28

<PAGE>


at any time before the Annuity Date and while the Annuitant is alive. A copy of
any assignment must be filed with the Company. The Company is not responsible
for the validity of any assignment. If the Contract is assigned, the rights of
the Owner and those of any revocable Beneficiary will be subject to the
assignment. An assignment will not affect any payments the Company may make or
action it may take before it is recorded. Inasmuch as an assignment or change of
ownership may be a taxable event, Owners should consult competent tax advisers
should they wish to assign their Contracts.

   The Contract may be modified only with the consent of the Owner, except as
may be required by applicable law.


                                 ANNUITY PERIOD

Annuity Benefits

     If the Annuitant and Owner are alive on the Annuity Date, the Company will
begin making payments to the Annuitant under the annuity option or options the
Owner has chosen.

     The Owner may choose or change an annuity payment option by making a
written request at least thirty (30) days prior to the Annuity Date.

     The amount of the payments will be determined by applying the Contract
Value on the Annuity Date. The amount of the annuity payments will depend on the
age of the payee at the time the settlement contract is issued. At the Annuity
Date the Contract Value in each Sub-account will be applied to the applicable
annuity tables contained in the Contract. The amount of the Sub-account annuity
payments are determined through a calculation described in the Section captioned
"Annuity Provisions" in the Statement of Additional Information.

Annuity Date

     The Annuity Date for the Annuitant is:

     (a)    the first day of the calendar month following the later
            of the Annuitant's 85th birthday or the 10th Contract
            Anniversary; or

     (b)    such earlier date as may be set by applicable law.

     The Owner may designate an earlier date in the application or may change
the Annuity Date by making a written request at least thirty (30) days prior to
the Annuity Date being changed. However, any Annuity Date must be:


                                       29

<PAGE>

     (a)    no later than the date defined in (a) above; and

     (b)    the first day of a calendar month.

Annuity Options

     The Owner may choose to receive annuity payments which are fixed, or which
are based on the Variable Account, or a combination of the two. If the Owner
elects annuity payments which are based on the Variable Account, the amount of
the payments will be variable. The Owner may not transfer Contract Values
between the General Account and the Variable Account after the Annuity Date, but
may, subject to certain conditions, transfer Contract Values from one
Sub-account to another Sub-account. (See "The Variable Account - Transfer of
Contract Values" on page .)

     If the Owner has not made any annuity payment option selection at the
Annuity Date, the Contract Value will be applied to purchase Option 2 fixed
basis annuity payments and Option 2 variable basis annuity payments, in
proportion to the amount of Contract Value in the General Account and the
Variable Account, respectively.

     The annuity payment options are:

     Option 1: Life Income. The Company will pay an annuity during the lifetime
of the payee.

     Option 2: Life Income with 10 Years of Payments Guaranteed. The Company
will pay an annuity during the lifetime of the payee. If, at the death of the
payee, payments have been made for less than 10 years:

     (a)    payments will be continued during the remainder of the
            period to the successor payee;

     (b)    the  successor  payee may elect to  receive  in a lump sum the
            present  value  of the  remaining  payments,  commuted  at the
            interest  rate  used to create  the  annuity  factor  for this
            Option; or

     (c)    the guaranteed period will not in the case of Contracts issued
            in  connection  with an IRA exceed the life  expectancy of the
            Annuitant at the time the first payment is due.

     Option 3: Joint and Last Survivor Income. The Company will pay an annuity
for as long as either the payee or a designated second person is alive. In the
event that the Contract is issued in connection with an IRA, the payments in
this Option will be made only to the Annuitant and the Annuitant's spouse.

                                       30

<PAGE>


     The annuity payment options are more fully explained in the Statement of
Additional Information. The Company may also offer additional options at its own
discretion.

Annuity Payments

     If the Contract Value applied to annuity payment options is less than
$2,000, the Company has the right to pay the amount in a lump sum in lieu of
annuity payments. The Company makes all other annuity payments monthly. However,
if the total monthly annuity payment would be less than $100 the Company has the
right to make payments semi-annually or annually.

     If fixed annuity payments are selected, the amount of each fixed payment is
determined by multiplying the Contract Value allocated to purchase fixed annuity
payments by the factor shown in the annuity table specified in the Contract for
the option selected, divided by 1,000.

     If variable annuity payments are selected, the Annuitant receives the value
of a fixed number of Annuity Units each month. The actual dollar amount of
variable annuity payments is dependent upon: (i) the Contract Value at the time
of annuitization; (ii) the annuity table specified in the Contract; (iii) the
Annuity Option selected; (iv) the investment performance of the Sub-account
selected; and (v) the pro-rata portion of the annual Administrative charge.

     The annuity tables contained in the Contract are based on a 5% assumed
investment rate. If the actual net investment rate exceeds 5%, payments will
increase. Conversely, if the actual rate is less than 5%, annuity payments will
decrease.


                                  DEATH BENEFIT
Death Benefit

     If the Annuitant (or Owner, if applicable) dies before the Annuity Date,
the Company will pay a death benefit equal to the greater of: (a) the purchase
payments paid less withdrawals; (b) the Contract Value; or, (c) the greatest
Contract Value at any sixth contract anniversary increment (i.e., sixth,
twelfth, eighteenth, etc.) plus any additional purchase payment paid less any
subsequent withdrawals.

     Before the Company will pay any death benefit, the Company will require due
proof of death. The Company will determine the value of the death benefit as of
the Valuation Period following receipt of due proof of death at the Company's
Office. The Company will pay the death benefit to the Beneficiary in accordance
with any applicable laws governing the payment of death proceeds.

                                       31

<PAGE>


     Payment of the death benefit may be made in one lump sum or applied under
one of the annuity payment options. (See "Annuity Period - Annuity Options" on
page .) The Owner may by written request elect that any death benefit of at
least $2,000 be received by the Beneficiary under an annuity payment option.
(See "Annuity Period - Annuity Options" on page .) If no payment option had been
selected by the Owner, the Beneficiary has sixty (60) days in which to make a
written request to elect either a lump sum payment or any annuity payment
option. Any lump sum payment will be made within seven (7) days after the
Company has received due proof of death and the written election of the
Beneficiary, unless a delay of payments provision is in effect. (See Statement
of Additional Information - "General Information Delay of Payments.")

Death of the Owner

     If an Owner dies before the Annuity Date, the entire Contract Value must be
distributed within five (5) years of the date of death, unless:

     (a)          it is payable over the lifetime of a designated
                  Beneficiary with distributions beginning within one (1)
                  year of the date of death; or

     (b)          the Contingent Owner, if any, continues the Contract in
                  his or her own name.

     In the case of Contracts issued in connection with an IRA plan, the
Beneficiary or Contingent Owner may elect to accelerate these payments. Any
method of acceleration chosen must be approved by the Company.

     If the Owner dies after the Annuity Date, distribution will be as provided
in the annuity payment option selected.


                              PURCHASING A CONTRACT

Application

     In order to acquire a Contract, an application provided by the Company must
be completed and submitted to the Company's Office for acceptance. The Company
must also receive the initial purchase payment. Upon acceptance, the Contract is
issued to the Owner and the purchase payment is then credited to the Variable
Account and converted into Accumulation Units, except in those states where the
applicable premium tax is deducted from the purchase payment. (See Allocation of
Purchase Payment to Sub-accounts" on page .) If the application for a Contract
is in good order, the Company will apply the purchase payment to the Variable
Account and credit the Contract with Accumulation Units

                                       32

<PAGE>


within two (2) business days of receipt. In addition to the underwriting
requirements of the Company, good order means that the Company has received
federal funds (monies credited to a bank's account with its regional Federal
Reserve Bank). If the application for a Contract is not in good order, the
Company will attempt to get it in good order within five (5) business days or
the Company will return the application and the purchase payment, unless the
prospective owner specifically consents to the Company's retaining them until
the application is made complete.

Purchase Payments

     The minimum initial purchase payment is $5,000 for Non-Qualified Contracts
and $2,000 for a Contract purchased in connection with an IRA or 403(b) Plan.

   
     Owners of flexible premium Contracts may make additional purchase payments
prior to the Annuity Date. The minimum additional purchase payment the Company
will accept is $1,000. The Company reserves the right to refuse to accept any
additional purchase payments.
    

Discount Purchase Programs

     Purchases made by officers, directors and employees of either the Company,
an affiliate of the Company or any individual, firm or company that has executed
the necessary agreements to sell the Contracts and members of each of their
immediate families will not be subject to the Deferred Sales Charge. (See
"Charges and Deductions - Deduction for Deferred Sales Charge" on page _____.)
Such purchases include retirement accounts and must be for accounts in the name
of the individual or qualifying family member.

Distributor

     AIG Equity Sales Corp. ("AESC"), formerly known as American International
Fund Distributors, Inc., 80 Pine Street, New York, New York, acts as the
distributor of the Contracts. AESC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of American
International Group, Inc. and an affiliate of the Company.

     Commissions not to exceed 6% of purchase payments will be paid to
registered representatives of AESC and other entities which sell the Contracts.
Additional payments may be made for other services not directly related to the
sale of the Contracts, including the recruitment and training of personnel,
production of promotional literature, and similar services.

     Under the Glass-Steagall Act and other laws, certain banking institutions
may be prohibited from distributing variable annuity contracts. If a bank were
prohibited from performing certain

                                       33

<PAGE>


agency or administrative services and receiving fees from AESC, Owners who
purchased Contracts through the bank would be permitted to retain their
Contracts and alternate means for servicing those Owners would be sought. It is
not expected, however, that Owners would suffer any loss of services or adverse
financial consequences as a result of any of these occurrences.


                                 CONTRACT VALUE

     The Contract Value is the sum of the value of all Sub-account Accumulation
Units attributable to the Contract and amounts contributed to a guarantee period
of the General Account. (See "Appendix-General Account Option"). The value of an
Accumulation Unit will vary from Valuation Period to Valuation Period. The value
of an Accumulation Unit is determined at the end of the Valuation Period and
reflects the investment earnings, or loss, and the deductions for the Valuation
Period.


                                   WITHDRAWALS
Partial Withdrawal

     The Owner may partially withdraw Contract Value from the Contract prior to
the Annuity Date. Any partial withdrawal is subject to the following conditions:

     (a)          the Company must receive a written request;

     (b)          the amount requested must be at least $500;

     (c)          any applicable Deferred Sales Charge will be deducted;

     (d)          the amount withdrawn will be the sum of the amount
                  requested and the amount of any applicable Deferred
                  Sales Charge; and

     (e)          the Company will deduct the amount requested plus any Deferred
                  Sales Charge from each  Sub-account  of the  Variable  Account
                  either as specified or in the proportion  that the Sub-account
                  bears to the total Contract Value.

Systematic Withdrawal Program

     During the Accumulation Period an Owner may at any time elect in writing to
take systematic withdrawals from one or more of the Sub-accounts or from a
guarantee period of the General Account (See "Appendix-General Account Option")
for a period of time not to exceed 12 months. In order to initiate this program,
the amount to be systematically withdrawn must be equal to or greater than $200
provided that the Contract Value is equal to or greater

                                       34

<PAGE>


than $24,000 and the amount to be withdrawn does not exceed the Free Withdrawal
Amount. Systematic withdrawals will be made without the imposition of the
Deferred Sales Charge. Systematic withdrawals may occur monthly or quarterly.

     The systematic withdrawal program may be canceled at any time by written
request or automatically should the Contract Value fall below $1,000. In the
event the systematic withdrawal program is canceled, the Owner may not elect to
participate in such program until the next Contract Anniversary.

     An Owner may change once per Contract Year the amount or frequency subject
to be withdrawn on a systematic basis.

     The systematic withdrawal program is annually renewable, although the
limitations set forth above shall continue to apply.

     The Free Withdrawal Amount (see "Charges and Deductions Deduction for
Deferred Sales Charge" on page ) and Dollar Cost Averaging (See Statement of
Additional Information-"General Information- Transfers") are not available while
a Owner is receiving systematic withdrawals. A Owner will be entitled to the
Free Withdrawal Amount and Dollar Cost Averaging on and after the Contract
Anniversary next following the termination of the systematic withdrawal program.

     Implementation of the systematic withdrawal program may subject a Owner to
adverse tax consequences, including a 10% tax penalty tax. (See "Taxes -
Taxation of Annuities in General" on page for a discussion of the tax
consequences of withdrawals.)

Total Withdrawal

     The Owner may withdraw the entire Contract Value prior to the Annuity Date.
A total withdrawal will cancel the Contract. The total withdrawal value is equal
to the Contract Value next calculated after receipt of the written withdrawal
request, less any applicable Deferred Sales Charge, less the annual
Administrative Charge and less any applicable premium taxes, and, less any
applicable charges assessed to amounts in the General Account. (See "Charges and
Deductions" on page and "Appendix-General Account Option".)

Payment of Withdrawals

     Any Contract Values withdrawn will be sent to the Owner within seven (7)
days of receipt of the written request, unless the Delay of Payments provision
is in effect. (See Statement of Additional Information - "General Information -
Delay of Payments.") (See "Taxes - Taxation of Annuities in General" on

                                       35

<PAGE>


page for a discussion of the tax consequences of withdrawals.)

     The Company reserves the right to ensure that a Owner's check or other form
of purchase payment has been cleared for payment prior to processing any
withdrawal or redemption request occurring shortly after a purchase payment.

     Certain  restrictions  on  withdrawals  are imposed on Contracts  issued in
connection with 403(b) Plans. (See "Taxes - 403(b) Plans" on page .)


                                      TAXES
Introduction

     The Contracts are designed to accumulate Contract Values with retirement
plans which, except for IRAs and 403(b) Plans, are generally not tax-qualified
plans ("Qualified Plans"). The ultimate effect of Federal income taxes on the
amounts held under a Contract, on annuity payments, and on the economic benefits
to the Owner, Annuitant or Beneficiary depend on the Company's tax status and
upon the tax and employment status of the individual concerned. Accordingly,
each potential Owner should consult a competent tax adviser regarding the tax
consequences of purchasing a Contract.

     The following discussion is general in nature and is not intended as tax
advice. No attempt is made to consider any applicable state or other tax laws.
Moreover, the discussion is based upon the Company's understanding of the
Federal income tax laws as they are currently interpreted. No representation is
made regarding the likelihood of continuation of the Federal income tax laws,
the Treasury Regulations, or the current interpretations by the Internal Revenue
Service (the "Service"). For a discussion of Federal income taxes as they relate
to the Fund, please see the accompanying Prospectus for the Fund.

Company Tax Status

     The Company is taxed as a life insurance company under Part I of Subchapter
L of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). Since the
Variable Account is not a separate entity from the Company and its operations
form a part of the Company, it will not be taxed separately as a "regulated
investment company" under Subchapter M of the Code. Investment income and
realized capital gains on the assets of the Variable Account are reinvested and
taken into account in determining the Contract Value. Under existing Federal
income tax law, the Variable Account's investment income, including realized net
capital gains, is not taxed to the Company. The Company reserves the right to
make a deduction for taxes from the assets of the

                                       36

<PAGE>


Variable  Account should  they be imposed  with respect to such items in the
future.

Taxation of Annuities in General - Non-Qualified Plans

     Code Section 72 governs the taxation of annuities. In general, a Owner is
not taxed on increases in value under a Contract until some form of withdrawal
or distribution is made under the Contract. However, under certain
circumstances, the increase in value may be subject to tax currently. (See
"Contracts Owned by Non-Natural Persons," and "Diversification Standards".)

     Withdrawals prior to the Annuity Date

     Code Section 72 provides that a total or partial withdrawal from a Contract
prior to the Annuity Date will be treated as taxable income to the extent the
amounts held under the Contract on the date of withdrawal exceed the "investment
in the contract," as that term is defined under the Code. The "investment in the
contract" can generally be described as the cost of the Contract. It generally
constitutes the sum of all purchase payments made for the contract less any
amounts received under the Contract that are excluded from gross income. The
taxable portion is taxed as ordinary income. For purposes of this rule, a pledge
or assignment of a Contract is treated as a payment received on account of a
partial withdrawal of a Contract.

Withdrawals on or after the Annuity Date

     Upon receipt of a lump sum payment or an annuity payment under the
Contract, the recipient is taxed on the portion of the payment that exceeds the
investment in the Contract. Ordinarily, the taxable portion of payments under
the Contract will be taxed as ordinary income.

     For fixed annuity payments, the taxable portion of each payment is
generally determined by using a formula known as the "exclusion ratio", which
establishes the ratio that the investment in the Contract bears to the total
expected amount of annuity payments for the term of the Contract. That ratio is
then applied to each payment to determine the nontaxable portion of the payment.
The remaining portion of each payment is taxed as ordinary income. For variable
annuity payments, the taxable portion is determined by a formula which
establishes a specific dollar amount of each payment that is not taxed. The
dollar amount is determined by dividing the investment in the Contract by the
total number of expected periodic payments. The remaining portion of each
payment is taxed as ordinary income.


                                       37

<PAGE>


     The Company is obligated to withhold Federal income taxes from certain
payments unless the recipient elects otherwise. Prior to the first payment, the
Company will notify the payee of the right to elect out of withholding and will
furnish a form on which the election may be made. The payee must properly notify
the Company of that election in advance of the payment in order to avoid
withholding.

Penalty Tax on Certain Withdrawals

     With respect to amounts withdrawn or distributed before the taxpayer
reaches age 59 1/2, a 10% penalty tax is imposed upon the portion of such amount
which is includable in gross income. However, the penalty tax will not apply to
withdrawals: (i) made on or after the death of the Owner (or where the Owner is
not an individual, the death of the "primary annuitant", who is defined as the
individual, the events in the life of whom are of primary importance in
affecting the timing or amount of the payout under the Contract); (ii)
attributable to the taxpayer's becoming totally disabled within the meaning of
Code Section 72(m)(7); (iii) which are part of a series of substantially equal
periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life
expectancy) of the taxpayer, or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of
the taxpayer and his beneficiary; (iv) allocable to investment in the Contract
before August 14, 1982; (v) under a qualified funding asset (as defined in Code
Section 130(d)); (vi) under an immediate annuity contract; or (vii) that are
purchased by an employer on termination of certain types of qualified plans and
which are held by the employer until the employee separates from service.

     If the penalty tax does not apply to a withdrawal as a result of the
application of item (iii) above, and the series of payments are subsequently
modified (other than by reason of death or disability), the tax for the first
year in which the modification occurs will be increased by an amount equal to
the tax that would have been imposed but for item (iii) above as determined
under Treasury Regulations, plus interest for the deferral period. The foregoing
rule applies if the modification takes place: (a) before the close of the period
which is five years from the date of the first payment and after the taxpayer
attains age 59 1/2; or (b) before the taxpayer reaches age 59 1/2.

Assignments

     Any assignment or pledge of the Contract as collateral for a loan may
result in a taxable event and the excess of the Contract Value over purchase
payments will be taxed to the

                                       38

<PAGE>



assignor as ordinary income. Please consult your tax adviser prior to making an
assignment of the Contract.

Distribution-at-Death Rules

     In order to be treated as an annuity contract for Federal income tax
purposes, a Contract must generally provide for the following two distribution
rules: (i) if the Owner dies on or after the Annuity Date, and before the entire
interest in the Contract has been distributed, the remaining portion of such
interest will be distributed at least as quickly as the method in effect on the
Owner's death; and (ii) if a Owner dies before the Annuity Date, the entire
interest must generally be distributed within five years after the date of
death. To the extent such interest is payable to a designated Beneficiary,
however, such interest may be annuitized over the life of that Beneficiary or
over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of that Beneficiary, so
long as distributions commence within one year after the date of death. If the
Beneficiary is the spouse of the Owner, the Contract may be continued unchanged
in the name of the spouse as Owner.

     If the Owner is not an individual, the "primary annuitant" (as defined
under the Code) is considered the Owner. In addition, when the Owner is not an
individual, a change in the primary annuitant is treated as the death of the
Owner.

Gifts of Contracts

     Any transfer of a Contract prior to the Annuity Date for less than full and
adequate consideration will generally trigger tax on the gain in the Contract.
The transferee will receive a step-up in basis for the amount included in the
transferor's income. This provision, however, does not apply to those transfers
between spouses or incident to a divorce which are governed by Code Section
1041(a).

Contracts Owned by Non-Natural Persons

     If the Contract is held by a non-natural person (for example, a corporation
or trust) the Contract is generally not treated as an annuity contract for
Federal income tax purposes, and the income on the Contract (generally the
excess of the Contract Value over the purchase payments) is includable in income
each year. The rule does not apply where the non-natural person is only the
nominal owner such as a trust or other entity acting as an agent for a natural
person. The rule also does not apply when the Contract is acquired by the estate
of a decedent, when the Contract is held under certain qualified plans, when the
Contract is a qualified funding asset for structured settlements, when the
Contract is

                                       39

<PAGE>



purchased on behalf of an employee upon termination of a qualified plan, and in
the case of an immediate annuity.

Section 1035 Exchanges

     Code Section 1035 provides that no gain or loss shall be recognized on the
exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract. A replacement
contract obtained in a tax-free exchange of contracts succeeds to the status of
the surrendered contract. Special rules and procedures apply to Code Section
1035 transactions. Prospective owners wishing to take advantage of Code Section
1035 should consult their tax advisers.

Multiple Contracts

     Annuity contracts that are issued by the same company (or affiliate) to the
same Owner during any calendar year will be treated as one annuity contract in
determining the amount includable in the taxpayer's gross income. Thus, any
amount received under any such contract prior to the contract's annuity starting
date will be taxable (and possibly subject to the 10% penalty tax) to the extent
of the combined income in all such contracts. The Treasury has broad regulatory
authority to prevent avoidance of the purposes of this aggregation rule. It is
possible that, under this authority, Treasury may apply this rule to amounts
that are paid as annuities (on or after the starting date) under annuity
contracts issued by the same company to the same Owner during any calendar year
period. In this case, annuity payments could be fully taxable (and possibly
subject to the 10% penalty tax) to the extent of the combined income in all such
contracts and regardless of whether any amount would otherwise have been
excluded from income. Owners should consult a tax adviser before purchasing more
than one Contract or other annuity contracts.

Diversification Standards

     To comply with the diversification regulations promulgated under Code
Section 817(h) (the "Diversification Regulations"), after a start-up period,
each Sub-account is required to diversify its investments. The Diversification
Regulations generally require that on the last day of each quarter of a calendar
year no more than 55% of the value of the assets of a Sub-account is represented
by any one investment, no more than 70% is represented by any two investments,
no more than 80% is represented by any three investments, and no more than 90%
is represented by any four investments. A "look-through" rule applies so that an
investment in the Fund is not treated as one investment but is treated as an
investment in a pro-rata portion of each underlying asset of the Fund. All
securities of the same

                                       40

<PAGE>


issuer are treated as a single investment. In the case of government securities,
each Government agency or instrumentality is treated as a separate issuer.

     In connection with the issuance of the proposed and temporary version of
the Diversification Regulations, Treasury announced that such regulations do not
provide guidance concerning the extent to which Owners may direct their
investments to particular divisions of a separate account. It is possible that
if and when additional regulations or IRS pronouncements are issued, the
Contract may need to be modified to comply with such rules. For these reasons,
the Company reserves the right to modify the Contract, as necessary, to prevent
the Owner from being considered the owner of the assets of the Variable Account.

     The Company intends to comply with the Diversification Regulations to
assure that the Contracts continue to be treated as annuity contracts for
Federal income tax purposes.

Qualified Plans

     The Contracts may be used to create an IRA. The Contracts are also
available for use in connection with a previously established 403(b) Plan. No
attempt is made herein to provide more than general information about the use of
the Contracts with IRAs or 403(b) Plans. The information herein is not intended
as tax advice. A prospective Owner considering use of the Contract to create an
IRA or in connection with a 403(b) Plan should first consult a competent tax
adviser with regard to the suitability of the Contract as an investment vehicle
for their qualified plan.

     While the Contract will not be available in connection with retirement
plans designed by the Company which qualify for the federal tax advantages
available under Sections 401 and 457 of the Code, a Contract can be used as the
investment medium for an individual Owner's separately qualified retirement
plan. Under amendments to the Internal Revenue Code which became effective in
1993, distributions from a qualified plan (other than non-taxable distributions
representing a return of capital, distributions meeting the minimum distribution
requirement, distributions for the life or life expectancy of the recipient(s)
or distributions that are made over a period of more than 10 years) are eligible
for tax-free rollover within 60 days of the date of distribution, but are also
subject to federal income tax withholding at a 20% rate unless paid directly to
another qualified plan. If the recipient is unable to take full advantage of the
tax-free rollover provisions, there may be taxable income, and the imposition of
a 10% penalty if the recipient is under age 59 1/2. A prospective Owner
considering use of the Contract in this manner should consult a competent tax
adviser with regard to the suitability of the Contract for this purpose and for
information

                                       41

<PAGE>

concerning the provisions of the Code applicable to qualified
plans.

Individual Retirement Annuities

     Section 408 of the Code permits eligible individuals to contribute to an
IRA. Contracts issued in connection with an IRA are subject to limitations on
eligibility, maximum contributions, and time of distribution. Distributions from
certain retirement plans qualifying for federal tax advantages may be rolled
over into an IRA. Sales of the Contracts for use with IRAs are subject to
special requirements imposed by the Service, including the requirement that
informational disclosure be given to each person desiring to establish an IRA.
The IRAs offered by this Prospectus are not available in all states.

403(b) Plans

     Code Section 403(b)(11) imposes certain restrictions on a Owner's ability
to make partial withdrawals from Code Section 403(b) Contracts, if attributable
to purchase payments made under a salary reduction agreement. Specifically, Code
Section 403(b)(11) allows a Owner to make a surrender or partial withdrawal only
(a) when the employee attains age 59 1/2, separates from service, dies, or
becomes disabled (as defined in the Code), or (b) in the case of hardship. In
the case of hardship, only an amount equal to the purchase payments may be
withdrawn. In addition, under Code Section 403(b) the employer must comply with
certain non-discrimination requirements. Owners should consult their employers
to determine whether the employer has complied with these rules. The 403(b) Plan
offered by this Prospectus is not available in all states.

                                       42

<PAGE>


          TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                                                        Page

General Information..................................................
     The Company.....................................................
     Independent Accountants.........................................
     Legal Counsel...................................................
     Distributor.....................................................
     Calculation of Performance Related Information..................
     Delay of Payments...............................................
     Transfers.......................................................
Method of Determining Contract Values................................
Annuity Provisions...................................................
Annuity Benefits.....................................................
     Annuity Options.................................................
     Variable Annuity Payment Values.................................
     Annuity Unit....................................................
     Net Investment Factor...........................................
     Additional Provisions...........................................
Financial Statements.................................................




<PAGE>

                                    APPENDIX

GENERAL ACCOUNT OPTION

     Under the General Account option, Contract Values are held in the Company's
General Account. Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, interests in
the General Account have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933
nor is the General Account registered as an investment company under the
Investment Company Act of 1940. The Company understands that the staff of the
Securities and Exchange Commission has not reviewed the disclosures in this
Prospectus relating to the General Account portion of the Contract. Disclosures
regarding the General Account may, however, be subject to certain generally
applicable provisions of the federal securities laws relating to the accuracy
and completeness of statements made in prospectuses. The General Account option
is not available in all states.

   
     During the Accumulation Period the Owner may allocate amounts to the
General Account. The General Account is an account maintained by us into which
all of our assets have been allocated other than the assets of the Variable
Account and any other separate accounts we maintain. The initial Purchase
Payment will be invested in the General Account in accordance with the selection
made by the Owner in the application. In the case of flexible premium Contracts,
additional Purchase Payments will be allocated to General Account in accordance
with the selection made by the Owner in the application or the most recent
selection received at the Company Office, unless otherwise specified by the
Owner. If the Owner elects to withdrawal amounts from the General Account such
withdrawal, except as otherwise provided in this Appendix, will be subject to
the same conditions as imposed on withdrawals from the Variable Account. The
Company reserves the right to delay any payment from the General Account for up
to six (6) months from the date it receives such request at its Office.
    

INVESTMENTS IN THE GENERAL ACCOUNT

     An allocation of the initial Purchase Payment to a guarantee period must
equal the greater of (a) or (b) where: (a) is a percentage that is a whole
number, equal to or greater than 10% and (b) is a dollar amount which is equal
to or greater than $3,000. Subsequent Purchase Payments under flexible premium
Contracts allocated to a guarantee period must be equal to or greater than
$3,000. Amounts invested in the General Account are credited with interest on a
daily basis at the then applicable effective guarantee rate. The effective
guarantee rate is that rate in effect when the Owner allocates or transfers
amounts to the General Account. If the Owner has allocated or transferred
amounts at different times to the General Account, each allocation or transfer
may have a unique effect guarantee rate and guarantee period associated with
that amount. We guarantee


<PAGE>


that the effective guarantee rate will not be changed more than once per year
and will not be less than 3%.

GENERAL ACCOUNT TRANSFERS

     During the Accumulation Period the Owner may transfer, by written request
or telephone authorization, Contract Values to or from a sub-account of the
Variable Account to or from a guarantee period of the General Account at any
time, subject to the conditions set out under Transfer of Contract Values
Section.

     Prior to the end of a guarantee period the Owner may specify the
sub-account(s) of the Variable Account or the applicable guarantee period of the
General Account to which the Owner wants the amounts from the General Account
transferred at the end of the guarantee period. If the Owner does not notify us
prior to the end of the guarantee period, we will apply that amount to a new
guarantee period in the General Account, which is then subject to the same
conditions as the original guarantee period, including the condition that the
amount cannot be transferred out of the General Account until the end of that
guarantee period. The effective guarantee rate applicable to the new guarantee
period may be different from the effective guarantee rate applicable to the
original guarantee period. These transfers will be handled at no charge to the
Owner.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

     A transfer, withdrawal, payment of a death benefit, or annuitization of
amounts allocated to the General Account may be subject to a Market Value
Adjustment which will be applied to the amount transferred, withdrawn, paid or
annuitized. The Market Value Adjustment is made by multiplying the amount to be
transferred, withdrawn, paid or annuitized by the following formula:

     1 + .75 x (A-B) x [N/12], where:

     A            = The  Guaranteed  Interest  Rate  applicable to the guarantee
                  period  of  that  portion  of  proceeds   being   transferred,
                  withdrawn, paid or annuitized.

     B =          The Guaranteed Interest Rate currently available for
                  the same length of guarantee period as that remaining
                  in the period applicable to that portion of proceeds
                  being transferred, withdrawn, paid or annuitized.  If
                  no such guarantee period exists, the Guaranteed
                  Interest Rate will be calculated by straight line
                  interpolation of the Guaranteed Interest Rates of
                  available guarantee periods.


                                      A - 2

<PAGE>


     N            = The number of complete and partial  months  remaining to the
                  end of the  guarantee  period  applicable  to that  portion of
                  proceeds being transferred, withdrawn, paid or annuitized.

GUARANTEE PERIODS

     The period(s) for which a guaranteed interest rate is credited is called
the Guarantee Period. Guarantee Periods may be offered or withdrawn at the
Company's discretion. The initial Guarantee Period(s) and the applicable
guaranteed interest rate(s) applicable to the initial Purchase Payment is as
shown on the application, unless such purchase payment is made under an IRA
plan. At the expiration of any Guarantee Period applicable to all or a portion
of the Contract Value, that portion of the Contract Value will be automatically
renewed for another Guarantee Period for the same duration as the expired
guarantee period and will receive the guaranteed interest rate then in effect
for that Guarantee Period. All requests to change a Guarantee Period must be
received in writing at the Company's Office no earlier than 30 days prior to the
end of the Guarantee Period from which the transfer will be made.

MINIMUM SURRENDER VALUE

     The Minimum Surrender Value for amounts allocated to a guarantee period of
the General Account equals the amounts allocated to a Guarantee Period of the
General Account paid (less withdrawals) with interest compounded annually at the
rate of 3%, reduced by any applicable Deferred Sales Charge.

                                      A - 3

<PAGE>



                                     PART B


<PAGE>


                                     PART B
                       STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


                       DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS



                                    issued by



                               VARIABLE ACCOUNT I



                                       and



                           AIG LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY



     THIS IS NOT A PROSPECTUS. THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SHOULD
BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROSPECTUS FOR THE DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY
CONTRACTS WHICH ARE REFERRED TO HEREIN.

   
     THE PROSPECTUS CONCISELY SETS FORTH INFORMATION THAT A PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR
OUGHT TO KNOW BEFORE INVESTING. FOR A COPY OF THE PROSPECTUS DATED , CALL OR
WRITE: AIG Life Insurance Company; Attention: Variable Products, One Alico
Plaza, 600 King Street, P.O. Box 8718, Wilmington, Delaware 19899,
1-800-340-2765.
    

         DATE OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: __________, 1996



<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page

General Information......................................................
     The Company.........................................................
     Independent Accountants.............................................
     Legal Counsel.......................................................
     Distributor.........................................................
     Calculation of Performance Related Information......................
     Delay of Payments...................................................
     Transfers...........................................................
Method of Determining Contract Values....................................
Annuity Provisions.......................................................
Annuity Benefits.........................................................
     Annuity Options.....................................................
     Variable Annuity Payment Values.....................................
     Annuity Unit........................................................
     Net Investment Factor...............................................
     Additional Provisions...............................................
Financial Statements.....................................................



                                      B - 2

<PAGE>


                               GENERAL INFORMATION

The Company

         A description of AIG Life Insurance  Company (the  "Company"),  and its
ownership  is  contained  in the  Prospectus.  The Company  will provide for the
safekeeping of the assets of Variable Account I (the "Variable Account").

Independent Accountants

     The audited financial statements of the Company have been audited by
Coopers and Lybrand, L.L.P., independent certified public accountants, whose
offices are located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

Legal Counsel

     Legal matters relating to the Federal securities laws in connection with
the Contracts described herein and in the Prospectus are being passed upon by
the law firm of Jorden Burt Berenson & Johnson LLP, Washington, D.C..

Distributor

     AIG Equity Sales Corp. ("AESC"), formerly known as American International
Fund Distributors, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of American International
Group, Inc. and an affiliate of the Company, acts as the distributor. The
offering is on a continuous basis. Commissions in the amount of $__________ were
paid during 1995, none of which were retained by the Distributor.

Calculation Of Performance Related Information

     A.  Yield and Effective Yield Quotations for the Money Market Sub-account

     The yield quotation for the Money Market Sub-account to be set forth in the
Prospectus will be for a given seven day period, and will be computed by
determining the net change, exclusive of capital changes, in the value of a
hypothetical pre-existing account having a balance of one Accumulation Unit in
the Money Market Sub-account at the beginning of the period, subtracting a
hypothetical charge reflecting deductions from Owner accounts, and dividing the
difference by the value of the account at the beginning of the base period to
obtain the base period return, and multiplying the base period return by (365/7)
with the resulting figure carried to at least the nearest hundredth of one
percent.

     Any effective yield quotation for the Money Market Sub-account to be set
forth in the Prospectus will be for a given

                                      B - 3

<PAGE>

seven day period, carried at least to the nearest hundredth of one percent, and
will be computed by determining the net change, exclusive of capital changes, in
the value of a hypothetical pre-existing account having a balance of one
Accumulation Unit in the Money Market Sub-account at the beginning of the
period, subtracting a hypothetical charge reflecting deductions from Owner
accounts, and dividing the difference by the value of the account at the
beginning of the base period to obtain the base period return, and then
compounding the base period return by adding 1, raising the sum to a power equal
to 365 divided by 7 and subtracting 1 from the result, according to the
following formula:

         EFFECTIVE YIELD = [(BASE PERIOD RETURN + 1)365/7]-1.

For purposes of the yield and effective yield computations, the hypothetical
charge reflects all deductions that are charged to all Owner accounts in
proportion to the length of the base period. For any fees that vary with the
size of the account, the account size is assumed to be the Money Market
Sub-account's mean account size. The yield and effective yield quotations do not
reflect the Deferred Sales Charge that may be assessed at the time of withdrawal
in an amount ranging up to 6% of the purchase payments withdrawn, with the
specific percentage applicable to a particular withdrawal depending on the
length of time the purchase payment was held under the Contract and whether
withdrawals had been previously made during that Contract Year. (See "Charges
and Deductions - Deduction for Deferred Sales Charge" on page of the Prospectus)
No deductions or sales loads are assessed upon annuitization under the
Contracts. Realized gains and losses from the sale of securities and unrealized
appreciation and depreciation of the Money Market Sub-account and the Fund are
excluded from the calculation of yield.

     B.  Standardized Total Return Quotations

     The standardized total return quotations for all of the Sub-accounts will
be average annual total return quotations for the one, five, and ten year
periods (or, where a Sub-account has been in existence for a period of less than
one, five or ten years, for such lesser period) ended on a given date, and for
the period from the date monies were first placed into the Sub-accounts until
the aforesaid date. The quotations are computed by finding the average annual
compounded rates of return over the relevant periods that would equate the
initial amount invested to the ending redeemable value, according to the
following formula:

                               P(1+T)^n = ERV


                                      B - 4

<PAGE>


     Where:       P = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

                  T = average annual total return

                  n = number of years

                  ERV = ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $1,000 payment
                  made at the beginning of the  particular  period at the end of
                  the particular period.

     For the purposes of the total return quotations for all of the
Sub-accounts, the calculations take into effect all fees that are charged to all
Owner accounts. For any fees that vary with the size of the account, the account
size is assumed to be the respective Sub-account's mean account size. The
calculations also assume a total withdrawal as of the end of the particular
period.

     No standardized or non-standardized total return quotations have been
provided for the Zero Coupon 2000, Dreyfus Stock Index, Money Market, Growth,
Overseas, Asset Manager, Investment Grade Bond, High Income, Worldwide Balance,
Gold and Natural Resources, Short-Term Retirement, Medium-Term Retirement or
Long-Term Retirement Portfolios, because, for the fiscal year ending December
31, 1995, such Portfolios were not yet in operation.

     Annualized total return for certain Sub-accounts as of December 31, 1995,
were as follows:

                                   One Year                   Inception to Date

Conservative Investors
Growth Investors
Growth
Growth and Income


*Funds were first invested in the Portfolios as listed below:

Conservative Investors
Growth Investors
Growth
Growth and Income

                                      B - 5

<PAGE>



     C.  Yield Quotations for the Short-Term Multi-Market, U.S.
         Government/High Grade Securities and Global Bond
         Sub-accounts

     The yield quotations for the Short-Term Multi-Market, U.S. Government/High
Grade Securities and Global Bond Sub-accounts will be based on a thirty-day
period. The computation is made by dividing the net investment income per
Accumulation Unit earned during the period by the Unit Value on the last day of
the period, according to the following formula:

                         Yield = 2[((a - b)/(cd) + 1)^6 - 1]

   
         Where:            a =     net investment income earned during the
                                   period by the corresponding Portfolio
                                   attributable to shares owned by the
                                   corresponding Sub-account.
    

                           b =     expenses accrued for the period (net of
                                   reimbursements).

                           c =     the average daily number of Accumulation
                                   Units outstanding during the period.

                           d =     the maximum Unit Value on the last day
                                   of the period.

     For the purposes of the yield quotations for the Sub-accounts, the
calculations take into effect all fees that are charged to all Owner accounts.
For any fees that vary with the size of the account, the account size is assumed
to be the respective Sub-account's mean account size. The calculations do not
take into account the Deferred Sales Charge or any transfer charges.

     A Deferred Sales Charge may be assessed at the time of withdrawal in an
amount from 6% to 0% of the Purchase Payments withdrawn, with the specific
percentage applicable to a particular withdrawal depending on the length of time
the purchase payment was held under the Contract, and whether withdrawals had
been previously made during that Contract Year. (See "Charges and Deductions -
Deduction for Deferred Sales Charge" on page ___ of the Prospectus) There is
currently a transfer charge of $10 per transfer after a specified number of
transfers in each Contract Year. (See Transfer of Contract Values" on page ___
of the Prospectus)

                                      B - 6

<PAGE>


     D.  Non - Standardized Performance Data

         1.    Non-Standardized Total Return Quotations

     The non-standardized total return quotations for all of the Sub-accounts to
be set forth in the Prospectus will be average annual total return quotations
for the one, five, and ten year periods (or, where a Sub-account has been in
existence for a period of less than one, five or ten years, for such lesser
period), ended on a given date for the period from the date monies were first
placed into the Sub-accounts until the aforesaid date. The quotations are
computed by finding the average annual compounded rates of return over the
relevant periods that would equate the initial amount invested to the ending
redeemable value, according to the following formula:

                                 P(1+T)^n = ERV

                  Where:     P = a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000

                             T = average annual total return

                             n = number of years

                              ERV = ending redeemable value of a
                                  hypothetical $1,000 payment made at the
                                  beginning of the particular period at
                                  the end of the particular period.

     For the purposes of the total return quotations, the calculations take into
effect all fees that are charged to all Owner accounts. For any fees that vary
with the size of the account, the account size is assumed to be the respective
Subaccount's mean account size. The calculations do not, however, assume a total
withdrawal as of the end of the particular period and therefore, no Surrender
Charge is reflected.

     Annualized total return quotations for certain Sub-accounts as of December
31, 1995, were as follows:

                                    One Year                   Inception to Date

Conservative Investors
Growth Investors
Growth
Growth and Income


         2.  The Power of Tax-Deferred Growth


                                      B - 7

<PAGE>


     All current taxes on any income or capital gains are deferred until money
is taken out of your account. That way all of your earnings contribute to the
growth of your account. And, since all your earnings are automatically
reinvested to build your investment base, your account is given yet another
opportunity to grow. It's called the Power of Compounding and the following
charts illustrate just how powerful it can be.

The Power of Tax-Deferral $10,000 At 8% Compounded Annually*

[CHART TO BE INSERTED]

                                                                 33% TAX APPLIED
AFTER            33% TAX APPLIED       UPON SURRENDER            TAX DEFERRED

10 years         $ 16,856              $ 15,782                  $ 18,630
20 years         $ 28,413              $ 26,789                  $ 36,059
30 years         $ 47,893              $ 47,744                  $ 66,336
40 years         $ 80,729              $ 87,637                  $125,877
50 years         $136,078              $163,584                  $239,230

     * These illustrations are not intended to reflect the return of investments
made in your variable annuity contract. The figures are calculated on a fixed
interest rate and assume no fluctuation in the value of principal or the impact
of any fees or sales charges. Taxes are due on tax-deferred investments whenever
money is withdrawn from that investment.

Delay of Payments

     Any payments due under the Contracts will generally be sent to the Owner
within seven (7) days of a completed request for payment. However, the Company
has reserved the right to postpone any type of payment from the Variable Account
for any period when:

                  (a)   the New York Stock Exchange is closed for other
         than customary weekends and holidays;

                  (b)   trading on the Exchange is restricted;

                  (c)  an  emergency  exists  as a  result  of  which  it is not
         reasonably  practicable  to dispose of securities  held in the Variable
         Account or determine their value; or

                  (d)   an order of the Securities and Exchange
         Commission permits delay for the protection of security
         holders.

     The applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission shall govern
as to whether the conditions in (b) and (c) exists.

                                      B - 8

<PAGE>


Transfers

     An Owner may deposit prior to the Annuity Date, all or part of his Contract
Value into the Money Market Sub-account (the Sending Sub-account"), and then
automatically transfer those assets into one or more of the other Sub-accounts
on a systematic basis. The amount transferred to the Sending Sub-account must be
at least $12,000 in order to initiate this option. This process is called
Automatic Dollar Cost Averaging.

     The Automatic Dollar Cost Averaging option is available for use with any of
the investment options, other than the General Account.

     Automatic Dollar Cost Averaging transfers may occur monthly or quarterly.
The Owner may designate the dollar amount to be transferred each month or elect
to have a percentage transferred each month, up to a maximum of 60 months.

     The Company will make all Automatic Dollar Cost Averaging transfers on the
15th calendar day of each month, or the next day the New York Stock Exchange is
open for business if the 15th calendar day of the month should fall on a day the
New York Stock Exchange is closed. In order to process an Automatic Dollar Cost
Averaging transfer, the Company must have received a request in writing by no
later than the 6th calendar day of the month.

     The Automatic Dollar Cost Averaging option may be canceled at any time by
written request or automatically if the value of the Sending Sub-account subject
to the Automatic Dollar Cost Averaging option is less than $1,000.

     An Owner may change his Automatic Dollar Cost Averaging investment
allocation only once during any 12 month period.

     Any transfers made under this section are subject to the conditions of the
section entitled "Transfer of Contract Values" on page __ of the Prospectus,
except that the Company will not deem the election of the Automatic Dollar Cost
Averaging option to count towards a Owner's twelve (12) free transfers.


                      METHOD OF DETERMINING CONTRACT VALUES

     The Contract Value will fluctuate in accordance with the investment results
of the underlying Portfolio within the Sub-account. In order to determine how
these fluctuations affect Contract Values, Accumulation Units are utilized. The
value of an Accumulation Unit applicable during any Valuation Period is
determined at the end of that period.


                                      B - 9

<PAGE>


     When the first shares of the respective Portfolios were purchased for the
Sub-accounts, the Accumulation Units for the Sub-accounts were valued at $10.
The value of an Accumulation Unit for a Sub-account on any Valuation Date
thereafter is determined by dividing (a) by (b), where:

         (a)  is equal to:

                   (i)  the total value of the net assets attributable to
                  Accumulation Units in the Sub-account, minus

                  (ii) the daily charge for  assuming  the risk of  guaranteeing
                  mortality  factors  and expense  charges  which is equal on an
                  annual basis to 1.25%  multiplied by the daily net asset value
                  of the Sub-account; minus

                  (iii) the daily charge for  providing  certain  administrative
                  functions   which  is  equal  on  an  annual  basis  to  0.15%
                  multiplied  by the daily net asset  value of the  Sub-account;
                  minus or plus

                  (iv)              a charge or credit for any tax provision
                  established for the Sub-account.  The Company is not
                  currently making any provision for taxes.

         (b)      is the total number of Accumulation Units applicable to
                  that Sub-account at the end of the Valuation Period.

     The resulting value of each Sub-account Accumulation Unit is multiplied by
the respective number of Sub-account Accumulation Units for a Contract. The
Contract Value is the sum of all Sub-account values for the Contract.

   An Accumulation Unit may increase or decrease in value from Valuation Date
to Valuation Date.


                               ANNUITY PROVISIONS

Annuity Benefits

     If the Annuitant is alive on the Annuity Date the Company will begin making
payments to the Annuitant under the payment option or options selected. The
amount of the annuity payments will depend on the age of the payee at the time
the settlement contract is issued.

Annuity Options

     The annuity options are as follows:


                                     B - 10

<PAGE>

         Option 1:  Life Income.  The Company will pay an annuity
         during the lifetime of the payee.

         Option 2: Income with 10 Years of Payments Guaranteed. The Company will
         pay an annuity  during the  lifetime of the payee.  If, at the death of
         the payee, payments have been made for less than 10 years:

                  (a)  payments will be continued during the remainder of
                  the period to the successor payee; or

                  (b) the successor payee may elect to receive in a lump sum the
                  present  value  of the  remaining  payments,  commuted  at the
                  interest  rate  used to create  the  annuity  factor  for this
                  Option.

         Option 3:  Joint and Last Survivor Income.  The Company will
         pay an annuity for as long as either payee or a designated
         second person is alive.

     Annuity options are available on a fixed and/or a variable basis. The Owner
may allocate Contract Values to purchase only fixed annuity payments, or to
purchase only variable annuity payments, or to purchase a combination of the
two. Contract Values which purchase fixed annuity payments will be invested in
the General Account. Contract Values which purchase variable annuity payments
will be invested in the Variable Account. The Owner may make no transfers
between the General Account and the Variable Account after the Annuity Date. The
Company also may offer additional options at its discretion.

Variable Annuity Payment Values

     A Variable Annuity is an annuity with payments which (1) are not
predetermined as to dollar amount and (2) will vary in amount with the net
investment results of the applicable Sub-account(s) of the Variable Account. At
the Annuity Date the Contract Value in each Sub-account will be applied to the
applicable Annuity Tables contained in the Contract. The Annuity Table used will
depend upon the payment option chosen. The same Contract Value amount applied to
each payment option may produce a different initial annuity payment. If, as of
the Annuity Date, the then current annuity rates applicable to this class of
contracts will provide a larger income than that guaranteed for the same form of
annuity under the Contracts described herein, the larger amount will be paid.

     The first annuity payment for each Sub-account is determined by multiplying
the amount of the Contract Value allocated to that Sub-account by the factor
shown in the table for the option selected, divided by 1000.


                                     B - 11

<PAGE>


     The dollar amount of Sub-account annuity payments after the first is
determined as follows:

                  (a) The dollar amount of the first annuity  payment is divided
                  by the  value  for  the  Sub-account  Annuity  Unit  as of the
                  Annuity Date. This establishes the number of Annuity Units for
                  each  monthly  payment.  The number of Annuity  Units  remains
                  fixed  during  the  Annuity  payment  period,  subject  to any
                  transfers.

                  (b) The fixed  number of Annuity  Units is  multiplied  by the
                  Annuity Unit value for the  Valuation  Period 14 days prior to
                  the date of payment.

     The total dollar amount of each Variable Annuity payment is the sum of all
Sub-account variable annuity payments less the pro-rata amount of the annual
Administrative Charge.

Annuity Unit

     The value of an Annuity Unit for each Sub-account was arbitrarily set
initially at $10. This was done when the first Portfolio shares were purchased.
The Sub-account Annuity Unit value at the end of any subsequent Valuation Period
is determined by multiplying the Sub-account Annuity Unit value for the
immediately preceding Valuation Period by the quotient of (a) and (b) where:

                  (a)  is the net investment factor for the Valuation
                  Period for which the Sub-account Annuity Unit value is
                  being determined; and

                  (b)  is the  assumed  investment  factor  for  such  Valuation
                  Period. The assumed investment factor adjusts for the interest
                  assumed in  determining  the first variable  annuity  payment.
                  Such factor for any Valuation  Period shall be the accumulated
                  value,  at the end of such period,  of $1.00  deposited at the
                  beginning of such period at the assumed investment rate of 5%.

Net Investment Factor

     The net investment factor is used to determine how investment results of
the Fund affect Variable Account Values within the Sub-accounts from one
Valuation Period to the next. The net investment factor for each Sub-account for
any Valuation Period is determined by dividing (a) by (b) and subtracting (c)
from the result, where:

         (a) is equal to:


                                     B - 12

<PAGE>



                  (i)  the net asset value per share of the Portfolio
         held in the Sub-account determined at the end of that
         Valuation Period; plus

                  (ii) the per share  amount of any  dividend  or  capital  gain
         distribution  made to the  Portfolio if the  "ex-dividend"  date occurs
         during that same Valuation Period; plus or minus

                  (iii) a per share charge or credit, which is determined by the
         Company,   for  changes  in  tax  reserves  resulting  from  investment
         operations of the Sub-account.

         (b) is equal to:

                  (i)  the net asset value per share of the Portfolio
         held in the Sub-account determined as of the end of the
         prior Valuation Period; plus or minus

                  (ii)  the per share charge or credit for any change in
         tax reserves for the prior Valuation Period.

         (c) is equal to:

                  (i)  the percentage factor representing the Mortality
         and Expense Risk Charge, plus

                  (ii)  the percentage factor representing the daily
         Administrative Charge.

The net investment factor may be greater or less than the assumed investment
factor; therefore, the Annuity Unit value may increase or decrease from
Valuation Period to Valuation

Additional Provisions

     The Company may require proof of the age of the Annuitant before making any
life annuity payment provided for by the Contract. If the age of the Annuitant
has been misstated the Company will compute the amount payable based on the
correct age. If annuity payments have begun, any underpayments that may have
been made will be paid in full with the next annuity payment. Any overpayments,
unless repaid to the Company in one sum, will be deducted from future annuity
payments until the Company is repaid in full.

     If a Contract provision requires that a person be alive, the Company may
require due proof that the person is alive before the Company acts under that
provision.

     The Company will give the payee under an annuity payment option a
settlement contract for the payment option.


                                     B - 13

<PAGE>


                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The financial statements of the Company and the Variable Account included
herein shall be considered only as bearing upon the ability of the Company to
meet its obligations under the Contracts.

                                     B - 14

<PAGE>




























                                     PART C


























<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     PART C
                                OTHER INFORMATION
   
<S>       <C>                                   
Item 24. Financial Statements and Exhibits.

     a.   Financial Statements

          The  financial  statements of AIG Life  Insurance  Company and will be
     filed by amendment.

     b.   Exhibits

           1.            Resolution of Board of Directors of the Company authorizing the establishment of
                         the Variable Account*

           2.            Not Applicable

           3.(i)         Principal Underwriter's Agreement**
              (ii)       Broker-Dealer Agreement**
              (iii)      General Agency Agreement***
              (iv)       Distribution Agreement***
              (v)        Buy-Sell Agreement #

           4.            Form of Annuity Contract (to be filed by amendment)

           5.            Application for Annuity Contract (to be filed by amendment)

           6.(i)         Copy of Articles of Incorporation of the Company*
              (ii)       Copy of the Bylaws of the Company*

           7.            Not Applicable

           8.            Administrative Agreement* (filed confidentially)
           9.            Opinion of Counsel (filed herewith electronically)

          10.(i)         Consent of Counsel (filed herewith electronically)
               (ii)      Consent of Independent Accountants (to be filed by amendment)

          11.            Not Applicable

          12.            Agreement Governing Contribution*

          13.            Performance Data##

          14.            Financial Data Schedule (to be filed by amendment)

          15.            Powers of Attorney###

              *      Incorporated by reference to initial filing on Form N-4, (File No. 33-16708) filed on October 7, 1986.

              **     Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to Form N-4 (File No. 33-16708), filed
                     on May 1, 1989.

              ***    Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to Form N-4 (File No. 33-16708), filed
                     on May 1, 1990.
</TABLE>
    



<PAGE>



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                  <C>   
              #      Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Form N-4 (File No. 33-
                     39171) filed on April 30, 1992.

              ##     Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to Form N-4 (File No. 33-
                     39171) filed on May 1, 1993.

              ###    Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 for Variable Account II on Form S-6
                     (File No. 33-18301) filed on December 8, 1994.

Item 25.             Directors and Officers of the Depositor.
</TABLE>

          The following are the Officers and Directors of the Company:

Officers:
Name and Principal                       Position and Offices
 Business Address *                        with the Company

Ernest E. Stempel                        Chairman of the Board
Robert J. O'Connell                      President
Michele L. Abruzzo                       Senior Vice President
James A. Bambrick                        Vice President - Administration
Howard Gunton                            Vice President & Comptroller
Donald Hancock                           Vice President
Jeffrey Kestenbaum                       Senior Vice President
Robert Liguori                           Vice President and Counsel
Edward E. Matthews                       Senior Vice President - Finance
Jerome Muldowney                         Vice President - Domestic Investments
Michael Mullin                           Vice President
Nicholas A. O'Kulich                     Vice President & Treasurer
John Skar                                Vice President & Chief Actuary
Gerald W. Wyndorf                        Senior Vice President
Elizabeth Tuck                           Secretary - Corporate

*Business Address for all individuals  listed is: 80 Pine Street,  New York, New
York 10005
    

                                      C - 2

<PAGE>


   
Directors                                 Address
M.R. Greenberg                            American International Group, Inc.
                                          70 Pine Street
                                          New York, New York 10270

Edwin A.G. Manton                         American International Group, Inc.
                                          70 Pine Street
                                          New York, New York 10270

Edward E. Matthews                        American International Group, Inc.
                                          70 Pine Street
                                          New York, New York 10270

Jerome Muldowney                          American International Group, Inc.
                                          70 Pine Street
                                          New York, New York 10270

Win J. Neuger                             American International Group, Inc.
                                          70 Pine Street
                                          New York, New York 10270

Robert J. O'Connell                       AIG Life Insurance Company
                                          One Alico Plaza
                                          Wilmington, Delaware 19801

Nicholas A. O'Kulich                      American International Group, Inc.
                                          70 Pine Street
                                          New York, New York 10270

John Skar                                 AIG Life Insurance Company
                                          One Alico Plaza
                                          Wilmington, DE   19801

Howard Smith                              American International Group, Inc.
                                          70 Pine Street
                                          New York, New York 10270

Ernest E. Stempel                         American International Companies
                                          70 Pine Street
                                          New York, New York 10270

Gerald W. Wyndorf                         American International Companies
                                          80 Pine Street
                                          New York, New York 10005
    

                                      C - 3

<PAGE>


   
Item 26.  Persons  Controlled  by or Under Common  Control with the Depositor or
          Registrant
    

          See Chart of Ownership, Exhibit C26



Item 27.  Number of Contract Owners.

          There were approximately 1613 contractholders as of December 31, 1995



Item 28.  Indemnification

              Incorporated  by reference to initial Form N-4 (File No.  33-9144)
filed on October 7, 1986, by American  International  Life Assurance  Company of
New York, an affiliate of Registrant.


Item 29.  Principal Underwriter

          a.   AIG Equity Sales Corp. also acts as the principal underwriter for
               other separate accounts of the Depositor, as well as the separate
               accounts of American  International Life Assurance Company of New
               York, an affiliated company.

          b.   The  following  information  is provided  for each  director  and
               officer of the Principal Underwriter:

              Name and Principal                  Positions and Offices
              Business Address*                   with Underwriter

              Michele L. Abruzzo                  Director and Vice President
              Kevin Clowe                         Director and Vice President
              Edward E. Matthews                  Director and Chairman of
                                                  the Board
              Wayland M. Mead                     Director
              Jerome T. Muldowney                 Director
              Robert J. O'Connell                 Director
              Ernest E. Stempel                   Director
              Kenneth F. Judkowitz                Interim President, Treasurer
                                                  and Comptroller
              Philomena Scamardella               Vice President and Senior
                                                  Compliance Officer
              Julia Perlman                       Director of Marketing
              Florence Davis                      General Counsel
              Elizabeth M. Tuck                   Secretary


              *Business address is: 80 Pine Street, New York, New York 10270.



                                      C - 4

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
   
<CAPTION>
          c.                            Net
               Name of               Underwriting       Compensation
               Principal             Discounts and         on              Brokerage
               Underwriter           Commissions        Redemption         Commissions         Compensation
<S>                                   <C>                   <C>               <C>              <C>         
               AIG Equity Sales
               Corp.                 [$2,647,001            $0                $0               $0] [update]
</TABLE>


Item 30.       Location of Accounts and Records.

               Kenneth F. Judkowitz,  Assistant  Vice  President of the Company,
whose address is 80 Pine Street,  New York, New York 10005,  maintains  physical
possession of the accounts,  books or documents of the Variable Account required
to be  maintained  by  Section  31(a) of  Investment  Act of 1940 and the  rules
promulgated thereunder.



Item 31.       Management Services.

               Not Applicable


Item 32.       Undertakings.

               a.   Registrant   hereby  undertakes  to  file  a  post-effective
                    amendment to this registration statement as frequently as is
                    necessary to ensure that the audited financial statements in
                    the registration  statement are never more than sixteen (16)
                    months  old for so  long  as  payments  under  the  variable
                    annuity contracts may be accepted.

               b.   Registrant  hereby  undertakes to include either (1) as part
                    of any  application  to  purchase a Contract  offered by the
                    Prospectus, a space that an applicant can check to request a
                    Statement of  Additional  Information,  or (2) a postcard or
                    similar written  communication affixed to or included in the
                    Prospectus  that  the  applicant  can  remove  to send for a
                    Statement of Additional Information.

               c.   Registrant  hereby  undertakes  to deliver any  Statement of
                    Additional Information and any financial statements required
                    to be made  available  under this Form promptly upon written
                    or oral request.

               d.   Registrant  represents that in connection with 403(b) Plans,
                    it is relying on the  November  28,  1988  no-action  letter
                    issued by the SEC to the American Council of Life Insurance.

               e.   Registrant  represents  that  Variable  Account  I meets the
                    definition   of  a  separate   account   under  the  federal
                    securities laws.
    

                                      C - 5

<PAGE>



   
                                   SIGNATURES


              As  required  by the  Securities  Act of 1933  and the  Investment
Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has caused this Registration Statement to be
signed on its behalf,  in the City of Wilmington,  and State of Delaware on this
28th day of February, 1996.

                                              Variable Account I
                                                  Registrant


                                 By:    /s/ James A. Bambrick
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        James A. Bambrick, Senior Vice President


                                 By:    AIG Life Insurance Company
                                               Depositor


                                 By:    /s/ James A. Bambrick
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        James A. Bambrick
                                        Senior Vice President

    

<PAGE>



   
              As  required  by the  Securities  Act of 1933,  this  registration
statement has been signed by the following  persons in the capacities and on the
date indicated.


Name                           Title                                  Date

M.R. Greenberg*                Director                        February 28, 1996
M.R. Greenberg

Howard Gunton*                 Chief Accounting                February 28, 1996
Howard Gunton                  Officer

Robert J. O'Connell*           Director                        February 28, 1996
Robert J. O'Connell

Nicholas A. O'Kulich*          Director,                       February 28, 1996
Nicholas A. O'Kulich           Treasurer and Chief
                               Financial Officer

Edwin A.G. Manton*             Director                        February 28, 1996
Edwin A.G. Manton

Edward E. Matthews*            Director                        February 28, 1996
Edward E. Matthews

Jerome Muldowney*              Director                        February 28, 1996
Jerome Muldowney

Win J. Neuger*                 Director                        February 28, 1996
Win J. Neuger

John Skar*                     Director                        February 28, 1996
John Skar

Howard Smith*                  Director                        February 28, 1996
Howard Smith

Ernest E. Stempel*             Director                        February 28, 1996
Ernest E. Stempel              Chairman of the Board

Gerald W. Wyndorf*             Director                        February 28, 1996
Gerald W. Wyndorf              Executive Vice President


                                                   *By: /s/ James A. Bambrick
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       James A. Bambrick
                                                       Attorney in Fact

    

<PAGE>



   
                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit                                                               Page

9                    Opinion of Counsel

10            (i)    Consent of Counsel
    




   
                               OPINION OF COUNSEL

I have made such  examination  of the law and have  examined  such  records  and
documents as in my judgment are necessary or  appropriate to enable me to render
the opinions expressed below.

I am of the following opinions:

          1.   AIG Life  Insurance  Company is a valid and  existing  stock life
               insurance company domiciled in the State of Delaware.

          2.   Variable Account I is a separate  investment  account of AIG Life
               Insurance  Company  validly  existing  pursuant  to the  Delaware
               Insurance Laws and the Regulations thereunder.

          3.   All of the  prescribed  corporate  procedures for the issuance of
               the Group & Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Variable Annuity
               Contracts (the  "Contracts")  have been followed,  and, when such
               Contracts are issued in accordance with the Prospectus  contained
               in the Registration Statement, all state requirements relating to
               such Contracts will have been complied with.

          4.   Upon the acceptance of premiums made by Contract  Owners pursuant
               to a Contract issued in accordance with the Prospectus  contained
               in the Registration Statement and upon compliance with applicable
               law, such Contract Owner will have a legally-issued,  fully paid,
               nonassessable interest in such Contract.

This  opinion,  or a copy hereof,  may be used as an exhibit to or in connection
with  the  filing  with  the   Securities   and  Exchange   Commission   of  the
Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 for the
Contracts to be issued by AIG Life Insurance  Company and its separate  account,
Variable Account I.


                                       /s/ Kenneth D. Walma
                                       Kenneth D. Walma
                                       Assistant Secretary and Associate Counsel

Dated:  February 28,  1996
    


   
                       JORDEN BURT BERENSON & JOHNSON LLP
                       1025 THOMAS JEFFERSON STREET, N.W.
                                 SUITE 400-EAST
                          WASHINGTON, D.C. 20007-0805
                                 (202) 965-8100


                               February 28, 1996




AIG Life Insurance Company
One Alico Plaza
P.O. Box 667
Wilmington, Delaware 19899


Gentlemen:

     We hereby  consent to the  reference  to our name under the caption  "Legal
Counsel" in the Statement of Additional  Information contained in Post-Effective
Amendment No. 8 to the  Registration  Statement on Form N-4 (File No.  33-39171)
filed by AIG Life Insurance  Company and Variable  Account I with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission  under the  Securities  Act of 1933 and the  Investment
Company Act of 1940.

                                          Very truly yours,


                                         /s/  Jorden Burt Berenson & Johnson LLP
                                         Jorden Burt Berenson & Johnson LLP
    



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission